Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

34th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2008

Program by Day for Saturday, May 24, 2008


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #3
Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:00 AM–11:20 AM
Stevens 5
Chair: Allison E. Reid (Wofford College)
ABAI thanks the Society for Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB) for sponsoring tutorials focusing on quantitative analysis. ABAI encourages its members to take advantage of the SQAB presentations on quantitative applications in behavior science. A separate registration fee and badge are required to attend the SQAB meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #4
Special Interest Group (SIG) Business Meeting with the ABAI Presidents
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Williford A
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
Presenting Authors:
To discuss issues related to ABAI's SIGs with SIG representatives. SIGs area a critical component of ABA International and provide additional services and support to members with specialized interests. SIGs provide a forum for information exchange and a vehicle to promote a particular area of interest.
 
 
Business Meeting #5
Affiliated Chapters Meeting
Saturday, May 24, 2008
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Williford A
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Presenting Authors:
Representatives of ABAI affiliated chapters meet to review the activities of the Affiliated Chapters Board, the status of chapters, and to network.
 
 
Paper Session #6
Autism Newcomer's Event: A Guide to the Autism Track at ABAI 2008
Saturday, May 24, 2008
9:30 AM–10:20 AM
Continental A
Area: AUT
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University)
 
Autism Newcomer's Event: A Guide to the Autism Track at ABAI 2008
Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY H. TIGER (Louisiana State University), Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
 
Abstract: This session is intended for newcomers to the ABAI convention but anyone is welcome to attend. An event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers–whether professionals or parents. The purpose of this event is to describe the types of events in the autism track as well as to highlight special events across all areas of the program that may be of particular interest to autism track attendees. The session will be chaired by Autism Program Area Co-coordinator, Jeffrey Tiger. Former Autism Program Area Coordinator, Jack Scott, and current Area Coordinator, Bill Ahearn will also provide comments and suggestions. A few minutes will be devoted to questions from the newcomers. We hope to help you make the most of this year's conference.
 
 
 
Special Event #7
International Development Brunch
Saturday, May 24, 2008
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
International North
Chair: Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea)
The international development brunch is scheduled for the first day of the convention to welcome international members and review the international development of behavior analysis being conducted at ABAI. All members are welcome. We expect conference attendees from 30 countries to join us for food and conversation.
 
 
Special Event #8
Opening Event: Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards
Saturday, May 24, 2008
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
 
Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Edmund J. Fantino, Ph.D. (University of California, San Diego)
Abstract: In Anna Karenina, Tolstoy denied the possibility of altruistic behavior. His argument might be echoed by some behavior analysts today: behavior has its causes and if we understand what is motivating the altruist we can see that the altruist’s behavior is maintained by reinforcement and is therefore not altruistic. As a first step to understanding the contingencies maintaining altruism it would be desirable to develop a behavioral model of altruism. In our laboratory we have developed the Sharing Game in which a participant decides between two outcomes, for example $7 for himself and $9 for another unknown participant OR $5 for himself and $3 for the other participant. Depending on various contingencies participants choose equitably, or competitively, or optimally (in terms of maximizing their own earnings). The following choice gives participants the possibility of demonstrating altruism: $10 for the chooser and $10 for the anonymous other OR $0 for the chooser and $100 for the anonymous other. About 20% of our subjects select the altruistic option. We are currently investigating the conditions (including gender of the chooser) that foster altruism.
 
EDMUND J. FANTINO (University of California, San Diego)
 
Dr. Edmund J. Fantino received his B.A. in mathematics at Cornell in 1961 and his doctorate in Experimental Psychology at Harvard in 1964. He is Distinguished Professor of Psychology and of the Neurosciences Group at the University of California, San Diego. He is former Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and former President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His research interests lie in the field of learning and motivation, especially choice, conditioned reinforcement, self-control, temporal discounting, and sources of multiple stimulus control in humans and in pigeons. Currently he is interested in human reasoning, especially illogical thinking, problem solving, and in human observing, including the conditions under which information reinforces human behavior. He has recently developed an economic distribution game that he hopes will permit an experimental analysis of altruism. Another major interest concerns problem solving and the ease with which problem-solving behavior transfers to new situations as a function of the nature of the original learning (rule-governed or contingency-shaped). He continues his interest in operant analogues to foraging behavior, including assessment of behavioral ecology theories with operant choice technology and optimal choice in humans and pigeons.
 
Award for Impact of Science on Application: Murray Sidman, Ph.D
Abstract: The relation between basic research and application is not a one-way street. As in every science, basic behavioral research is concerned with phenomena that are available to everyday observation. Everybody knows that people learn, that they remember, that symbols play important roles in our lives, that rewards and punishments influence what we do, that we interact socially, that we communicate through spoken and written words, and so on. These phenomena are as obvious to everybody as the rising and setting of the sun, the relation between clouds and rain, the dependence of life upon food, the fall of unsupported objects, and so on. Science does not accept the everyday descriptive language or the everyday techniques of observation that such phenomena have generated, but no science that ignores the phenomena and language of everyday life will keep on receiving public support. A science of behavior analysis must continue to derive its inspiration for basic research from phenomena that we observe outside the laboratory.
 
MURRAY SIDMAN (N/a)
 
Dr. Murray Sidman lived a happy but otherwise unremarkable boyhood in Boston from 1923 until 1940, when he started at Columbia University. After World War II military service, he returned in 1946 to complete his AB, and went on to a Ph.D in 1952. His principal advisors, Fred S. Keller and W. N. Schoenfeld, had strong assists from Ralph Hefferline, Clarence Graham, and a small group of fellow graduate students. After that, he spent nine years in the exciting and productive interdisciplinary environment of the Neuropsychiatry Division at Walter Reed. He then joined the Neurology Service of the Massachusetts General Hospital for another nine years. His human and nonhuman behavioral research laboratories moved eventually to the E. K. Shriver Center and Northeastern University, where he remained as Professor of Psychology until he retired from Academe, continuing his research at the New England Center for Children. Although retired from there in 2001, he continues research and writing. One outcome of his lifetime of research is his conviction that extending experimental results out of the laboratory not only adds an intrinsically valuable dimension to basic research, but is essential to its survival in a world of increasing competition for ever more limited resources.
 
Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Amy Sutherland
Abstract: As I describe a problem I'm having with a student in my class who consistently turns in papers late, Scott responds, "Is there a way you can Shamu it?" Shamu the noun has become a verb in our house. It's become shorthand for using the principles of progressive animal training, a.k.a. behavior analysis, to solve a behavioral riddle. We Shamu friends, family and neighbors. We Shamu each other. "Did you just Shamu me?" my husband or I will ask the other. Even a couple of our friends have begun to Shamu, as they say. In fact, it was a friend, a high school teacher, who first conjugated the word. She Shamued us into using it. “But why Shamu?” I'm asked over and over. Isn't it demeaning, manipulative, to use the principles of animal training on humans, especially the noblest of beasts, husbands? Why not just tell someone—spouse, friend, co-worker or sibling—what you want? Not at all and I will explain why.
 
AMY SUTHERLAND (Journalist)
 
Amy Sutherland New England-based freelancer Amy Sutherland’s June 25 column entitled What Shamu Taught Me about a Happy Marriage has had a remarkable run at the top of the New York Times' most e-mailed list and enjoyed wide circulation among behavior analysts. In it, Sutherland wrote about using the techniques exotic animal trainers use on dolphins and other animals to improve her husband’s domestic behavior. Ignore the bad behavior and praise the ones you want, she wrote, and just like you can teach an aquatic mammal to jump through hoops, you can teach a hubby to put his laundry in the hamper. Sutherland came upon the applicability of behavioral methods while researching her new book, Kicked, Bitten and Scratched: Life and Lessons at the World's Premier School for Exotic Animal Trainers (Viking, June 2006). Both the book and the column have raised public awareness of animal training and the behavioral principles used at the Exotic Animal Training and Management Program at California's Moorpark College – where she spent a year following new students as they learned to work with the exotic (baboons and cougars) and not-so-exotic animals (snakes and rats) in the teaching zoo. Ms. Sutherland spent most of her childhood in suburban Cincinnati and earned her Master’s in journalism at Northwestern University, Medill School of Journalism. She has held staff positions at the Portland Press Herald, Maine Sunday Telegram, and the Burlington Free Press. Her articles have appeared in the Boston Globe, Christian Science Monitor, Disney Magazine, and the Los Angeles Times, among other notable publications. She has received numerous awards, including the Barnes and Noble Discover Great New Writer Award and the John D. Donoghue Award for Arts Criticism.
 
Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Linda J. Hayes, Ph.D.
Abstract: Adopting a wholly naturalistic interpretation of human behavior has profound implications for individual and societal well-being, as well as facilitates more productive relations among scholarly enterprises than is possible in its absence. This approach to the understanding of human behavior has yet to flourish in many parts the world however, whereby its benefits have yet to be realized. External support for the spread of this approach is thereby needed. A number of strategies aimed at enhancing the growth and development of behavior science in areas where this approach is lacking have been implemented by well-meaning individuals and organizations over the years, some more effective than others. This address will identify those strategies with the greatest potential of achieving these aims, and is intended to promote further efforts along these lines.
 
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Dr. Linda J. Hayes received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Manitoba, and her master’s and doctoral degrees from Western Michigan University. Dr. Hayes was a member of the Behavior Analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she took a position at Saint Mary’s University in Canada. She founded the campus-based and satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno on a self-capitalization model. Dr. Hayes has participated in the governance of ABA throughout her career, serving as Coordinator of the Education Board, founder and Director of the Council of Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis, and multiple terms as a member of the Executive Council, including its Presidency. She is actively involved in efforts to promote the development of behavior analysis around the world. Linda is best known for her work in behavior theory and philosophy.
 
Award for Public Service to Behavior Analysis: Michael Keenan, Ph.D.
Abstract: In this presentation I outline some of the challenges in bringing a science of behaviour to a community. Of particular interest are the difficulties in dealing with the legacy of misrepresentation that plagues our discipline and which, in the case of autism, leads to the impression that our science is for sale. This perception is not helped by the commercialisation of ABA. Despite the obstacles, progress has been made in Ireland over the last 10 years. I argue that things might have been easier if appropriate multimedia resources had existed to bridge the gap between theory and practice.
 
MICHAEL KEENAN (University of Ulster)
 
Dr. Michael Keenan is a Fellow of the British Psychological Society, a Senior Lecturer and Distinguished Community Fellow at the School of Psychology at the University of Ulster in Coleraine, Northen Ireland. He is the Founder of the charity PEAT (Parents Education as Autism Therapists; www.peatni.org ) and he received the Award for Promoting Equality of Opportunity from the British Psychological Society and the Personal Achievement Award from the New York State Association for Behaviour Analysis for his work of bringing ABA to children with ASD in Ireland. He is the father of four young children.
 
Award for Programmatic Contributions to Behavior Analysis: The Kennedy Krieger Institute
Abstract: The principles and basic research findings of operant learning offer considerable potential benefits to society, which can be hindered by a variety of factors, such as organizational structures and professional biases. Over a thirty-year period, a behavior analytic approach was applied to various structural, clinical, and academic variables at two institutions, one specializing in pediatric disorders of the central nervous system (The Kennedy Krieger Institute) and the other involved in the entire spectrum of medicine (The Johns Hopkins Hospital and School of Medicine). Systemic “reinforcers” and “aversive conditions” affecting these variables were identified and systematically influenced. The outcomes included high rates of scientific productivity, professional development, programmatic growth, and financial success. A systemic approach to the use and promotion of behavior analysis should have generality to other institutions, organizational structures, and approaches to solving societal problems.
 
MICHAEL F. CATALDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
 
Dr. Michael F. Cataldo will accept the award on behalf of the Kennedy Krieger Institute.
 
2007 International Grant Awards
Abstract: The Board of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis is very pleased to announce the winner of the 2007 International Development Grant. A project in South Africa, developed by Dr. Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
 
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy)
 
 
 
 
Panel #9
Behavior Interventions with Minority and Ethnic Health Issues
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
PDR 1
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-smoking Foundation)
LEILANI FELICIANO (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs)
ALLISON Y. LORD (Tobacco Outreach Technology, Inc.)
ANDY CHEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
Abstract: During the past decades, ABA has expanded its scope to include drugs and tobacco as topics at its annual conventions. However, to date, it has lacked sessions that have explored the implications of behavioral health interventions on multicultural populations. Behavioral analyst who have experience with different ethnic groups understand the rich and diverse ethnic heritages exist in multicultural communities and that these heritages can be an asset to behavioral interventions. This panel discussion will be the first attempt to share the above mentioned matters with other behaviorists.
 
 
Paper Session #10
Behavioral Motor Skill Training
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
4D
Area: DEV
Chair: Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
A Behavioral Motor-Skill-Training Model.
Domain: Applied Research
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, The City University of New York)
 
Abstract: One of the hallmarks of expert performance of athletes, dancers, and musicians is their ability to exhibit a superior skill level under various environmental conditions. Research findings of the past three decades indicate that, in addition to physical attributes, expert performance in motor skills involves movement planning, analysis, and anticipatory control. These findings challenge conventional motor skill training, which often is characterized by the instructor-lead approach and an overwhelming emphasis on physical aspects of performance. In the instructor-lead approach, the overarching concepts of movement are not sufficiently explained and movement is taught through imitation and repetition. The purpose of this paper is to discuss some of the limitation of conventional motor skill training and to propose a number of complementary strategies: (a) fostering concept formation (b) education in functional and biomechanical demands of a skill and (c) development of anticipatory control of functionally successful movement components. A behavioral motor-skill-training model is proposed which combines the above-mentioned complementary strategies and conventional training. Findings are discussed in terms of possible application of the behavioral motor-skill-training model in sports, physical education, dance, fitness training, and physical therapy.
 
The Effects of a Behavioral Motor-Skill-Training Package on Dance Performance.
Domain: Applied Research
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, The City University of New York), Liliane DeAguiar-Rocha (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, The City University of New York)
 
Abstract: The conventional motor skill training is characterized by the instructor-lead approach in which the main focus is on the way movement looks. The present study examined the effects of a behavioral motor-skill-training package on the performance of six classical ballet movements. Three female college dance students participated in the study. The behavioral motor-skill-training package contained: (a) a lecture on a given movement (b) the student experiencing both the correct and incorrect performance (c) the student classifying her own performance (d) the student describing her own performance errors and (e) the student receiving feedback on her movement performance and verbal responding. A multiple baseline experimental design across classical ballet movements was used. Three of the six movements were directly trained using the behavioral motor-skill-training package and the other three movements were used as generalization probes and they were not directly trained. The data indicate that during baseline, participants performed below the chance level on all six movements. For all participants, a systematic increase in the percentage of trials with correct classical movements was observed following the behavioral motor-skill-training procedure on all six movements. The findings suggest that the behavioral motor-skill-training package may provide complementary strategies to conventional movement training.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #11

Massage Therapy Research

Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
International North
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
TIFFANY FIELD (Touch Research Institute-University of Miami-Medical School)
is director of the Touch Research Institutes at the University of Miami School of Medicine. She is recipient of the American Psychological Association Boyd McAndless Distinguished Young Scientist Award and has had a Research Scientist Award from the NIMH for her research career. She is the author of Infancy, The Amazing Infant, Touch, Advances in Touch, Touch Therapy and Massage Therapy Research, the editor of a series of volumes on High-Risk Infants, and on Stress & Coping, and the author of over 450 journal papers.
Abstract:

Massage Therapy is increasingly being used as a complementary/alternative therapy not only because many people with psychological, behavioral, and physical problems are touch-deprived but also because of its therapeutic effects. Recent research suggests that massage therapy: 1) facilitates growth and development; 2) reduces depressive behavior and anxiety patterns and related stress hormones; 3) enhances sleep; 4) reduces pain; 5) reduces autoimmune disorders; and 6) enhances immune function. These effects have been noted in samples, for example, of preterm neonates, depressed children and adults, chronic pain conditions such as fibromyalgia and migraine headaches, autoimmune problems including asthma and diabetes and immune disorders including HIV and cancer. A potential underlying mechanism is enhanced parasympathetic activity (increased vagal tone) following massage therapy, decreased stress hormones (cortisol) and increased serotonin (the bodys natural pain killer and antidepressant), in turn, leading to increased natural killer cell activity (front line of the immune system) warding off viral and cancer cells. In addition, cognitive performance is enhanced by massage therapy which may relate to changes noted in EEG patterns that are indicative of heightened alert behavior patterns. These data highlights the therapeutic effects and potential underlying mechanisms for this complementary/alternative therapy.

Target Audience:

none

Learning Objectives: none
 
 
Special Event #12
SQAB Tutorial: Behavior Analysis Since 1960
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Stevens 5
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: C. R. Gallistel (Rutgers University)
Presenting Authors: : JOHN E. R. STADDON (Duke University)
Abstract:

How did quantitative behavior analysis begin? What is its relation to the rest of psychobiology? What has it accomplished and where has it failed? I describe the scientific movements that influenced the development of the quantitative analysis of behavior, and a few that did not, but should have.

 
JOHN E. R. STADDON (Duke University)
Prof. John E. R. Staddon is James B. Duke Professor of Psychology, and Professor of Biology and Neurobiology, Emeritus. He obtained his PhD in Experimental Psychology at Harvard University, did research at the MIT Systems Lab and taught at the University of Toronto. He has also done research at Oxford University (UK), the University of São Paulo at Riberão Preto, the University of Mexico, the Ruhr Universität, Universität Konstanz, the University of Western Australia and is an honorary professor at the University of York (UK). He is a fellow of several scientific organizations including the AAAS and the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and has a doctorate, Honoris Causa, from the Université Charles de Gaulle, Lille 3, France. He is a past editor of the journals Behavioural Processes and Behavior & Philosophy. His research is on the evolution and mechanisms of learning in humans and animals and the history and philosophy of psychology and biology. Recent theoretical work includes papers on operant conditioning, memory, timing and psychobiological aspects of ethical philosophy. He has written and lectured on public-policy issues such as education and the effects of social and biological processes on the political process. He is the author of approximately 200 research papers and five books.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #13
Tutorial: Response to Intervention (RtI): Diagnosing the Learning Enabled
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus)
Presenting Authors: : W. DAVID TILLY III (Heartland Area Education Agency 11)
Abstract:

We live in a time of unprecedented change in education. General education has been overtaken by NCLB, accountability seems to be everywhere, and we now have IDEIA 04 with a series of new provisions. What does it all mean? The answer is: It depends on what we make of it. Most of the opportunities we now find ourselves with are the culmination of a 30-year history of evolution in education. Being proactive in our response to this evolution is critical to schools and students meeting the increasing demands. For us to be successful, our past cannot be our future. This presentation will examine the foundations undergirding the movement toward Response To Intervention systems in our schools. A rationale for evolving structures in our schools will be set forth and a picture of possible futures will be painted with logic, case studies, systems data and a little self-deprecating humour. Specific topics addressed will include a different and smarter system structure for service provision to all students (3-Tiered Model), Response to Intervention (RTI) provisions in IDEIA 04 and the newly released Federal Regulations, Response to Intervention on the Ground (what does it look like in schools?)

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/a

Learning Objectives: N/a
 
W. DAVID TILLY III (Heartland Area Education Agency 11)
Dr. W. David Tilly III currently serves as Director of Innovation and Accountability for Heartland AEA 11. Heartland serves 55 public school districts and 36 accredited nonpublic schools in central Iowa. Prior to joining Heartland AEA, Dr. Tilly was a consultant for assessment, research and innovation at the Iowa Department of Education. In that role, he worked statewide to implement changes in the educational system throughout Iowa. Of particular note has been his work with Iowa’s Renewed Service Delivery System (RSDS). RSDS foundationally changed the way that special education is conceptualized and delivered in Iowa. RSDS practices and procedures are the same ones being advocated nationally as components of a Response to Intervention (RTI) approach to services. David is a school psychologist by training. He has worked as a practicing psychologist, a University trainer at Iowa State University, a state department of education consultant and an administrator. He works regularly with states, school districts, federal offices and national organizations on improving educational results for all children. He is also the author or coauthor of 31 published journal articles, book chapters or books. Dr. Tilly is the 2005 Recipient of the Martha Fields Award of Excellence from the National Association of State Directors of Special Education.
 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Application of Behavioral Principles to Improve Performance of Staff in a Human Services Agency
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
International South
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd)
CE Instructor: Rita M. Gardner, M.S.
Abstract:

The assessment of efficient and effective procedures to train employees is a priority for agencies that provide services to individuals with disabilities. Providing training that helps to ensure that employees fulfill their many job responsibilities has a number of benefits including, but not limited to: (1) possible amelioration of burnout often experienced by direct care staff, (2) responsible allocation of needed resources (e.g., costs associated with training), and most importantly, (3) the promotion of excellent service delivery. The purpose of the present symposium is to share findings from three studies that examined ways to improve staff performance through different models of training. The behavioral training procedures employed were varied, yet all produced beneficial outcomes for staff and students.

 
Using Video to Train Teaching Procedures: Examination of an Effective Training Practice.
CYNTHIA N. CATANIA (Melmark New England), Daniel Almeida (Newton Public Schools), Brian C. Liu-Constant (Melmark New England), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Melmark New England)
Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis, the development of effective and less resource-intensive training methods for staff is of critical importance. In this study, three new direct-service staff participated in a program that used a video model to train target skills when conducting a discrete trial session. Percent accuracy in completing a discrete trial teaching session during a role play with the researcher was evaluated during baseline, intervention, and maintenance and generalization probes using a multiple baseline across participants design. Single session student probes were also evaluated during each condition. During baseline, performance ranged from 12-67% accuracy. Upon introduction of video training, an immediate change in level of accuracy was observed for all participants (percentage of nonoverlapping data points averaged 100%). Performance during maintenance and generalization probes remained at high levels. In addition, the participants’ performance during sessions with students was consistent with analog sessions conducted with the experimenter. Results suggest that using video modeling to train staff can be effective in teaching them to conduct accurate discrete trial sessions.
 
Using Video Clips and a Training Package to Increase the Accuracy of A-B-C Completion with Staff.
KIMBERLY L. MAYER (Melmark New England)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to replicate and extend findings by Mayer (2007) that demonstrated the effectiveness of a training package on completion of A-B-C Descriptive Analysis Tools. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to train residential staff members’ on thorough and accurate A-B-C data recording of one-minute video clips of students. During training, participants were provided a verbal review of an outline detailing all components to be included when completing A-B-C data recording followed by a question and answer session. Participants then watched a variety of video clips and completed A-B-C recording for each clip. During observation of the video clips, participants had access to the written training outline. Performance feedback was provided to participants if they obtained less than 90% accuracy in the consecutive completion of three tools. Findings support the effectiveness of this training package in teaching accurate A-B-C data recording.
 
Increasing Supervisor Feedback and Performance during Crisis Management.
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Training supervisors to provide effective feedback that enhances and maintains employees’ skills when teaching consumers is an integral component to an effective organization. Consumers benefit from staff members who utilize effective teaching skills and are consistent with the delivery of effective teaching strategies. A supervisor's ability to provide feedback to staff when behavioral difficulties are presented by consumers is especially critical. At times, simply monitoring staff performance during the incident and providing feedback after the crisis will not be sufficient to affect staff performance change. In this study, specific procedures to train three supervisors to provide feedback and change staff performance during crisis management conditions were used. A packaged intervention (consisting of classroom-based instruction, in vivo observation, modeling, and contingent feedback) was utilized to improve the type and quality of supervisory feedback delivered to employees in a private school that provided services to individuals with severe challenging behavior. Baseline data reveal low levels of appropriate feedback. Additional data to be collected.
 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Teaching Parameters During Discrete Trial Instruction
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Continental B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents three empirical papers on specific teaching variables used during discrete trial instruction. The first two papers offer an examination of specific therapist variables related to social effect and physical orientation during teaching. The Kisamore paper examines the results of high and low quality social attention on problem behavior. The Rivera paper extend this analysis to include therapist effect and teaching position (i.e., in front, behind, beside) on rates of maladaptive behavior, percent of time on task and skill acquisition. Finally, the Valentino paper examines the effect of pace of instruction on problem behavior.

 
Effects of Varying the Quality of Therapist-Provided Social Interaction during Instruction.
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Western Michigan University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Andrew A. Fulton (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: When teaching children with developmental delays we often employ the use of higher quality social reinforcement in the form of enthusiastic praise and physical attention. However, there is little empirical evidence for the value of this form of reinforcement. Several studies have investigated the effects of the quality of tangible reinforcers, the effects of delaying the reinforcer, and the effects of the rate of reinforcer presentation on choice responding (Mace et al., 1996, Neef et al., 1993, & Neef et al., 1992). Specifically, studies have examined the effects of high and low preference items on response rate (Graff et al., 2006) and the effects of the quality of reinforcement on problem behavior (Piazza et al., 1999; Richman & Hagopian, 1999). The current study examined the effects of varying the quality of social reinforcement during teaching with two children with language delays. The quality of therapist-provided social reinforcement varied in terms of voice intonation, physical attention, and facial expression. The effects of the varied social reinforcement on correct responding and problem behavior were examined in an instructional setting.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Instructor Behavior on Skill Acquisition and Inappropriate Behavior in Learners with Autism.
TINA ZORRILLA RIVERA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), May Chriseline Beaubrun (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Ryan Madigan (Rutgers University), David Kieval (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract: During intervention with learners with autism, practitioners generally monitor the behavior of the students they are working with. Dependent variables commonly recorded include time on task, percent of trials correct, rate of correct responding, and rate of maladaptive behavior. However, teaching staff rarely evaluate the effects of their own behavior on the rate of acquisition for the learners they work with. For instance, a therapist’s position or disposition (i.e., affect) may greatly affect the attending behavior of learners with autism. In addition, the effects on the attending behavior of these learners may vary considerably across students. In the current investigation, rates of skill acquisition and inappropriate behavior are compared when therapist behavior is manipulated. Therapist variables evaluated include therapist affect (high and low intensity) and therapist position (in front, to the side, and from behind). The effects of these variables on rates of maladaptive behavior, percent of time on task and skill acquisition are evaluated. Results are discussed in terms of individualizing instruction to the needs of different learners with autism. Implications for staff training will be discussed as well.
 
Some Effects of Pace of Instruction on Problem Behavior.
AMBER L. VALENTINO (The Marcus Institute), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Discrete-trial training (DTT) is commonly used to treat language and pre-academic skill deficits in children diagnosed with autism. Although DTT is often an effective teaching method, previous research has not produced a comprehensive analysis of the training parameters that are most likely to produce acquisition and maintain low levels of competing behavior. Previous research has suggested that length of intertrial interval (pace of instruction) is a variable that can influence the number of trials to criterion, final performance, and stability during teaching situations (Holt & Schafer, 1973). Carnine (1976) investigated the effects of pace of instruction during reading instruction and found that a fast pace was accompanied by a lower percent occurrence of off task behavior for two participants. Additionally, research has shown that faster-paced instruction may produce more rapid skill acquisition than slower-paced instruction (Koegel, Dunlap, & Dyer, 1980). In the current study, we assessed the effects of the pace of instruction on the occurrence of problem behavior for individuals exposed to DTT using a reversal design. As suggested by Koegel et al., utilizing this information can be important in selecting the optimal interval for teaching children with autism.
 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
No Need to Reinvent the Wheel: A Closer Look at Replicating Successful Autism Intervention Programs
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Continental C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca J. Morgan (DFW Center for Autism)
Discussant: Gail G. McGee (Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Rebecca J. Morgan, M.S.
Abstract:

With the rise in demand for autism services utilizing approaches in applied behavior analysis, traditionalABA providers have been called to become organizational administrators, designing systems and programs that can meet the needs of a broad population. Some administrators have found replicating other empirically validated intervention programs an option that brings efficiency, efficacy, and credibility to the table right from the start. Two such programs are discussed in this symposium. The first authors evaluate the process of replicating the Walden Program that was originally established by Gail G. McGee in 1985. Data both pre- and post-replication of each program component will be reviewed. The second talk introduces the Walden Programs own within-group data on the increases in language and social skills in children with autism. Between group data is also explored across replication sites. The final presentation will review successful dissemination of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) with children with autism in Nova Scotia, Canada. Further and ongoing plans for replication of both of the programs mentioned above will be discussed.

 
The Anatomy of a Replication: Implementing and Evaluating the Components.
CARRIE GREER (DFW Center for Autism), Rebecca Morgan (DFW Center for Autism), Rebecka Kandice Honardar (DFW Center for Autism)
Abstract: The DFW Center for Autism began a replication of the Walden Preschool program upon its inception in 2000. Attempts to replicate components of the Walden model such as incidental teaching, environmental arrangement and systematic training were made and results of those attempts are discussed. Formal training with the Emory Autism Center was initiated in 2003 and the official process of replication began in 2004. Analysis of the components that were implemented over the last 3 years is displayed along with effects of following an established model for Incidental Teaching in a preschool program. Additional systems for organizational behavior management, teacher training, family support, and child progress were added by the DFW Center for Autism and data from those systems support the efficacy of the replication model.
 
A Between Groups Analysis of Engagement, Language, and Social Skills for Young Children with Autism.
MICHAEL J. MORRIER (Emory University), Sharon T. Hynes (Emory University), Carrie Greer (DFW Center for Autism), Rebecca Morgan (DFW Center for Autism), Daniel Adam Openden Ph.D., BCBA-D (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center)
Abstract: Since its inception in 1985 at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst, the Walden Early Childhood Center has undergone both external and internal replications. The incidental teaching model has been extended upward to prepare pre-kindergarteners for the social demands of kindergarten, as well as downwards to include toddlers with autism. Data will be provided on the social and language gains of this model, as well as a discussion of the issues encountered with extending the model to toddlers. Similar data from the subsequent replication sites using the Walden model are evaluated and will be compared both within and between sites.
 
Large Scale Dissemination and Community Implementation of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT).
DANIEL ADAM OPENDEN PH.D., BCBA-D (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center), Susan E. Bryson (Dalhousie University), Isabel Smith (Dalhousie University), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: This paper describes a collaborative effort aimed at province-wide dissemination and implementation of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) for young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Nova Scotia, Canada. Three critical components of the associated training model are described: (1) direct training of treatment teams, (parents, one-to-one interventionists, and clinical supervisors/leaders); (2) training of trainers; and (3) follow up and monitoring of treatment fidelity and child progress. A major goal of the Dalhousie University/IWK Health Centre-University of California, Santa Barbara partnership was to optimize effectiveness when translating PRT from the “lab” for dissemination in large geographical areas with community service providers. Preliminary six-month child and family outcome data and data on stakeholder satisfaction with the training workshops will be provided. Finally, features that may have contributed to success in dissemination will be identified.
 
 
Symposium #17
Social Skills Training for Children and Adolescents with Autism: Two Models of Group Instruction
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Continental A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ronald B. Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Difficulty with social skills and developing social relationships are defining characteristics of children and adolescents with autism. There have been many attempts to teach social skills to children with autism in order to address those deficiencies –with mixed results. This symposium will discuss the history, integration, and effectiveness of two approaches to teaching social skills to children and adolescents with autism in group settings: the Autism Partnership Teaching Interaction model and the ASSET model from the University of Kansas.
 
Autism Partnership’s Model of Social Skills and Friendship Development.
RONALD B. LEAF (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: One diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder is a lack of social engagement with other people. Many different interventions (e.g., social stories, video modeling, and discrete trial orientated therapy) have tried to address this issue; the results of these interventions, however, have yielded mixed outcomes. For the past decade, Autism Partnership has provided social skills training using a service model of social development that has been effective in both clinical and research applications. This model involves the implementation of Teaching Interactions, discrete trial intervention that is structured and flexible in nature, and the teaching of the skills within groups of children. This presentation will address Autism Partnership’s model of social skills training–its history, structure, and implementation.
 
Integrating Models of Social Skills Instruction for Children and Adolescents with Autism at the University of Kansas.
JUSTIN B. LEAF (University of Kansas), Wesley H. Dotson (University of Kansas), Nicole Rene Laudont (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract: At the University of Kansas, group instruction of social skills has been done using the ASSET model. The ASSET model uses a structured teaching method to develop social skills and has been used primarily with adolescents. Benefits of these social skills groups have been seen both clinically and empirically. Recently, work at the University of Kansas has integrated the Autism Partnership service model with the ASSET model to teach social skills to groups of children and adolescents with autism. This talk will discuss the practical integration of the two models, including setting the group up, the goals of the group, and the group structure.
 
Winning, Losing, and Compromising: Teaching Social Skills to Adolescents with Autism in a Group Setting.
WESLEY H. DOTSON (University of Kansas), Justin B. Leaf (University of Kansas), Jenna M. Allegre (University of Kansas), Abigail M. Schwind (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The use of the integrated model of teaching social skills to adolescents with autism will be described. The teaching of appropriate social behaviors within the context of group discussions, games, sports and other activities will be described and illustrative examples of results will be presented.
 
Effectiveness of Group Instruction using Teaching Interactions for Teaching Social Skills to Children with Autism.
JUSTIN B. LEAF (University of Kansas), Wesley H. Dotson (University of Kansas), Valerie A. Johnson (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The use of the integrated model of teaching social skills to young children with autism will be described. The teaching of appropriate social behaviors such as initiation and giving compliments within the context of group discussions, games, sports and other activities will be described and illustrative examples of results will be presented.
 
 
Paper Session #18
Understanding Abstinence from Cigarette Smoking.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Inspiration Studio
Area: BPH
Chair: Richard Yi (University of Maryland)
 
A Brief Abstinence Test for College Student Smokers.
Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA GRETA MARIE IRONS (James Madison University), Christopher J. Correia (Auburn University)
 
Abstract: Cigarette smoking among college students is prevalent and correlated with other unhealthy behaviors. Reinforced abstinence (e.g., contingency management) has been demonstrated to be an effective method for reducing substance use in a variety of populations and across a variety of drugs, including cigarettes. Reinforced abstinence has seldom been used with a college student population, in part, because of the costs associated with such programs. Indeed, monetary incentives for abstinence are typically arbitrarily derived and not empirically determined. A BAT has been used to effectively reduce cocaine use among methadone maintenance patients (Robles, Silverman, Preston, Cone, Katz, Bigelow, & Stitzer, 2000). However, no published studies have investigated the use of a BAT to reduce the use of cigarettes. The current study found that the BAT is a useful tool for abstinence initiation among some college smokers, as 42% of the sample met abstention criteria during the BAT.
 
The Value of Abstinence from Smoking Test: A Novel Choice Procedure for Assessment of Incentive Adequacy.
Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA GRETA MARIE IRONS (James Madison University), Christopher J. Correia (Auburn University)
 
Abstract: The current study implemented a choice procedure for empirically assessing optimal incentive levels for brief abstinence among college student smokers. Monetary incentives for abstinence in contingency management programs are typically arbitrarily derived and not empirically determined. Thus programs using reinforced abstinence might be offering too little incentive for abstinence or too much to maintain cost-effectiveness. The choice procedure, called the Value of Abstinence Test (VAST), posed monetary rewards of a range of magnitudes and asked participants whether they would abstain from smoking for some time period if paid that monetary reward. Dollar amounts ranged from $1 - $1024 and time periods ranged from 1 hour to 1 month. Data revealed a qualitatively similar trend among participants where the dollar value of abstinence increased as time periods increased. Quantitative differences in adequate incentive values suggested individual variability for the value of abstinence.
 
Increasing Temporal Resolution in Laboratory Studies of Cigarette Relapse: Effect of Reinforcement Schedule.
Domain: Applied Research
RICHARD YI (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Benjamin P. Kowal (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Reid D. Landes (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Warren K. Bickel (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Maxine Stitzer (Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit)
 
Abstract: Laboratory studies of cigarette relapse have the advantage of controlling the environment during the time at which relapse to cigarette smoking may occur. These types of studies provide a rich opportunity in a controlled environment to examine variables that may affect duration of abstinence and timing of relapse. This abstract reports on a repeated-measures study evaluating the temporal resolution afforded by different schedules of reinforcement for abstinence in the laboratory: (1) reinforcement that increased per minute of maintained abstinence, (2) reinforcement that decreased, and (3) reinforcement that did not change. Heavy cigarette smokers attended 2-hour sessions following at least 6 hours of cigarette abstinence. Maintained abstinence during the session was reinforced with money, and abstinence for the duration of the session resulted in equal total reinforcement for the three reinforcement schedules. A decision to smoke resulted in a discontinuation of reinforcement for the remainder of the session. Smokers completed 2 counterbalanced sessions at each schedule. Preliminary results indicate that the decreasing reinforcement schedule provided the highest temporal resolution: this schedule resulted in the earliest relapse to smoking as well as the highest variability in relapse times. These results suggest that a decreasing schedule of reinforcement may be most appropriate for laboratory studies of relapse, where time-to-relapse is the primary dependent variable and high temporal resolution is necessary.
 
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
History and Current Developments in Behavior Analytic Forensic Psychology.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kirk A.B. Newring (Lincoln Correctional Center)
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis and modification was hailed in the late 1960s as a way of rehabilitating prisoners. By the mid 1970s, California reported that behavior modification could no longer receive crime prevention funds. At this period APA launched an investigation as to standards for behavior modification in prisons. What went wrong? The first presenter will review the history and discuss the errors with an eye to behavior analytic policy for the future. The second presenter will offer approaches to treat adolescent offenders who would typically be placed into juvenile detention based upon recent advances in applied behavior analysis to address problem behaviors exhibited by these youth. The third presentation will familiarize the participant with Mode Deactivation Therapy (MDT) as an enhanced Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) for treating adolescent males who have problems with opposition, conduct, personality, including physical and sexual aggression. The data concerning MDT, as an evidenced based psychotherapy, will be discussed as well. Lastly, Sex offenders! Those two words can evoke fear and apprehension in the community. Thankfully, a skillful integration of the best practices sex offender assessment and 3rd wave behavior therapies couples what works (evidence-based practice) with what matters (empirically-derived risk factors).

 
The History of Behavior Analysis and Behavioral Intervention with Criminals: Where We Went Wrong.
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis and modification was hailed in the late 1960s as a way of rehabilating prisoners. By the mid 1970s, California reported that behavior modification could no longer receive crime prevention funds. At this period APA launched an investigation as to standards for behavior modification in prisons.What went wrong? In this presentation, I will review the history and discuss the errors with an eye to behavior analytic policy for the future.
 
A Behavior Analytic Methodology for the Assessment and Treatment of Adolescents in the Criminal Justice System: Alternatives to Juvenile Detention.
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract: Traditionally, adolescents who commit offenses, such as rape and molestation, weapons charges, assault, illegal drug use, drug sales, theft, and others, have gone into the legal system and are placed in juvenile detention centers. These centers provide minimal treatment and rehabilitation, often resulting in increased incidence of criminal involvement after release, with high recidivism rates (50% or higher). It is time we use applied behavior analysis research and practice to provide treatment for these youth, and continue research on effective behavior analytic approaches. This presentation will offer some suggestions and guidelines as published in the 2006 Handbook of Juvenile Justice.
 
Mode Deactivation Therapy (MDT) as an Evidence-Based Enhanced Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) for Treating Adolescent Males.
JACK A. APSCHE (Apsche Center)
Abstract: This presentation will familiarize the participant with Mode Deactivation Therapy (MDT) as an enhanced Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) for treating adolescent males who have problems with opposition, conduct, personality, including physical and sexual aggression. The data suggests MDT as an evidenced based psychotherapy; will be discussed as well.
 
Using What Works on What Matters: 3rd Wave Behavior Therapies and Dynamic Risk Assessment with Sexual Offenders.
KIRK A.B. NEWRING (Lincoln Correctional Center)
Abstract: The current zeitgeist of sex offender treatment is rooted in the assessment static and dynamic predictors of risk for recidivism. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) map on to these known risk factors and provide sex offender treatment providers with evidence-based treatments on empirically-derived risk factors. The integration an applications of these approaches are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #20
How Words Measure Up: An Investigation of the Reliability, Validity, and Procedural Integrity of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stephanie L. Nassar (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Chad E. Drake (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine)
Abstract: Use of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has flourished since its development as the first behavioral measure of relational responding. Variations in format, method, and analytic strategy have supported rapid development and adaptation of the procedure. The papers in this symposium consider 1) the effects of procedural variations on IRAP performance, 2) the validity of the IRAP following interventions designed to disrupt patterns relational responding, and 3) the stability of the IRAP with repeated administrations. Implications for continued adaptation and standardization of the procedure will be discussed.
 
Variation of Instructions and Feedback on the IRAP.
ALYSSA N. WILSON (University of Mississippi), Crystal N. Armstrong (University of Mississippi), Clark Ortkiese (University of Mississippi), George A. Ball (University of Mississippi), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: In this study, the effects of variations in pre-experimental instructions and feedback on IRAP performance were examined.
 
When Red is a Shape: Challenging the Stability of Equivalence Classes with Laboratory-Based Procedures.
KATHERINE H. MOYER (University of Mississippi), Scott Bethay (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The current study examined the impact of a variety of conditional discrimination procedures on the stability of equivalence classes of colors and shapes. Equivalence responding was measured with the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) before and after encountering either direct countertraining or an indirect disruption procedure. The potential clinical implications of the results will be discussed.
 
One More Time: An Examination of the Stability of IRAP Performance over Repeated Administrations.
STEPHANIE L. NASSAR (University of Mississippi), Jessica C. Barnes Nicklay (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Scott Bethay (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Many have expressed interest in developing a measure of relational responding that is sensitive to behavioral variability at the level of the individual. The IRAP has been used in this way several times, as a measure of patterns in relational responding pre- and post-intervention. The use of the IRAP in this way assumes the reliability of the IRAP. The current study examines the stability of IRAP performance over repeated administrations both in terms of psychometric evaluations of reliability and stability of IRAP effects at the level of the individual.
 
 
Symposium #21
Social Skills Training in Diverse Settings: School, Private Practice and a Summer Treatment Program
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Continental A
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Steven Gordon (Behavior Therapy Associates)
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Social skills impairments are evident in children with a wide range of disabilities including Autism, Asperger’s Disorder, Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder and Nonverbal Learning Disabilities. Social Skills Training (SST) has become a standard recommended intervention for those who show such deficits. Recent research findings investigating the effectiveness of SST with populations of children considered Emotionally and Behaviorally Disordered (EBD) and those with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have found a weak effect. Reasons for this weak effect have been accounted for in the manner of the delivery of SST such as a low frequency of sessions delivered in a time limited fashion, a pull-out program, failure to match deficit to intervention and a lack of treatment fidelity. Innovative models of SST need to be developed that address these limitations and have the potential to contribute to the overall effectiveness of SST. This symposium will present emerging models of implementing SST in diverse settings: a public school, a private psychology practice and finally, a five-week summer treatment program.
 
Social Skills Training in a Public School Setting.
LINDSAY HILSEN (Hopewell Valley Regional School District)
Abstract: Students with special needs often lack social awareness and present with social skills deficits. As a result direct instruction in social skills is required so that psychological adjustment is enhanced. A public school setting lends itself to a multitude of opportunities and challenges for social skills training. The social skills program at Hopewell Valley Regional School District began at the middle school meeting twice a week and has expanded into the high school meeting five times a week. Social skills have been incorporated into all academic classes through a life skills philosophy. Administrators, teachers, parents, and typically developing peers have been brought “on board” contributing to a team approach thereby facilitating the acquisition, generalization and maintenance of social skills. Social learning principles of prompting, shaping, modeling, and reinforcement are used to promote skill acquisition. Problems of implementation and strategies to address these problems will be reviewed.
 
Recruitment, Retention and Results: Social Skills Training Groups in a Private Psychology Practice.
STEVEN GORDON (Behavior Therapy Associates)
Abstract: Social Skills Training groups within a private psychology practice setting present unique challenges of Recruitment, Retention and Results (The Three Rs). These specific obstacles have been addressed in an evolving model employed at Behavior Therapy Associates for the past four years with over twenty groups for children with ASD and other disorders. In contrast to school-based settings, a large number of children are not readily available in private practice, therefore special attempts are needed to form groups by age, gender, cognitive level and communication skills. Recruitment obstacles are addressed via referrals from other professionals, schools, and previous and existing clients. Retention in private practice becomes another issue since children have to leave a setting that is highly reinforcing (e.g., home) for a setting that may be less reinforcing (e.g., therapist’s office). Obstacles are addressed via high rates of individualized feedback to children and parents, tangible reinforcement, and strategies to promote generalization. Results are achieved by the use of the 3D Approach (i.e., Discuss, Demonstrate, Do) for each skill. These time-limited groups use rules, reinforcement, discussion, modeling, behavior rehearsal, homework assignments, and parent and school involvement. Future directions for this model will be delineated.
 
Intense Social Skills Training Within A Five-Week Summer Treatment Program.
MICHAEL C. SELBST (Behavior Therapy Associates, P.A.)
Abstract: Many school districts and parents are faced with the challenge of providing effective social skills programming throughout the summer time for children with special needs. This is compounded by the fact that many children with social skills deficits have significant difficulty transitioning to and succeeding within traditional summer camp programs. In light of these issues, Behavior Therapy Associates founded Stepping Stone Summer Program in 2000 that has expanded to a five-week intensive social skills program. Stepping Stone is designed to develop children’s social-emotional and behavioral skills through specialized group training, individualized attention, recreational activities, and academic-related activities. Students learn a problem-solving approach that can be applied within everyday situations. The program also helps parents and staff members learn to effectively coach the children across a variety of social situations and settings. Components of the program include structure, group-format with role playing, natural environment opportunities for generalization, direct and incidental teaching, positive reinforcement system, daily feedback to parents, and carryover strategies shared with parents and referring school districts. The goal of this program is to help children expand their social skills repertoire by utilizing a problem-solving approach while incorporating ABA principles. An overview of the program will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Social Validity during Behavioral Research and Consultation
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
PDR 2
Area: CSE/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Claire C St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In applied behavior analysis, social validity refers to society's judgment about the appropriateness and importance of behavior analytic goals and practices. Although social validity has been touted as a critical dimenson of applied behavior analysis since the 1970's, it remains an under-researched area. The presenters attempt to address this void by discussing the use of social validity measures in the existing literature, as well as reviewing three new research studies that assess the social validity of behavioral procedures for classroom use.

 
Social Validity Assessments of Behavior-Change Procedures Used with Young Children: A Review.
NICOLE HEAL (May Center for Education & Neurorehabilitation), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Social validity refers to the significance of the goals, the appropriateness of the procedures, and the importance of the effects of a behavior-change program to members of society. This review will describe the different features of social validity assessments conducted for the ultimate benefit of young children, note trends, and critically analyze the current state of affairs in this area, and offer directions for future social validity research. Studies were included in the analysis if (a) there was an evaluation of social validity, (b) the behavior-change procedures being assessed were applied to observable (externalized) problem behavior or issues related to learning, and (c) the behavior-change procedures being assessed were applied with young children (aged birth through 8 years). Studies that met the inclusion criteria were categorized and analyzed on the following dimensions (a) type of behavior-change procedures, (b) dimensions of social validity (i.e., goals, procedures, and/or outcomes), (c) social validity consumers, (d) types of social validity assessments (i.e., absolute vs. relative), and (e) methods for assessing social validity (i.e., indirect vs. direct assessments). Interrater agreement was assessed on 20% of the articles, and agreement above 80%.
 
An Evaluation of the Efficacy of and Preference for Strategies for Reducing Problem Behavior in Play Groups.
STACY A. LAYER (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Three common behavior management strategies for reducing the problem behavior of preschool children include the use of a rule reminder alone, a rule reminder plus talk and practice, or a rule reminder followed by a brief time out and then talk and practice. Results of a questionnaire assessing community preschool teachers’ opinions about the acceptability and relative efficacy of these 3 strategies showed that rule reminders were the most common consequence for problem behavior; teachers also reported that it was important to empirically evaluate the effectiveness of each of the strategies described. We then compared the effectiveness of and children’s preferences for each of the three behavior management strategies (all agreement measures exceeded 80%). The results indicated that for children with the highest levels of problem behavior, a comprehensive package including rule reminders, time out, and talk and practice was the most effective strategy for reducing problem behavior. Child preference varied among the strategies with some children preferring the strategy involving time out and others preferring only rule reminders; no child preferred the talk and practice component without the time out component. Implications for the design of preschool environments will be discussed.
 
Considerations of Treatment Acceptability in Examining Intervention Effectiveness.
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (Melmark New England), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University)
Abstract: An investigation of social validity may include considerations of the acceptability, appropriateness, and ease of implementation of intervention procedures. The Intervention Rating Profile-15 (IRP-15; Martens, Witt, Elliott, & Darveaux, 1985) is a 15-item scale that provides a measure of general intervention acceptability as it pertains to these three areas. The purpose of this presentation is to present data from two studies that used the IRP-15 with teachers to investigate their judgments about the interventions used with their students, as well as their judgments about the feedback they received regarding the accuracy of their treatment plan implementation. Findings will be presented in light of the effectiveness of the intervention procedures and their relation to treatment acceptability.
 
Acceptability of Preference Assessments for Classroom Use.
ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (West Virginia University), Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University), Elizabeth S. Athens (University of Florida)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts frequently develop interventions for school environments. Preference assessments may be a useful tool in the identification of potential reinforcers for use in school-based interventions. However, research has not determined the acceptability of preference assessment procedures and formats for classroom use. Given that teachers and classroom aides are the ultimate behavior change agents in school-based interventions, the use of more acceptable procedures may increase teacher compliance with an intervention plan. In the current study, we used surveys to assess the acceptability of various preference assessment methods (including single-stimulus, paired-choice, and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement), the frequency of assessment (ranging from daily to less than once per week), and the modality of items used during the assessment (including actual items, pictures of items, written names of items, or vocal names of items). Teacher preference for method, frequency, and modality of assessment did not coincide with what has been established as best-practice in the behavioral literature. Implications of these findings for school-based collaboration and intervention development will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #23
Developmental Disabilities Paper Session I
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA
Chair: Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University)
 
Teaching Group Cooperation to Adolescents with Brain Injuries Using Self-Control Training.
Domain: Applied Research
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Amanda J. Bever (Southern Illinois University), Michael Bordieri (Southern Illinois University), Krystal Qualls (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract: Behavioral interventions for reducing impulsivity for persons with brain injury have been exclusively implemented at the individual participant level. While effective, this type of intervention is costly, time consuming, and potentially difficult for caregivers to replicate. The current study attempted to develop a group-based intervention to reduce impulsive choice making and promote self-control. Additionally, the group contingency attempted to develop a cooperative response between participants. Initially participants were asked to complete a cooperative task of household chores (e.g., dish sorting, clothes folding) in the absence of any programmed reinforcement. Following the acquisition of low levels of baseline performance, each group was asked to choose between a smaller amount of known conditioned reinforcers for non-engagement or a larger amount of reinforcers for completing the task at durations exponentially greater than baseline. Following observation of poor choice making (i.e., selecting the smaller reinforcer), each group was exposed to a progressive delay schedule in which the larger reinforcer was coupled with increasing amounts of cooperative responding. Results suggest that such training procedures can improve choice making for individuals with brain injury as well as teach cooperative task completion.
 
The Effects of Video Modeling on Staff Implementation of a Problem Solving Intervention in Residential Settings.
Domain: Applied Research
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of video modeling on staff implementation of a problem solving intervention in a residential setting. The treatment consisted of video modeling procedures. Data were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Results indicated that the percentage or correctly implemented problem solving steps increased to mastery criterion for all six participants after treatment was implemented.
 
Use of Latency to Problem Behavior to Evaluate Demands for Inclusion in Functional Analyses.
Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute)
 
Abstract: In contrast to potential positive reinforcers, there are few direct assessment methodologies designed to identify stimuli or events (such as demands), the escape from which may function as negative reinforcers. Such an assessment may be especially useful for identifying demands for inclusion in the escape condition of functional analyses. In the current study an assessment was conducted in which four participants were systematically exposed to potential demands, with sessions ending following the first instance of problem behavior. A hierarchy of demand aversiveness was created using average latency to the first instance of problem behavior. Subsequent functional analyses evaluated the influence of task aversiveness as identified by the demand assessment on functional analysis outcome. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior.
 
 
 
Symposium #24
Basic and Applied Research on the Application of Differential Reinforcement Procedures to Treat Destructive Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael E. Kelley (University of Southern Maine)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: A large body of research has shown that differential reinforcement (DR) procedures have utility for reducing destructive behavior in applied settings. This symposium will present data that exemplify current translational research in the development and application of DR and functional communication training (FCT) procedures. Specifically, these presentations each demonstrate methods for examining the variables that contribute to the establishment and generalization of DR procedures. The first study involved a basic experimental analysis conducted with non-human subjects to examine factors that influence the development and efficacy of functional communication training (FCT) contingencies that do not have an extinction component. The second study was conducted in an applied context and examined the acquisition of yes/no responding within the context of an FCT intervention for destructive behavior. The third study evaluated the thinning of a DR procedure to promote generalization of a treatment for aggression to an individual’s classroom, during which the DR schedule was increased from 20 s to 1166 s. These studies will be discussed in terms of the convergence of basic and applied research to examine factors related to successful DR treatment development for destructive behavior disorders.
 
Preliminary Evaluation of an Animal Model for Studying FCT Without Extinction.
JENNIFER LANIER (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), John Pugh (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Lynda Dodgen (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is most effective when reinforcement is withheld for problem behavior. However, extinction is not always practical or possible in applied settings. Further research is needed to identify strategies that will increase the effectiveness of FCT in the absence of extinction. When caregivers are unable or unwilling to withhold reinforcement for problem behavior, treatment with FCT establishes a concurrent operant reinforcement schedule that involves topographically different behaviors. The main purpose of this study was to evaluate an animal model for studying factors that may lead to improved treatments under this arrangement. Six rats were taught to press a lever (designated as the “communication response”) or pull a chain (designated as “problem behavior”) to receive food reinforcement. All but one rat allocated the majority of responses to the lever press when both were available concurrently. The schedule of reinforcement for the lever press then was gradually thinned to identify the point at which preference would switch to the chain pull. In the final phase, the effect of a brief time-out contingent on chain pulls was evaluated. Results indicate that this laboratory model would be useful for generating knowledge that directly informs clinical practice.
 
Teaching Individuals with Autism to Attend to “Yes” and “No” Responses as Discriminative Stimuli.
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (West Virginia University), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Recent research has demonstrated that functional communication can be brought under stimulus control in a multiple schedule arrangement (e.g., Hagopian, et al., 2005; Hanley, et al., 2001). Responses of “yes” and “no” can function as schedule specifying stimuli under certain conditions. That is, a response of “yes” following a mand should result in the individual being allowed to access the specified reinforcer. Conversely, a “no” response would be associated with not allowing access. Individuals with intellectual disabilities may not respond in accordance with those schedules due to a history of accessing reinforcers in the presence of both SDs and S?s. In the current examination, two children diagnosed with autism were taught to respond appropriately following staff saying “yes” or “no” in response to him/her emitting an observing response (i.e., pointing). During training, observing behaviors were initially followed by a dense ratio of “yes” (FR1) to “no” (EXT) responses. Subsequently, this ratio was adjusted and the participants were taught to respond appropriately in the presence of independent concurrent schedules for stimuli of varying preferences. Ultimately, these schedule specifying stimuli were integrated into functional communication-based interventions. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of sessions and averaged above 80%.
 
Delay Fading and Generalization of Differential Reinforcement Treatments for Destructive Behavior.
KASEY STEPHENSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a procedure that has been successfully used to increase the amount of time that individuals do not engage in problem behavior. Although effective, short-duration DRO intervals might be difficult to implement outside of controlled settings. In such cases DRO schedule thinning is an appropriate and practical procedure. In the current study, we describe the development of a resetting DRO to decrease one participant’s aggression. After the initial DRO was successful at reducing aggression, we implemented a multiple schedule procedure to thin the initial DRO interval from 20 s to 1166 s in a controlled setting. Subsequently, the DRO was thinned in the participant’s classroom setting from an initial 30-s interval to a terminal 1166-s interval. In both settings, clinically significant decreases (averaging 80% or greater) in problem behavior were observed, as compared to baseline levels and baseline probes. Reliability data were collected on at least 30% of sessions and averaged over 90% throughout the study. The results will be discussed in terms of implementing differential reinforcement procedures in naturalistic settings.
 
 
Symposium #25
Extensions of Research on Automatic Reinforcement.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: A variety of treatment procedures have been applied to reduce problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. The majority of treatments fit within the categories of (a) noncontingent reinforcement procedures (NCR) in which preferred or matched stimuli are available independent of problem behavior, and (b) response interruption or response restriction procedures in which access to problem behavior is interrupted via physical or mechanical restraints. Each of these procedures has resulted in significant reductions in problem behavior for some participants and little to no effect for other participants. The three studies presented within this symposium evaluated methods for increasing the likelihood of success for treatments to reduce problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. The first study evaluated the use of functional analysis play sessions (NCR) to predict the effectiveness of treatments based on noncontingent access to preferred stimuli. The second study compared the effects of two response interruption and redirection procedures in reducing the occurrence of vocal stereotypy, and the third study evaluated the use of visual cues to signal the presence versus absence of response blocking procedures on the occurrence of stereotypy. Each of these studies provides an extension of the existing literature on automatic reinforcement.
 
Using Functional Analysis NCR Sessions to Predict the Effects of NCR Based Treatments on Problem Behavior.
ANURADHA DUTT (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Jason M. Stricker (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Jeffrey R. Luke (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Ringdahl et al. (1997), Roscoe et al. (1998), and Shore et al. (1997) have shown that noncontingent access to highly preferred alternative stimuli (e.g. toys) can reduce rates of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. In this study, we hypothesized that the occurrence of problem behavior during the NCR play sessions of the functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) would be prescriptive for the effectiveness of NCR treatments in reducing problem behavior. Results indicated that low levels of problem behavior during the NCR play functional analysis sessions were predictive of low levels of problem behavior during subsequent NCR treatment sessions. In contrast, high levels of problem behavior during NCR play functional analysis sessions were associated with high levels of problem behavior during subsequent probes to NCR sessions during treatment. These results support our hypothesis and show that levels of problem behavior during NCR play FA sessions are predictive of the effects of NCR-based treatments for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. A summary of the results for 14 participants will be presented with graphic displays of each assessment/treatment pattern observed. Interobserver agreement date were collected for 30% of the sessions and averaged above 90% for problem behavior.
 
An Evaluation of Treatment Procedures for Reducing Vocal Stereotypy and Increasing Functional Verbal Behavior.
TIFFANY KODAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Karsten (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Stereotypy may interfere with skill acquisition. This may be especially true if high rates of vocal stereotypy interfere with academic programs targeting functional verbalizations. Despite the disruptive nature of vocal stereotypy, limited research has evaluated the efficacy of treatment procedures designed to reduce vocal stereotypy. Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, and Chung (2007) examined a treatment procedure for vocal stereotypy that included response interruption and redirection (RIRD). Results indicated treatment resulted in decreased levels of vocal stereotypy and increased levels of appropriate vocalizations. However, the authors did not evaluate the operant mechanism responsible for reductions in behavior. The current study was designed to replicate and extend the findings of Ahearn et al. by evaluating two variations of RIRD to identify the operant mechanism responsible for treatment efficacy. The first RIRD treatment procedure involved the provision of demands that required verbal responses contingent on an occurrence of vocal stereotypy. The second RIRD treatment involved providing demands that required motor responses contingent on vocal stereotypy. Results indicated both treatment procedures reduced levels of stereotypy. Following the initial treatment evaluation, the schedule of RIRD delivery was thinned to evaluate whether punishment or extinction was the operative mechanism resulting in reduced levels of vocal stereotypy.
 
Using Stimulus Control to Decrease Stereotypy Exhibited by a Child with Autism.
DAVID M. RICHMAN (University of Illinois), Elizabeth Brusa (University of Illinois)
Abstract: Stereotypic behavior exhibited by a third grade boy with autism was maintained by automatic reinforcement and occurrences of stereotypy were brought under stimulus control. The intervention consisted of pairing a green discriminative stimulus card (SD) with free access to stereotypy and a red card (SD absent) with vocal redirection and blocking stereotypy. After exposure to discrimination training, the student rarely engaged in stereotypy with the SD card absent, but he almost continuously engaged in stereotypy when the SD card was present. A second observer in the classroom collected interobserver agreement data for 100% of the sessions with a mean exact interval occurrence agreement of 97.3% (range, 81% - 100%). Experimental control over stereotypic behavior was demonstrated via a combination of within session sequential alternating treatments design and withdrawal design across sessions.
 
 
Symposium #26
International Symposium - Exploring Anxiety: Avoidance and Expectancy Bias
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sinead Smyth (University of Ulster, Coleraine)
Abstract:

The current symposium consists of four empirical papers that explore various analogue models of anxiety. The first paper sought to examine the issue of expectancy bias in irrational fear through two experiments which used self-reported expectancy to test for derived relational responding. The second paper comprised two experiments designed to examine approach-avoidance conflict in a group of adult subjects. The third paper used an extinction procedure, and subsequently an ACT (Acceptance and Commitment Therapy) protocol to reduce laboratory induced avoidance. The final paper sought to demonstrate the transformation of aversive respondent elicitation in accordance with sameness relations. The findings of all four papers have implications for understanding human fear and anxiety.

 
Using Self-reported Expectancy Functions to Test for Derived Relational Responding: Modeling Expectancy Bias in Irrational Fear.
SINEAD SMYTH (University of Ulster, Coleraine), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Despite the increasingly popular notion that derived relational responding and the derived transfer of functions through such relations may illustrate symbolic control (e.g. Hayes et al., 2001), very little research has been done using verbal tests of derived responding. Of the existing research, common procedures include post-hoc self-report measures and talk aloud procedures, both of which have been used to investigate the processes underlying derived responding on a matching-to-sample MTS equivalence test. The current paper presents a research program that set out to develop experimental procedures for the investigation of the derived transfer of self-reported expectancy functions. Rather than MTS, a stimulus presentation observation procedure (SPOP) was used to train symmetry (Experiment 1) and equivalence (Experiment 2) relations. The viability of the procedure as a behavior analytic model of expectancy bias in phobic responding, and the possible extension of the project using EEG measures will be discussed.
 
The Approach-Avoidance Conflict: Examining an Empirical Model of Human Anxiety and Phobia.
STEVEN ROBERT GANNON (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, State University of New York), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Conor Linehan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The current paper reports on two experiments designed to examine the approach-avoidance conflict in a group of normal adult subjects. The first experiment involved establishing each of two distinct members of the same one-node equivalence relation as a discriminative stimulus for approach and avoidance responses, respectively. During a probe phase, subjects were presented with equivalence class members that were of equal nodal distance from each of the discriminative stimuli. Approach and avoidance responses during this probe phase were highly varied across subjects. A second experiment addressed several procedural artifacts, but yielded similar outcomes. These findings have implications for our understanding of the development of approach-avoidance conflicts in the world outside the laboratory, and raise several interesting and important questions regarding the sources of control over individual subject’s responses during the probe trials.
 
The Effect of Several Strategies in Altering Avoidance to Direct and Derived Avoidance Stimuli.
CARMEN LUCIANO SORIANO (Universidad de Almeria, Spain), Sonsoles Valdivia-Salas (Universidad de Almeria, Spain), Francisco Jose Ruiz-Jimenez (Universidad de Almeria, Spain), Francisco Cabello Luque (Universidad de la Rioja), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico), Miguel Rodriguez-Valverde (Universidad de Jaén, Spain), Olga Gutierrez Martinez (Universidad de Granada)
Abstract: This study comprises two parts. The first one addresses the transfer of respondent and avoidance functions, and of the extinction of the previous functions by relational means. Seventeen adults participated. In the first phase, two 6-members equivalence classes (A1 to F1; A2 to F2) were trained. Then, A1 and B1 were aversively conditioned, and A2 and B2 positively conditioned. Subsequently, participants were taught both to avoid the shocks and to gain points. Once transfer of the respondent and the avoidance response had occurred, the A1 and B1 stimuli were repeatedly presented under extinction, and then a new transfer test was run to assess the effects of the respondent extinction on the avoidance and respondent responses. Results showed that extinction had little effect on altering the avoidance response. In the second part, a strategy different to respondent extinction was promoted to alter the avoidance response. Ten participants were assigned to each of the two conditions. In the experimental condition, an ACT-based protocol focusing in the value of not avoiding, and defusion was implemented. In the control condition no protocol was implemented. Results showed a clear effect of the ACT-based protocol in altering avoidance to both direct and derived aversive stimuli.
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Applied Research on Token Schedules
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Metra
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Bourret, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Token schedules have been extensively examined by both "basic" and "applied" researchers. However, these two research traditions have developed largely independently of one another. This symposium is an attempt to foster contact and highlight research on tokens that tells us something new about the schedules and also has important implications for their application.

 
Saving and Spending in a Token-Accumulation Procedure with Pigeons.
RACHELLE L. YANKELEVITZ (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: The present research concerns reinforcer accumulation by pigeons in a token-reinforcement context. In a standard token-accumulation procedure, three keys are arranged: token-production, on which responses illuminate lights (tokens); exchange-production, on which responses produce access to the exchange key; and exchange, on which responses produce one unit of food per earned token. At any point after producing one token, pigeons choose to continue producing tokens or to produce exchange. Previous research has shown that reinforcer accumulation is inversely related to the cost of producing reinforcers and directly related to the cost of producing exchange, but the relationship between accumulation and the exchange schedule itself remains uninvestigated. In the current procedure, the costs of producing tokens and producing exchange were held constant while the cost of exchanging each token was varied from 1 to 150. The extent to which accumulation frequency (percent of cycles with accumulation) and magnitude (mean number of tokens accumulated per cycle) were systematically related to exchange ratio was investigated. Results are interpreted with respect to unit price, a composite measure of the costs (ratio size) and benefits (reinforcer amount) associated with different courses of action.
 
Comparison of Responding Under Token and Tandem Schedules in a Clinical Setting.
JONATHAN SEAVER (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Relatively little work has been done evaluating the effects of second-order token schedules on response rates and patterns in clinical settings. In the current study, patterns of responding on second-order token and tandem schedules of reinforcement were examined with two participants. All participants were students at a residential school for individuals with developmental disorders. Token schedule values were similar to those used typically in clinical application. Response requirements on the tandem schedule were yoked to the number of responses required for token exchange on the second-order token schedule. Results showed longer mean durations to complete the initial components relative to successive components on both tandem and token schedules. Response rates maintained on both schedules were equivalent. Implications in terms of expected response patterns on token schedules used with humans in a clinical setting and overall clinical benefits of the use of token schedules are discussed.
 
Conditioned Reinforcement: Schedule Thinning Pilot Study.
CHERYL LYNN CAMASSA (The New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Token reinforcement can be thought of as a second-order schedule in which responses produce tokens according to one schedule (production schedule) and then the opportunity to exchange tokens for other reinforcement occurs after a specified number of tokens has been earned (exchange schedule). This pilot study explored thinning of schedules of conditioned reinforcement by examining production and exchange schedules. Two participants with autism were exposed to reinforcer assessments using various combinations of production and exchange schedules. For example, in the FR1?FR4 schedule [FR4(FR1) second-order schedule], the participant received a token after each hand-raising response, and after 4 tokens were earned they were exchanged for a backup edible reinforcer. This schedule was compared in an alternating treatments design to FR4?FR1 [FR1(FR4) second-order schedule], in which the participant received a token after 4 hand-raising responses, and after 1 token was earned it was immediately exchanged for a backup edible reinforcer. Schedule comparisons included FR1(FR2) vs. FR2(FR1); FR1(FR4) vs. FR4(FR1); FR1(FR8) vs. FR8(FR1); and FR1(FR16) vs. FR16(FR1). Results showed little systematic difference at lower schedule values. At higher schedule values [FR1(FR8) vs. FR8(FR1) and FR1(FR16) vs. FR16(FR1)] there was a higher rate of responding when the production schedule was FR1 as compared to FR8 or FR16.
 
Punishment in Token-Based Procedures for Treating Addiction.
JOHN M. ROLL (Washington State University)
Abstract: Token-based (i.e., contingency management) interventions are quite effective at initiating and maintaining abstinence. These procedures are generally believed to rely solely on positive reinforcement. However, most do include a punishment contingency for failures to abstain. In this presentation data from several studies will be presented demonstrating that this punishment enhances the efficacy of the procedures. Additional data will be presented showing that punishment contingencies may not be appropriate unless they are combined with strong reinforcement procedures as individuals in treatment will “escape the punisher”. An exception to this may occur when treatment is provided in a criminal justice context in which “escape” is not an option. This will be illustrated with clinical data from several recent trials.
 
 
Panel #28
IACUCs and IRBs: HELP!
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Barbershop
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Steven I. Dworkin (Jacksonville State University)
KATHRYN SAUNDERS (University of Kansas)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
STEVEN I. DWORKIN (Jacksonville State University)
SANGETTA PANICKER (APA's Science Directorate)
Abstract: The panel will provide a discussion of current practices that obfuscate scientists from initiation or continuing human and non-human animal research. The workshop will be led by the ABA appointed member of the board of trustees to the Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC), APA’s Science Directorate member who has the responsibility to monitor IRB and IACUC issues, and two senior ABA members involved in human or non-human behavioral research. Information related to existing and proposed legislation that will affect both IRBs and IACUCs will be presented and discussed. Attendees will be encouraged to provide additional discussion of issues including examples of IACUC and IRB “creep” (over-extension of existing federal guidelines).
 
 
Symposium #29
International Symposium - The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP): Contextual and Known- Groups Effects
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
El
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Claire Cullen (Department of Psychology)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a modern behavioral approach to human language and cognition, the central postulate of which is that higher-cognitive functioning is composed of relational acts (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). A recent development in this research area is an RFT latency-based procedure for measuring implicit relations, namely, the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). Initial studies have shown that the IRAP may be used to measure relational networks or attitudes that individuals are either unaware of or may wish to conceal (Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, Power, Hayden, Milne, & Stewart, 2006). The IRAP appears to offer advantages over other methods that use reaction time measures to assess implicit attitudes (e.g., the Implicit Association Test), both in its theoretical rationale and its ability to measure many types of relationships. The first two papers report studies that explore the impact of context on age- and smoking-related implicit attitudes. The remaining papers examine the utility of the IRAP for exploring implicit judgments of nationality and weight-status. The focus of this symposium is to provide further support for the validity of the IRAP in the context of measuring socially sensitive and health-related responses.
 
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP): Assessing the Malleability of Implicit Ageism.
CLAIRE CULLEN (Department of Psychology), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: This paper presents a study that sought to determine if the IRAP effect can be modulated through exposure to relevant positive and negative exemplars. Half of the participants were exposed to examples of positively valenced old people and negatively valenced young people; the remaining participants were exposed to examples of positively valenced young people and negatively valenced old people. The participants were then exposed to an IRAP, in which the sample stimuli were “Young People” and “Old People,” with positive and negative target words as target stimuli, and the response options “Similar” and “Opposite.” Twenty four hours later participants were re-exposed to the same IRAP. Explicit attitudes to old and young people were also assessed via feeling thermometers and semantic differential scales. Results showed that the pro-old exemplars weakened the pro-young IRAP bias but completely reversed the anti-old IRAP effect, for both IRAP exposures, with positive and significant test-retest reliability. In contrast, the exemplars had no significant impact on the explicit measures. The results are broadly consistent with previous research, but serve to highlight that the IRAP may provide a more efficient means of assessing implicit cognition than more established implicit measures.
 
Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP): Examining the Context-dependent Nature of Smoking-related Implicit Attitudes.
NIGEL AUGUSTINE VAHEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Research examining pro- and anti-smoking beliefs suggests that IRAP-indices can distinguish smokers from non-smokers and correlate positively with smoking-behaviors in predictable patterns. In contrast, Implicit Association Test (IAT) research implies that both smokers and non-smokers hold anti-smoking attitudes. The current research aimed to resolve this apparent contradiction by demonstrating that the valences of smoking-related implicit attitudes are dependent on the precision of the context specified in IRAP tasks: smokers will show pro-smoking bias on some tasks and anti-smoking bias on others. Smokers and non-smokers were required to complete an IRAP with “Smoking makes ME Feel” (Sample 1) and “Not Smoking makes ME Feel” (Sample 2) as sample stimuli; words for positive experiences compatible with both smoking and smoking cessation (e.g., Better, Relaxed, Confident), and words compatible with the negative consequences of smoking (e.g., Diseased, Smelly, Damaged), were used as target stimuli consistent with Samples 1 and 2, respectively; participants were required to choose between the response options “True” and “False” on each trial. Predictions were made via Relational Frame Theory based on the likely verbal histories of participants. The current study has implications for the most effective use of the IRAP and also for its versatility relative to the IAT.
 
Measuring Implicit Nationality-related Implicit Attitudes, using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP).
PATRICIA M. POWER (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: This paper presents a series of studies that sought to determine if the IRAP can be used to assess implicit racial stereotypes using a comparative relational network. Experiment 1 employed an Irish sample and Experiment 2 employed an Irish-American sample. Participants completed an IRAP and an explicit measure so that the two could be compared. There were sixteen Irish participants in Experiment 1 and sixteen Irish-American participants in Experiment 2. Likert measures asked participants to indicate the extent to which they found Irish, Scottish, American and African people to be likeable or unlikable. Following completion of the likert scales, participants were presented with an IRAP (a computer-based task requiring them to make speedy and accurate responses that may or may not correspond to their beliefs). Each IRAP presented the sample stimuli “More Likeable” and “Less Likeable”. Experiment 1 presented the target stimuli Irish-Scottish, Scottish-American, American-African, and vice-a-versa (e.g., Scottish-Irish). Experiment 2 presented the target stimuli American-Irish, Irish-Scottish, Scottish-African, and vice-a-versa. Initial findings have indicated that response latencies are dependent on the direction of the task and the nationality of the participant. Explicit and Implicit performances diverged providing preliminary support for the IRAP as a possibly useful measure of implicit beliefs.
 
Comparing the IRAP with the IAT in the Assessment of Negative Attitudes Towards Overweight Individuals.
SARAH RODDY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: The aim of this study is to investigate the effectiveness of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), a method developed within Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and in this case employed as an implicit measure of anti-fat attitudes. The IRAP was compared to a second implicit measure, the Implicit Association Test (IAT) and to a measure of explicit anti-fat attitudes, the Anti-fat Attitudes Questionnaire (AFA). The relationship between these three measures of negative attitudes towards overweight individuals was examined. In addition to this, the ability of each measure to predict behavior towards overweight individuals was also investigated. Specifically, participant’s willingness to sit beside an overweight female student and the extent to which they would like to get to know an overweight female target was assessed. 80 participants performed the two implicit measures (the IRAP and the IAT) followed by the explicit measure (Crandall’s Anti-fat Attitudes Questionnaire) of anti-fat attitudes. Finally, participants completed the measures of behavioral intent. Significant IRAP and IAT effects were found, such that participants expressed an implicit anti-fat bias. Explicitly assessed attitudes were lower. The relationship between the implicit and explicit measures and behavioral intention will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #30
Innovations in Parent and Peer Tutoring
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Waldorf
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract:

This symposium will consist of three presentations that describe experimental studies on parent and peer tutoring for students with diverse learning needs. First Allison Kretlow will describe how parent tutoring with audio prompting was used to improve English vocabulary of young children with Limited English Proficiency. Next, Sara Moore Mackiewicz will discuss the use of peer tutoring with an audio prompting device to improve vocabulary acquisition of struggling readers. Finally, April Mustian will describe a computer-based peer tutoring program to promote middle school students acquisition and generalization of vocabulary words.

 
Effects of Parent Tutoring on the Oral Vocabulary Acquisition of Students and Parents with Limited English Proficiency.
ALLISON G. KRETLOW (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Sara Moore Mackiewicz (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Nancy L. Cooke (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: Parents with Limited English Proficiency (LEP) may find it difficult to become involved in their children’s education due to their lack of English proficiency. The two studies described in this presentation examined the effects of parent tutoring with audio prompting on preschool and kindergarten children’s object naming accuracy and fluency. In both studies mothers were trained to tutor their children using a digital device (i.e., Talking Photo Album or a Voice Pod). Both digital devices use audio prompting that can support a naïve tutor. In these studies, mothers with LEP received necessary assistance in providing accurate English object names and feedback to their children. Mothers presented picture cards and used electronic prompting paired with an explicit instruction procedure (i.e., model, lead, test, re-test) to teach their children the English names for the objects on the cards. Tutoring was conducted five days a week in students’ homes. Fluency data were collected three times each week. Results and implications for future research and practice will be discussed.
 
Effects of Peer Tutoring with Audio Prompting on Vocabulary Acquisition for Struggling Readers.
SARA MOORE MACKIEWICZ (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Valerie Mazzotti (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Nancy L. Cooke (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: This study was designed to extend the research on the use of audio prompting as a support to naïve tutors. Specifically, we investigated the additive effect of peer tutoring with audio prompting with multiple exposures to target words in passages on the number of vocabulary words correctly placed in context. Participants included 8 fourth grade students identified with learning disabilities in reading or identified as at-risk for reading failure. Students used peer tutoring with audio prompting to tutor each other on vocabulary words from their core reading program. A simultaneous treatments design was used to determine if students were able to correctly select vocabulary words for sentences where context supported meaning. Across all participants, incidental learning plus peer tutoring yielded higher scores compared to incidental learning alone.
 
Effects of Morphograph Instruction on Students’ Acquisition and Generalization of Vocabulary.
APRIL L. MUSTIAN (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Nancy L. Cooke (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of morphograph instruction on the acquisition and generalization of vocabulary. Specifically, this study compared morphograph peer tutoring instruction to a more traditional whole-word vocabulary peer tutoring approach. Participants for this study were 8 seventh grade students with ages ranging from 12 to 15 years (5 boys, 3 girls). Results of this study suggest that adding morphograph instruction to whole word instruction increases the acquisition of vocabulary. All participants were better able to generalize to unknown vocabulary when morphograph instruction was added. This study’s findings indicate a functional relationship between morphograph instruction and generalization of vocabulary. Based on social validity data, all participants preferred morphograph instruction over the traditional whole word approach.
 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
BATSS to the Rescue Part II: Super Science Saves Students
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Williford B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Janet Ellis (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Janet Ellis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Public schools are fertile grounds for behavior analysis interventions ranging from restructuring environments to teaching staff about scientific principles of human behavior. Oftentimes the focus of behavior analytic interventions is the reduction of severe problem behavior encountered across a variety of school settings. In contrast, the focus of the current presentation is on building appropriate behavior and teaching teachers to teach reading. This symposium includes 4 presentations on varied interventions for 3-5 year olds at risk for failure in kindergarten. Interventions will be presented demonstrating BATSS procedures for teaching literacy skills at various points on the learning continuum. Assessing and training component skills in programs designed for children with special needs also improves teaching efficiency and learner performance. A comparison between current reading scores for this particular group of children and data collected during the prior academic school year will reflect BATSS innovative changes to this technology. Data and video will be shown exhibiting training procedures for teaching reading for this special needs, specific age group of students.

 
Function Following Form: Forestalling Student Failure.
KRISTIN R. OSLEY (University of North Texas), Anna Whaley Carr (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Oftentimes public schools provide less-than-optimal learning environments for children in special education settings. This presentation focuses on the environmental assessment and re-structuring of an Adaptive Life Skills class with 8 students, 1 teacher, and 2 paraprofessionals. Problem issues included: students not engaged for long periods during transition, very lean schedules of reinforcement for appropriate student behavior, frequent attention following inappropriate behavior, high rates of repetitive instruction delivery with near zero rate of compliance, little time spent teaching adaptive life skills, disorganized classroom with confusing schedule of activities, unnecessary physical prompts with no systematic plan for implementing fading. The intervention includes 2 main components: restructuring of the physical environment to include a 1:1 teaching area, constructing then displaying a cohesive class schedule for students and staff; organizing the classroom into functional activity units. Another component focused on staff training to establish a more effective social environment that supports & maintains appropriate staff and student behavior. Data are being collected and will be reported. Before and after conditions will be shown via video clip.
 
When It Works, Improve It: Teaching Three to Five Year Olds with PPCD to Read.
RACHEL LEE KOELKER (University of North Texas)
Abstract: School districts need to provide services to children with disabilities before they enter kindergarten. These three to five year old PPCD students need academic help before they reach kindergarten. The BATSS reading program has had tremendous success working with these students to teach them to read. Like any other system the BATSS reading program needs continual adaptation to improve the success of the program. Following last year’s success changes have been made that include more consistency across consultants, increasing feedback to consultants, introducing the concept of blending into the program sooner, and providing more variety in activities to keep student motivation amongst other changes. These changes and others will be discussed as well as presenting this year’s data in comparison to last year’s data. The importance and effect of the changes made will be demonstrated in the improvement in student performance illustrated by the difference in data from year to year.
 
1,000 words? No, 1,000,000!
LARISA MAXWELL (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Many times, it is difficult to visualize procedures discussed in presentations, and thus also difficult to apply the procedures in our respective work environments. This presentation will provide attendees the opportunity to view a short film demonstrating reading program procedures to further illustrate the use of the reading program technology used by consultants with Behavioral Assessment and Technology Support Systems (BATSS). The film will include teaching at-risk preschool students, ages 3-5, to read at various points in the learning continuum. Video demonstrations may range from teaching sounds to blends to sight words. Several different teaching methods, including see/say and hear/touch will be included along with an error correction procedure. BATSS’ reading program uses and develops a variety of materials to increase and maintain student engagement, along with program for generalization across stimuli, and these will be available for viewing also. If a picture says 1,000 words, this video must say 1,000,000!
 
Pre-reading Skills: Component Skills that Provide a Foundation for Competent Reading Repertoires.
JASON C. COHEN (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Programs designed to teach new skills are often inefficient or ineffective due to a failure to address component skills. Lack of component skill proficiency frequently results in little or no progress toward meeting goals and leaves teachers and learners frustrated. Depending on the goals and the current repertoire of a learner, several component skills may be trained simultaneously in the context of relatively difficult academic skills or even during unstructured recreational activities. To meet mastery criteria on other goals, however, it may be necessary to break the skills down and train certain components in isolation. This discussion will include descriptions of components across several skill sets, the importance of training component skills in the context of acquisition and remediation, and possible benefits of component skill assessments. By and large, assessing and training component skills in programs designed for children with special needs can improve efficiency of teacher and learner performance by facilitating acquisition of new skills and remediation of disfluent skills.
 
 
Paper Session #32
Evidence-based and Emerging Practices in Education
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Williford A
Area: EDC
Chair: David W. Test (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
 
Evidence Based Practices Review: Repeated Readings.
Domain: Applied Research
BREDA V. O'KEEFFE (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: Presentation of a literature review on repeated readings for increasing reading fluency, by using the What Works Clearinghouse criteria for evidence-based practices and comparing the results of the review with the results of previous reviews on the topic, such as the 2000 review done by the National Reading Panel, and the 2004 review by Therrien. This review will look at the difference in results based on different criteria and reviewing processes.
 
Expanding Duck, Duck Tootle as a Pre-Referral Intervention Package to Increase On-Task Behavior.
Domain: Applied Research
ANITRA SHELTON-QUINN (Goose Creek Consolidated Independent School District), Victoria Bowers (Mississippi State University), Christie Jones (Mississippi State University), Adrian Carpenter (Goose Creek Consolidated Independent School District), Carlen Henington (Mississippi State University), Ron Wyatt (Goose Creek Consolidated Independent School District)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of Tootling, a positive peer reporting (PPR) intervention package consisting of interdependent group contingencies and publicly posted feedback, on students' on-task behaviors and rates of peer reporting of their classmates’ on-task behaviors. The tootling package was investigated as a pre-referral intervention and will be discussed relative to RTI and PBIS. Teacher acceptability was also examined and will be discussed.
 
Tertiary Interventions in Schools: Mentoring Students in the Red Zone.
Domain: Applied Research
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (University of Nebraska, Kearney), Lauren A. Lovell (School District of Lee County)
 
Abstract: This methodological and empirical session will present results, implementation procedures, and best practices from schools that have implemented Red Zone Mentoring: A tertiary intervention in Florida, Michigan, Ohio, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska. Red Zone Mentoring builds on the concept of resiliency. The goal of mentoring was to guide students toward resiliency through improved problem-solving skills and self-efficacy. A salient characteristic of this mentoring program is that students self-select their own mentors. Encouraging results were examined from a pilot project in the 2003-04 school year with 29 students participating (from a middle school population of 1,300 students). Results from five other schools in the following year showed an average 63% decrease in office discipline referrals for the targeted population. The revised implementation manual includes two face-to-face training sessions (with detailed presentation plans, handouts, and overheads) as well as two e-training sessions (narrated presentations for individual use). The presenters have available CDs and Training Implementation manuals that they will provide free to the participants upon request.
 
Evidence-based Practices in Secondary Transition: What Single Subject Research Tells Us.
Domain: Applied Research
DAVID W. TEST (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Sharon M. Richter (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Valerie Mazzotti (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
 
Abstract: This presentation is designed to educate professionals about identifying and implementing evidence-based secondary transition instructional practices. Practices will be identified from a comprehensive literature review of single subject research with high or acceptable quality in accordance with standards developed by Horner et al. (2005). The value of evidence-based instructional practices is illustrated through recent federal mandates including No Child Left Behind (2001) and Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (2004), yet adoption of evidence-based instructional practices is rare. Determining and disseminating evidence that supports secondary transition practices is essential to improved instruction and ultimately improved adult success for students with disabilities. The evidence-based practices will be organized by the 5 essential components of transition identified in The Taxonomy for Transition Programming (Kohler, 1996), including Student-Focused Planning, Student Development, Program Structure, Family Involvement, and Interagency Collaboration. Practices presented will be "evidence-based", which denotes only those practices that research of high methodological rigor indicates to be effective. In summary, the objectives of the presentation will be to (a) inform professionals of evidence-based transition instructional practices demonstrated through single subject research with high methodological rigor, (b) provide recommendations for practitioners to facilitate implementation of evidence-based practices, and (c) provide areas for future research.
 
 
 
Paper Session #33
Analysis of Academic and Academically Relevant Behaviors
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC
Chair: Inna Glaz Kanevsky (San Diego Mesa College)
 
In Search of the Optimal Cueing Schedule in Self-Monitoring of Attention with Typically Developing Children.
Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA M. DAHIR (Essential Learning Group, Shanghai), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University), Joslyn N. Cynkus (Louisiana State University)
 
Abstract: Self-Monitoring of Attention (SMA) is a behavioral technique in which an individual assesses whether or not a target behavior (e.g. off-task behavior) has occurred and then records the result. In this study, two components were manipulated in a SMA procedure: the use of a tactile prompt and the schedule at which prompts are delivered. While SMA is a well-established intervention for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing problem behavior, standardizing the procedures has received little to no research. The current study examined the length of the cueing interval and compared different percentages of an individual’s inter-response time (IRT) (50% IRT, 100% IRT, and 200% IRT) during a SMA procedure with typically developing children using a tactile cueing prompt (via MotivAider™). This study showed that basing the cueing interval on IRT alone in a SMA procedure was not effective in decreasing levels of off-task behavior; however, contingent rewards (CR) alone (M = 9.9%), as well as CR with IRT cueing (M = 8.6%) had a significant effect in reducing off-task behavior from a mean baseline percentage of intervals of 42.5% for all three participants.
 
Role of Rules in Transfer of Mathematical Word Problems.
Domain: Basic Research
INNA GLAZ KANEVSKY (San Diego Mesa College), Stephanie J. Stolarz-Fantino (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego)
 
Abstract: Mathematical word problems are of interest to educators because of their importance in the curriculum, and to psychologists because of their value as a context for the study of transfer of problem solving. A classic issue in transfer of problem solving questions whether or not rule learning leads to inflexibility when the learned rule is no longer appropriate (eg, Luchins, 1942). The present set of studies investigated the differences in success rates on a transfer test and rule use between school children who were either given direct instruction with a rule different from the transfer test rule, or had an opportunity to discover that different (base) rule through contingency-based practice. The studies were conducted directly in the classrooms. Although the instruction group students always acquired the base rule faster than the contingency group students, the latter usually performed better on the transfer test. In addition, subjects’ rule inference was assessed. Independently inferring solution-based rules during practice, or in testing, enhanced transfer test performance which required different rules. Therefore, problem- solving involving rules may enhance the transfer performance as long as the base rules are not learned by rote through direct instruction.
 
Peer Influence on Response Rates and Responding with Self-Control or Impulsivity.
Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA L. CHERNE (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota), Gizem Tatarer (University of Minnesota), Aolin Xie (University of Minnesota), Josh Goldberg (University of Minnesota), Bryan Cichy (University of Minnesota)
 
Abstract: Research has shown differential responding when participants are provided choices between impulsive and self-control options (Binder, Dixon & Ghezzi, 2000). Research has also shown the effects of peer influences and consequent reinforcing properties (Solomon & Wahler, 1973) but little is known about how peers influence impulsive and self-control responding in educational environments. This investigation evaluated the effects of peer influence on impulsive versus self-controlled responding and on frequency of responding during reading activities. Seven children in an after school program participated and their response frequencies and type of responding were compared when they were alone and paired with each other. A free operant procedure was used in which the participants could request preferred items during reading instruction. Type of responding consisted of choosing either one item with immediate reinforcement (impulsive) or three items with a one-minute delay of reinforcement (self-control). Conditions (alone, paired) were evaluated with an ABA design. The dependent variables were allocation of responding and frequency of responding. Results showed differential responding across conditions for three of the seven participants. These data increase our understanding of peer influence on type of responding and frequency of responding.
 
 
 
Panel #34
Professional Development Series: Advice from the Recently Hired.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
4A
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert C Pennington (University of Kentucky)
BRYAN J. DAVEY (ACCEL)
DONALD M. STENHOFF (University of Kentucky)
PETER ALTER (University of Louisville)
LAURA FERGUSON (Home of the Innocents)
Abstract: Presenters from a variety of different educational backgrounds and professional domains will provide information and advice on making the transition from graduate school to the professional community. Attendees will be encouraged to ask questions and participate in the discussion.
 
 
Panel #35
CE Offered: BACB
Have a Burning Question You Feel Like You Can Never Ask? Ask!
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Marquette
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Manuel A. Rodriguez, M.S.
Chair: Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group)
TRACY A. THURKOW (CLG)
ALLAN QUIAT (Chevron Corporation)
BILL L. HOPKINS (Auburn Emeritus)
JUDY L. AGNEW (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract:

There are many times we go to bed at night wishing we would have asked a question or posed a comment. These burning questions may be the very questions that, upon answering, would help Organizational Behavior Management grow. You may ask these questions to one or a few of your colleagues during coffee, drinks, or whatever "water coolers" you feel comfortable with. By limiting the conversations to few, OBM as a field may lose sight and touch of the key questions that can drive our field forward. The panel consists Judy Agnew (ADI), Bill Hopkins (Auburn Emeritus), Allan Quiat (Chevron Corporation), and Tracy Thurkow (CLG). This panel will address your burning questions. Come with your questions and thoughts that are burning to come outand be prepared to have fun while doing it.

 
 
Symposium #36
Educating the Behavior Analyst: New Directions, New Behaviors
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maria Andrade (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Karen E. Gould (May Institute, Northeastern University)
Abstract: For clinical and scientific advances in applied behavior analysis to occur, graduate programs must produce innovative alumnae with sophisticated behavioral skills. The three papers included in this symposium address the establishment of advanced behavioral repertoires in graduate students studying applied behavior analysis. Curricula are describe that (a) give students highly developed clinical skills, (b) teach students to discuss behavioral principles and procedures proficiently, and (c) prepare students to design and implement translational research. In each case, learning goals are established that require students to demonstrate their knowledge and skills in an applied context. Emphasis is placed not only on how well the students address existing clinical or research problems, but on also how well they develop responses to complex hypothetical scenarios. Through the scenarios, the students are exposed to clinical and research concerns not yet encountered in field work. Research scenarios focus on integrating basic and applied research. Data systems allow assessment of teaching effectiveness.
 
Increasing Interactions between Basic and Applied Research: Developing Researchers for New Research Areas.
BRENT MAXWELL JONES (University of Massachusetts Medical School Shriver Center), Maria Andrade (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: For decades, papers have been published in which the authors promote increased interactions between basic and applied research. Typically these papers identify areas in which such interactions have occurred and describe examples of pertinent research. Seldom addressed, however, is the need for training behavior analysts to carry out interactive (or translational) research. Instead, authors usually mention collaborative investigations between basic and applied researchers. The Northeastern University Master of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis offers students a specialized training sequence that focuses on both actual and potential connections between basic and applied research. The goal of the specialized training is to give students the skills to conduct research that is directly informed by basic research findings. Students take three seminars in which basic research is reviewed and conduct projects that explore the application of basic research findings to clinically significant problems. The students develop his/her thesis questions from seminar discussions, and they complete literature reviews in which they discuss the implications of basic research findings for applied research and for clinical practices. Although further development is possible and desirable, we offer our model as a useful starting point for training effective researchers and clinicians alike.
 
Structuring Field Experiences to Teach State-of-the-Art Practices.
MYRNA LIBBY (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This paper presents a model for providing Supervised Independent Fieldwork in a human-services agency, following The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s new Experience Standards. The model includes two components: (a) six semester-length modules covering a variety of applied topics derived from the Task List and (b) three Applied Research Placements. The modules, which are designed to give all students common experiences, include readings and additional activities that are completed in the clinical setting. Topics address areas critical to delivering state-of-the-art behavioral services such as preference assessment, conditioned reinforcement, and discrimination training. Modules are structured to allow group supervision by a BCBA. The second component, Research Placement, allows students to implement applied research projects under the one-to-one supervision of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst® and to explore individual interests.
 
Teaching Graduate Students Conversational Proficiency with Behavioral Concepts.
MAEVE G. MEANY-DABOUL (The New England Center for Children), Karen E. Gould (May Institute, Northeastern University)
Abstract: The Verbal Proficiency Laboratory (VPL) assists students in a graduate program for applied behavior analysis to acquire conversational proficiency with behavioral principles and procedures. Following the interview model developed by Ferster and Perrott, the VPL dresses not only the students’ correct use of behavioral terminology, but also other aspects of their spoken communication such as sufficient use of examples and application of concepts to novel circumstances. During their first term in the graduate program, students meet individually approximately every week with teaching assistants. In these meetings, the student engages in a 10-15 minute structured discussion based on assigned readings. Following each discussion, the student and teaching assistant complete a questionnaire in which they rate the student’s proficiency-related behaviors. A brief 3-item oral quiz based on the assigned material follows. Videotapes of the discussions allow study of both the methods for creating dialogue and the students’ conversational proficiency. Data are also collected on the time required for the students to complete the VPL and on the quiz errors.
 
 
Paper Session #37
International Paper Session - Behavior Analysis: Historical Perspectives
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
PDR 3
Area: TPC
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
A Brief History of Psychology: A Behaviorist Perspective.
Domain: Theory
JOSEPH J. PEAR (University of Manitoba)
 
Abstract: This paper traces the history of psychology with emphasis on the ascendance of and challenges to its dualistic base beginning with ancient Greek philosophy.
 
B.F. Skinner and the Lone Scouts: An Early Article Rediscovered, and Some Corrections to the Historical Record.
Domain: Theory
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: As an adolescent, B.F. Skinner was a member of a little-known branch of the Boy Scouts of America, the “Lone Scouts.” Lone Scouts were boys who lived in areas where there were insufficient numbers of boys to form a troop, or where leadership was lacking. The Lone Scouts provided boys with a variety of opportunities for civic and self-improvement activities, including the option to contribute items for publication in the Lone Scout Journal. One of these items is reasonably well known, a poem called “That Pessimistic Fellow,” reproduced by Skinner in the first volume of his autobiography. A search through the Lone Scout records at the “Lone Scout Memory Lodge” reveals a second published item by Skinner in the Lone Scout Journal, “On Putting Steel in Ink,” which may be his second publication. Further investigation reveals that Skinner erred in datin the appearance of “That Pessimistic Fellow” several years before its actual publication due to misinterpreting a numerical annotation on the poem as his age when it was actually part of a point system used by the Lone Scouts to motivate and reinforce contributions to the Lone Scout Journal.
 
The B. F. Skinner Foundation Archival Committee: Recent Activity.
Domain: Theory
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), Chelsea Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), Jeanne Lee (California State University, Fresno)
 
Abstract: The B.F. Skinner Foundation Archival Committee has a number of ongoing projects undertaken to enhance our understanding of the contingencies under which Skinner discovered basic principles and developed the philosophy and theory of behavior analysis. These include material from the University of Minnesota, interviews with scholars at Indiana University and video-taping of key figures in the history of behavior analysis.
 
 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Equivalence and Naming
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Stevens 4
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Brian J. Feeney (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Formation of equivalence classes and naming are basic language processes frequently studied by behavior analysts. The experimenters will present four studies examining various aspects of equivalence relations and naming.

 
The Effects of Common Names and FR Responses on the Emergence of Stimulus Equivalence Classes.
YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Anna Neises (Southern Illinois University), Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to compare two procedures for facilitating the emergence of equivalence classes in college students. In one group, participants were first taught to give class-consistent names to the stimuli which would subsequently be conditionally related. In the second group, participants were first taught to emit common, fixed-ratio responses in the presence of stimuli which would subsequently be conditionally related. After this training, participants completed conditional discrimination training, followed by equivalence testing. In the control group, participants were taught conditional discriminations, followed by equivalence testing. A “think aloud” procedure was implemented throughout the three groups in the conditional discrimination and equivalence testing. Results suggest that both approaches were equally effective in facilitating the emergence of stimulus classes. Similarly, the transcriptions from the protocol analysis showed that majority of participants in group one and two used names to relate stimuli. However, the majority of participants in the control group only used names to relate stimuli in the mix training and equivalence testing. The findings suggest the importance of names in the acquisition of equivalence classes.
 

Formation of Equivalence Classes by Older Adults.

BRIAN J. FEENEY (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Tracy L. Lepper (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Equivalence classes consist of arbitrary stimuli that come to share functional and symbolic relations partially through contingencies and partially as a product of emergent processes. Three studies have begun to document the differences between older and younger adults in the formation of equivalence classes. The purpose of this study is to clarify methodological factors that may account for, or contribute to, the differences reported in the literature. Twenty-eight adults ages 65 and older were exposed to two matching-to-sample training procedures and subsequent testing using a personal computer with a touch screen and a 0-s delay. Half of the participants experienced a many-to-one (MTO) training procedure followed by a one-to-many (OTM) procedure and the other half experienced the reverse order. Differences in trials to criterion, errors during training, emergent relations were minimal between the two conditions, replicating the effects of Saunders, et al. findings with 0-s delay. The majority of elders demonstrated the expected emergent relations with clear differences in training performance patterns for those who subsequently performed well on tests and those who performed more poorly.

 
Multiple Exemplar Training to Facilitate Bidirectional Symmetry in Second Language Speaking Children.
ROCIO ROSALES (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present investigation was to determine the effectiveness of multiple exemplar training in the facilitation of bidirectional symmetry for typically developing children (ages 2-4) whose first language is Spanish. A multiple probe design was implemented to introduce exemplar training across all participants. Children were first trained in object-name relations in English for items that were familiar to them in their first language. This was followed by tests for derived name-object relations (i.e., bidirectional symmetry). If participants failed the symmetry tests, multiple exemplar training was implemented. Exemplar training consisted of explicitly training the symmetry relations with novel stimulus sets. After multiple exemplar training, bidirectional symmetry tests were conducted once more with stimuli that had not been directly trained. Finally, a naming test was conducted for each stimulus used during test probes only. Preliminary results indicate the emergence of symmetry relations only after exemplar training was introduced.
 
Categorization of Stimuli by Motor Responses in Preschool Children.
AMANDA MAHONEY (The New England Center for Children), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Naming is said to occur from the "bi-directionality between a class of objects and events, and the speaker listener behavior they occasion"(Horne & Lowe, 1996). The purpose of this study was to assess the role of common motor responses as the "speaker" behavior on stimulus class formation as well as to assess the emergence of functional classes. In Experiment 1, three typically developing preschool children were taught common tacts (motor responses) to two sets of line-drawings. Following this training, stimulus-selection tests and categorization tests were conducted. One of three passed stimulus-selection tests and a different one of the three passed the categorization tests. In Experiment 2, all participants were exposed to vocal tact training to one stimulus in each set. Testing was conducted for the emergence of these tacts to the remaining members of each class. None of the participants passed these tests. Tacts were then trained directly to the remaining four class members and a second series of stimulus-selection tests and categorization tests were conducted. Both participants who did not pass categorization tests in Experiment 1 passed these tests following vocal tact training in Experiment 2.
 
 
Symposium #39
Utility of Analog Studies in Education and Organizational Behavior Management.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Joliet
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Scott A. Herbst (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to offer a discussion of the value of analog studies in behavioral science in the context of a group of presentations associated with experimental studies in the areas of instructional design and organizational behavior management. In general, the established analogs, while not be reflective of all the variables involved in the actual events analyzed in complex cultural circumstances, may nonetheless serve to isolate some of the factors participating in such circumstances. These factors may then be examined in actual circumstances for the purpose of understanding the conditions under which certain types of events can be observed. In that regard, the selected presentations in this symposium will offer an overview of the history of analog studies of human behavior in behavior analysis and highlight the utility of such practices by demonstrating a series of experimental manipulations associated with the analyses of complex phenomena in areas of training, job control, job stress and communication in organizations.
 
Human Analog Studies in Behavior Analysis: Prevalence, Perspectives and Potentials in Organizational, Educational, Cultural, and Community Settings.
TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: There are positive and negative views associated with the utility of analog studies in behavioral science. In general, human analog studies seek to model real-world phenomena in controlled laboratory settings to gain experimental control over behavior-environment relations that may be otherwise inaccessible. This paper reviews the use of human analog studies in behavior analysis, perspectives regarding their utility, as well as potential applications of such procedures. Further discussion regarding the ability of analog studies to bring behavioral events in organizational, cultural, and community settings under systematic analyses and manipulations will be offered. This discussion will also include our views regarding the utility of analog studies in furthering our understanding of complex phenomena that have demonstrated applied value in different settings.
 
The Impact of Practice Effects and the Variations of Complexity on the Adduction of Composite Skills.
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Learning novel responses is important for human organisms to effectively function in their changing environment. The combination of component repertoires to perform composite skills is one form of complex novel responding that has received various treatments in the behavior analytic literature. The present study examined some these treatments to determine if; (a) participants could adduct composite skills after being trained 4 component directional relations; (b) without needing to abstract; and (c) observe whether practice effects impact the performance of participant’s ability to adduct on composite test probes. Results indicated that 8 out of 12 participants demonstrated adduction on test probe trials. Furthermore, even after reaching a high steady rate of responding, 4 of the 8 participants performed better on composite test probe trials after receiving more exposure to training trials. Results and implications are discussed, along with the importance of practice effects and its role in adducting composite skills.
 
The Effects of Job Demands and Job Control on Experienced Strain in an Analog Work Environment.
SCOTT A. HERBST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Research has shown that, as demands at work increase, physiological and self-report measures of stress also increase. Additionally, the stressful effects of increased demands can be reduced by giving the employee more control over his or her work environment. Using a 2x2 experimental design with demands and control as the independent variables, the first experiment replicated prior findings on job stress. Participants viewed a grid containing different images and, using the mouse and keyboard, arranged pictures in an identical grid. In high demand conditions, less time were given for grid assembly and in high control conditions participants were provided greater control over when they were able to view the model they are working to reproduce. Experiment II used a similar methodology to assess whether pay for performance can be seen as another form of control thus far indistinguished in the literature. Productivity (accuracy and response duration), skin temperature, verbal report, and condition preference served as dependent measures in both experiments. Preliminary data has indicated highest level of productivity in high control and high demand conditions. Further, higher level of preference for high control conditions regardless of demand has been depicted.
 
Impact of Rules on Productivity and Communication in an Organizational Analog.
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Literature outside of the behavior analytic field has suggested that environmental ambiguity is one variable that leads to the generation of rumor between individuals. We previously conducted an organizational analogue study in order to gain a better understanding of this phenomenon from a behavior analytic perspective and to assess its potential effect on individuals behaving within organizational settings. In our prior study we found that inaccurate rule conditions increased generation and duration of rumor, and were also found to negatively impact productivity in terms of increased latency and lowered accuracy of responses. The current study was a systematic replication of our prior study, in which we now focused on the direct manipulation of the inaccurate programmed consequences that were directly experienced, such that the programmed inaccurate consequences were either beneficial or detrimental to participants with respect to their analogue job tasks. We measured the effects of beneficial and detrimental environmental ambiguity on generation and duration of rumor, and latency and accuracy of responses. The preliminary data demonstrates that detrimental inaccurate conditions increase generation and duration of rumor more than any other condition. In addition, they negatively impact productivity by means of increased latency and lower accuracy of responses.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #40
CE Offered: BACB

Quantifying the Qualitative: Empirical Measures of Social Information Processing in Autism

Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
International North
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: James Charles McPartland, Ph.D.
Chair: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
JAMES CHARLES MCPARTLAND (Yale Child Study Center)
Dr. James C. McPartland is a Psychologist and Associate Research Scientist at the Yale Child Study Center. He obtained his doctoral degree in Child Clinical Psychology from the University of Washington, where he studied autism spectrum disorders under the guidance of Dr. Geraldine Dawson. After completing autism-focused pre- and post-doctoral fellowships at the Child Study Center under the mentorship of Drs. Ami Klin, Robert Schultz, Fred Volkmar, and Kasia Chawarska, Dr. McPartland joined the faculty in 2006. He currently supervises trainees and evaluates children through the Yale Autism Resource Program. He also directs a research program using electrophysiological methods to investigate brain function in individuals with autism, with particular focus on visual perception of social information. Dr. McPartland is co-author of the book, A Parent's Guide to Asperger Syndrome and High-Functioning Autism: How to Meet the Challenges and Help Your Child Thrive, published by Guilford Press.
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders are characterized by core impairments in social and communicative behavior. Though behavior in these domains can be subjective and difficult to measure, diagnostic assessments and outcome measures rely on accurate estimation of these skills. This lecture will review current research utilizing eye-tracking technology and recordings of brain electrophysiology to discretely measure aspects of visual attention and brain function related to social perception. The objective of this research is to develop indices of brain function and behavior that will enable assessment of social perception in infancy and will offer sensitive and discrete measures of progress during intervention.

 
 
Special Event #41
SQAB Tutorial: The Hierarchical Organization of Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Stevens 5
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alex Kacelnik (Oxford University)
Presenting Authors: : C. R. GALLISTEL (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Elementary units of behavior are assemblages of neural, endocrine, and muscular components sufficient to explain naturally occurring actions. All such assemblages require an initiator component, where the neural signals that ultimately drive the action originate, conductor components that relay the signals from the initiators to the effectors, and effector components that translate the signals into movements and secretions. Some elementary units also contain computational elements, which perform basic computational operations like coordinate transformations, and some units contain memory elements, which hold the values of control variables, such as the angular velocity of a target. Neural circuits carrying timing signals and specifying the values of operating parameters, such as pacemaker periods, coordinate the operation of elementary units to form complex units, which are themselves coordinated to form still more complex units, yielding a hierarchical control structure. The behavioral expression of the units active high in the hierarchy exhibits many different forms, because different values for control parameters lead to different patterns from the same unit, and because much of the coordination is achieved by the selective potentiation and depotentiation of lower unit, so that the spectrum of potentiated lower units actived on a given occasion depends on occasion-specific trigger stimuli.
 
C. R. GALLISTEL (Rutgers University)
Dr. C. R. Gallistel obtained his Ph. D. in physiological psychology at Yale in 1966 and went straight to an assistant professorship in the Department of Psychology at the University of Pennsylvania, where he rose through the ranks, and eventually served a term as chair. In 1989, he moved to UCLA. In 2000, he moved to Rutgers, where he is Co-Director of the Rutgers Center for Cognitive Science. His two best known books, The Organization of Action and The Organization of Learning are classics. He has authored or co-authored more than 100 experimental papers in the areas of learning, memory, motivation and animal cognition. His work emphasizes the role of innate structure in shaping intelligent behavior.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #42
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Behavioral Economics
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D.
Chair: Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Presenting Authors: : GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Economists and behavioral scientists share an interest in behavior maintained by goods/reinforcers. What have economists discovered that behavioral scientists have yet to study (and vice-versa)? A broad overview will be provided with emphasis placed on the applied utility of behavioral-economic findings.

 
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas)
Prof. Gregory J. Madden received his M.S. degree from the University of North Texas in 1992 and his Ph.D. degree from West Virginia University in 1995. He began his study of behavioral economics during his post-doctoral years at the University of Vermont. Dr. Madden is currently an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where his research is largely focused on the behavioral economics of addiction. Much of Dr. Madden’s research in this line has examined economic methods of quantifying reinforcer efficacy; the utility of which lies in the potential for measuring the abuse liability of therapeutic and illicit drugs. A second major focus of his research is the study of impulsive decision making. His early research conducted with Warren Bickel, Nancy Petry, and Amy Odum documented extreme impulsivity in individuals addicted to drugs. More recently his research conducted with colleagues at the University of Minnesota has revealed that impulsive decision making is predictive of cocaine self-administration in rats. His current work on the relation between impulsivity and nonhuman gambling-like behaviors is supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse. Dr. Madden is an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, has served on the editorial board of JEAB, TBA, and Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, and is co-editor (with Warren Bickel and Thomas Critchfield) of the forthcoming Impulsivity: Theory, Science, and Neuroscience of Discounting (APA Books).
 
 
Symposium #43
Behavior Analysis in Transportation Safety
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
PDR 1
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Cambridge (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This symposium examines the application of applied behavior analysis to three specific problems in transportation safety: Increasing yielding to pedestrians at uncontrolled crosswalks, the behavior of pedestrians and motorists at busy intersections with traffic signals, and the use of checklists by pilots.
 
Improving Pedestrians Safety at Crosswalks across America.
JIM SHURBUTT (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Technology has had much to offer in the area of pedestrian safety. However, the level of safety should increase as new technology becomes available. The present study evaluates the efficacy of different crossing aides at 24 mid-block crossings across various areas of the country. The locations are two, three, or four lane roadways that are either single or multidirectional. The aides used include traditional circular beacons and newer rectangular LED beacons. The positioning and number of aides are alternated in search of maximum effectiveness. Data have been recorded at some locations for a period exceeding one year. The yielding percentage, distance of yielding, and other measures related to pedestrian safety are reported.
 
The Effect of Eliminating Permissive Left Turns on Pedestrian Crossing Behavior and Driver Compliance
MICHELLE L. ARNOLD (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of prohibiting permissive left turns when pedestrian received the WALK indication. The results of this study indicate changing from protected/permissive left turn phasing; to protective/prohibited left turn phasing did not improve the safety of pedestrians. One reason for this outcome was that many pedestrians continued to cross when the cross traffic stopped in violation of the signal even though there was a slight improvement in compliance. The improvement in compliance by pedestrians was more than offset by the high violation rate of drivers during the prohibited left turn phase. A better way to increase the safety of pedestrians at busy intersections may be to use a lagging protected left turn phase rather than a leading protected phase.
 
The Effects of Feedback on the Accuracy of Completing Flight Checklists.
WILLIAM GENE RANTZ (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Gilbert Sinclair (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined whether pilots completed airplane checklists more accurately when they receive post-flight graphic and verbal feedback. Participants were 8 college students who are pilots with instrument rating. The task consisted of flying a designated flight pattern using a Personal Computer Aviation Training Device. The dependent variables were the number of checklist items completed correctly, incorrectly, and omitted. A multiple baseline across pairs with reversal was used. During baseline, participants were given post-flight technical feedback. During intervention, participants were given post-flight graphic feedback on checklist use and praise for improvements along with the technical feedback. During reversal, baseline conditions were re-instated to determine if performance gains maintained. Participants attended 7-9 one-hour experimental sessions, with a minimum of two sessions per phase. During each session, participants flew the simulated flight pattern three times, and each flight was considered a trial. Data was graphed by trial and visually analyzed.
 
 
Panel #44
CE Offered: BACB
Touch Therapy: Why Does it Work?
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
4D
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D.
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University)
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State College)
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus)
TIFFANY FIELD (Touch Research Institute/University of Miami, Medical School)
Abstract:

Massage Therapy is increasingly being used as a complementary/alternative therapy not only because many people with psychological and physical problems are touch-deprived but also because of its therapeutic effects. Recent research reported by Dr. Tiffany Field and others suggests that massage therapy: (1) facilitates growth and developmen (2) reduces depressive behavior and anxiety patterns and related stress hormones, (3) enhances sleep, ( 4) reduces pa, (5) reduces autoimmune disorders, and (6) enhances immune function. For example, these effects have been noted in samples of preterm neonates, depressed children and adults, chronic pain conditions such as fibromyalgia and migraine headaches, autoimmune problems including asthma and diabetes, and immune disorders including HIV and cancer. Some potential underlying mechanisms are enhanced parasympathetic activity (increased vagal tone) following massage therapy, decreased stress hormones (cortisol), and increased serotonin (the bodys natural pain killer and antidepressant), which in turn lead to increased natural killer cell activity (front line of the immune system) that wards off viral and cancer cells. In addition, cognitive performance is enhanced by massage therapy which may relate to changes noted in EEG patterns that are indicative of heightened alertness. The data will be reviewed by the panelists highlighting the role of environmental contingencies in these findings. The therapeutic effects and the potential underlying behavioral mechanisms will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #45
International Paper Session - Parent and Staff Training
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Continental A
Area: AUT
Chair: Stephen Gallagher (University of Ulster)
 
Training Parents in Applied Behavior Analysis through Multimedia Presentations.
Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN GALLAGHER (University of Ulster)
 
Abstract: “Parents’ Education as Autism Therapists” (PEAT) is a registered charity in Northern Ireland whose aim is to help children and young people on the autistic spectrum realise their potential by providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) training and support to their parents and caregivers. A key part of PEAT’s work is to ensure that parents who are using ABA with their children are fully trained in all aspects of the science of behavior. Therefore, as well as home visits and regular workshops for parents, PEAT has also created a multimedia training pack called “Simple Steps”. This pack uses video tutorials and a manual to train parents to use ABA in a wide variety of situations with their child. Because there is a shortage of professionals with appropriate training in ABA in the community in Northern Ireland there is an urgent need to develop training packages for parents and to provide them with quality supervision of their home programmes that meets international standards.
 
Behavior Management Winners: A Training Program for Clinical Staff.
Domain: Applied Research
JILL F. HARRIS (Children's Specialized Hospital), Ann Pate (Children's Specialized Hospital), Regina Freeman (Children's Specialized Hospital)
 
Abstract: Behavioral difficulties are common among children with autism and other children with special needs who are often seen within community practices. Behavioral difficulties may impair the ability of the child to benefit from treatment, may cause stress to patients, families and staff and may negatively affect patient safety. This paper describes an approach taken at a series of pediatric outpatient rehabilitation facilities in order to reduce behavioral problems among outpatients by reducing environmental triggers in the treatment facilities and providing behavioral training to clinical and support staff. Baseline information included behavioral incidents occurring within the outpatient centers, staff surveys about preventive and intervention strategies being used to deal with behavioral difficulties, and staff interviews and facility tours to detect potential environmental triggers. Intervention consisted of a series of workshops for staff focusing on applied behavior analysis training, and reducing potential physical triggers. Data of behavioral incidents subsequent to intervention will be collected and analyzed in order to determine effectiveness of intervention.
 
 
 
Paper Session #46
Verbal Behavior and Conditional Discriminations
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Stevens 4
Area: VBC
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
 
Responding to Complex Stimuli.
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus)
 
Abstract: Humans are particularly capable of responding to complex antecedent stimuli, such as vocal verbal behavior. While Behavior Analysts have examined simpler stimulus control, little investigation has taken place on how this occurs. This presentation will examine some of the research in this area and how other areas of psychology (e.g. cognitive) have addressed this topic.
 
Verbal Conditional Discriminations in the Intraverbal Relation: A Review and Recommendations.
Domain: Applied Research
JUDAH B. AXE (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior is evoked by verbal stimuli that lack point-to-point correspondence with the response (Skinner, 1957). The speaker is often required to make conditional discriminations among verbal stimuli in order to produce a reinforced intraverbal response. Although behavior analysis research has a long history of studying conditional discriminations, this research has primarily used nonverbal stimuli. To advance our use of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior to teach language to children with developmental disabilities, we need to analyze intraverbal behavior with respect to making verbal conditional discriminations. Verbal conditional discriminations require speakers to respond to complex verbal stimuli in which one verbal stimulus alters the evocative effect of another verbal stimulus. This paper reviewed research on intraverbal training and conversation skills training and found little evidence of research on verbal conditional discriminations. Recommendations for future research on verbal conditional discriminations are discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #47
International Paper Session - Clinical Applications of Core Behavior Analysis Principles
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM
Chair: Season Almason (Wapato School District)
 
An Application of Motivational Augmentals in Fitness.
Domain: Applied Research
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: The concept of verbal motivation has been further examined within the area of Relational Frame Theory. Motivational augmenting is described as a form of rule-governed behavior that temporarily alters the reinforcing or punishing functions of a given stimulus in a given context. This study attempts to apply this concept to responding in a fitness class. Verbal accounts of relevant consequences for exercising were assessed using the IRAP. These were then applied during classes in an alternating treatments design with a control condition. Data were analyzed and the motivational effects of these verbal consequences are discussed.
 
The Impact of the Sd and EO on Problematic Side-Effects of Extinction.
Domain: Applied Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: For years behavioral researchers have warned against using extinction alone to treat severe problem behavior due to the potential for initial rate increases in the targeted problem behavior and other forms of aggression associated with the use of extinction. Previous research has investigated variables contributing to the occurrence of extinction bursts by reviewing the empirical literature. It is common practice to implement differential reinforcement or non-contingent reinforcement along with extinction to offset these problems. This presentation will describe the use of a trial-and-error learning demonstration to examine the independent effects of the presence of an Sd and EO on response rate increases, variability, emotional responding and extinction-induced aggression. Preliminary data from 3 undergraduate students in behavior analysis indicate that addition of an EO to an established Sd increased the likelihood of these changes in responding. Results will be presented from at least 3 additional undergraduate behavior analysis student participants. Data indicating intensity, duration, frequency and probability of these problematic side-effects along with recommendations for minimizing these effects in clinical applications will be discussed.
 
Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates: Interval versus Full-Session DRL.
Domain: Applied Research
SEASON ALMASON (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedures are typically used in applied settings to reduce behavior that is problematic only because it is occurring at an unacceptably high rate. The DRL procedures that are most frequently used in applied settings are full-session and interval DRL. Researchers have used these DRL procedures to effectively reduce unacceptably high rates of behavior for children with and without developmental disabilities as well for adults with developmental disabilities. However, there is no standard protocol for implementing these procedures and many procedural variations have been found to be effective. Also, these procedures have never been compared to see if one is more effective than the other. The purpose of the present study is to compare full-session and interval DRL schedules to determine which procedure is the most effective in reducing high rates of behavior.
 
The Effects of Intermittent Reinforcement for the Consumption of Mastered Foods on the Consumption of Acquisition Foods.
Domain: Applied Research
BRITTNEY CHAMBERS (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Merrill J. Berkowitz (St. Joseph's Regional Medical Center)
 
Abstract: An establishing operation is an event that effects the value of a reinforcer (Michael, 1982). Typically, a continuous schedule of reinforcement is utilized during the acquisition phase of learning a new behavior or skill. Once the learner is emitting the target behavior at high rates, an intermittent schedule of reinforcement is then utilized to maintain the behavior at high rates (Miltenberger, 2008). For many children exhibiting food refusal, learning to consume pureed food is followed by learning to consume higher textured food. Several studies have shown that the use of reinforcement has been effective in increasing the acceptance and consumption of food in children exhibiting a feeding disorder (e.g., Riordan et al., 1980). The current study examines the effects of thinning reinforcement for the consumption of lower textured foods (mastered) on the acquisition of higher texture foods. Two children admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of a feeding disorder participated in the study. A multiple baseline design across food groups will be utilized to evaluate these effects. The results of the evaluation and their implication will be discussed in relation to establishing operations. Limitation of the current study and recommendations for future research will also be provided.
 
 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavior Analysis in the Clinic and School Setting
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Halina Dziewolska (Private Practice/Behavior Analyst Online)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Halina Dziewolska, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Functional Analysis has much to offer in clinical settings. This symposium looks at several applications of behavioral principles to those with mental health conditions.

 
Functional Analysis in Clinical Treatment: Progress, Problems and Prospects for Solutions in Psychopathology.
PETER STURMEY (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been interested in psychopathological behavior since the 1940’s. Dollard and Miller, Keller and Schoenfeld and Skinner among others translated psychoanalytic ideas into behavioral concepts and suggested that skills-building approaches and self-regulation were preferred interventions. Early empirical work focused on a variety of forms of psychopathological behavior including psychotic behavior, stuttering, behavioral issues related to developmental disabilities and gerontology. Since the 1960’s behavior analysis has developed a conceptual framework and technology of functional and descriptive analyses which is most advanced in developmental disabilities. Behavior therapy and cognitive behavior therapy have overshadowed these developments in depressed and fearful behavior. Behavior analysts are now applying this technology to a wider array of forms of psychopathological behavior, for example people with traumatic brain damage, people who gamble problematically and children diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. ABA continues to have relatively little influence in the treatment of depressed and anxious behavior and behavioral interventions for some forms of psychopathology remains incomplete. Teaching clients self-regulation skills and new technologies to measure telemetrically may be ways in which ABA can begin to address some of these areas.
 
Functional Analysis of Depression in a Clinical Outpatient Setting.
CRISTAL E. WEEKS (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: This presentation will entail a conceptual evaluation of the theory and techniques of functional and descriptive analyses as implemented in a clinical outpatient setting. Specifically, the discussion will focus on assessment of clients presenting with depressive behaviors. The presentation will include a review of the difficulties inherent in utilizing client self-report to determine functional hypotheses, essential techniques for individuals who have developed a complex repertoire of verbal behavior, and the subtleties necessary for a more sophisticated population. Implications for treatment will also be discussed.
 
A Function Based Behavior Diagnostic System.
KEVEN M. SCHOCK (R Plus/Pennhurst)
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of a function-based diagnostic system for target behaviors and replacement behaviors. This presentation will describe the utility of this system both for new behavior analysts, in developing effective interventions and for experienced behavior analysts in dealing with difficult cases such as those frequently encountered when assisting people with problems of mental illness.
 
 
Symposium #49
Derived Relational Responding in Experiential Avoidance and Parenting Stress
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Nicole Hernandez (University of North Texas)
Discussant: John Tanner Blackledge (Morehead State University)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) suggests that derived relational responding (DRR) is necessary for Experiential Avoidance (EA) to occur. Three studies designed to study the process of DRR in the context of distress ranging from parenting stress to anxiety and depression will be discussed. The first study will present data on how childhood behavior influences parenting stress and the formation of equivalence classes using a DRR task. The following two studies utilize the DRR task to demonstrate how EA is associated with different forms of distress.
 
Parenting Stress and Relational Frame Theory: Patterns of Learning.
ANDREW SCHERBARTH (University of North Texas), Jeffrey Geddes (University of North Texas), Vaishnavi Kapadia (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Parenting difficulties contribute to parenting stress, which is related to higher rates of child maltreatment and less success of parents in child-behavior management programs (Dumas, 1984; Kazdin, 1997). Two studies were conducted using Relational Frame Theory (RFT); they utilized a derived relational responding (DRR) task to examine the role of parenting stress in stimulus control processes. The first compared women with differing levels of parenting stress using the DRR task. Results indicated that distressed mothers formed classes involving misbehavior words and neutral stimuli more quickly and accurately when compared to non-distressed mothers. Distressed mothers also had difficulty placing negative child behavior in the same context as positive parenting. The second study, currently in progress, extends the original research design to include more advanced controls. Data from this research suggests that distressed parents a) frame their child’s misbehavior with neutral stimuli more easily, and b) have difficultly associating the incongruous positive parenting and child misbehavior words into one frame. Implications for these findings suggest that parenting programs that make use of acceptance and mindfulness-based treatments to address contextual control may lead to more robust benefits than typical programs that ask parents to associate stimuli that are incongruent with their learning history.
 
Control Freak!: Experiential Avoidance Controls the Distressed Human’s Verbal Abilities.
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (University of North Texas), Kristin Juskiewicz (University of Milwaukee, Wisconsin), Nicole Hernandez (University of North Texas), P. Ryan Mitchell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) have pointed to Experiential Avoidance (EA) as the underlying cause or maintaining variable in psychopathology. Because of the presence of this process in a variety of psychological problems and the existence of several symptoms that are functionally defined as EA, a more thorough understanding of the basic processes involved are necessary. RFT posits that derived relational responding (DRR) is the basic process necessary for EA to occur. This study examined the relationships between DRR, EA, and distress. Data will be presented from a college sample of distressed individuals. A matching-to-sample-procedure (MTS) was used to examine the effects of distressing stimuli on participants’ ability to derive relations. When levels of EA were held constant, distressed individuals were significantly less rigid in their relational responding abilities. Thus, EA mediated the relationship between distress and derived relational responding when distressing content was present in the experimental procedure.
 
Transformers!: Modeling Experiential Avoidance, Verbal Processes and Psychopathology.
JONATHAN SCHMALZ (University of North Texas), Tiffani Allison (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Adcock (University of North Texas), Karen Michelle O'Brien (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) implicate experiential avoidance (EA) as the process that maintains psychopathology. More specifically, RFT posits that verbal behavior, or the ability to derive relations among stimuli and transform stimulus functions, results in EA. This presentation will present data from two projects that support these hypotheses. In both of these studies, college undergraduates were participants and measures of symptomology were collected. In both studies, EA was moderately to highly correlated with depressive symptomology. One study hypothesized that depression and EA would be predictive of strong derived relational responding ability. This study used an arbitrary derived relational responding (DRR) task. DRR was not correlated with EA and depression, thus the model could not be tested in this study. The second study utilized a non-arbitrary DRR task and found that participants higher in EA were more readily able to transform functions throughout classes of psychologically relevant stimuli. This was particularly true with personally relevant content. These studies when taken together, point to an important model to be studied in a single research design. A model that highlights the importance of the transformation of functions will be presented and discussed.
 
 
Symposium #50
Leading Environmental Sustainability: From Behavioral Research to Community Intervention
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
PDR 2
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Four data-based presentations on environmentally responsible behaviors (ERBs) and issues of sustainability will be presented. The first paper extends previous research conducted in the Center for Applied Behavior Systems examining techniques for encouraging high-impact behavioral responses to the critical environmental problem of global warming. Implications for environmental protection on a large scale will be discussed. The second presentation reports on research involving implementation of a public pledge strategy to increase reusable bag use in a community setting. Implications of the findings for the development of interventions to help increase environmentally sustainable behavior will be discussed. The third paper presents data from rankings and ratings measures, based on a model of person factors, used to develop effective anti-litter messages. Results of this study and implications on message prompts used to target ERBs will be discussed. The final paper presents data on the effectiveness of antecedent message prompts to reduce littering behaviors, using a handbill methodology. The effects of positive vs. negative messages on amount of litter will be discussed.
 
Does Pre-Behavior Reward Enhance Commitment? A Test of a Reciprocity-Based Strategy for Encouraging Environmental Activism.
DAVID MICHAEL HARRIS (Virginia Tech), Philip K. Lehman (Virginia Tech), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech), Madison R. Earnest, III (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Environmental degradation poses serious threats to human health and quality of life. While behavioral interventions to improve environmentally-responsible behavior (ERB) have been successful, they have been criticized for focusing on low-impact targets and over-using reward strategies. Environmental activism in the form of petitioning government and industry may be the most environmentally-beneficial behavior individuals can conveniently perform. Despite the potential for large pro-environmental impact, the literature to date contains only one published intervention in which activism behaviors were targeted. The current study extends previous research conducted in the Center for Applied Behavior Systems examining techniques for encouraging high-impact behavioral responses to the critical environmental problem of global warming. Specifically, the effect of a standard informational appeal for action will be compared to appeals enhanced by (a) behavioral commitment and (b) behavioral commitment and a pre-behavior reward. The dependent measures for the study will include signatures on web-based petitions to automakers, and letters to government representatives. Implications of results for environmental protection on a large scale will be discussed.
 
A Voluntary Reusable Bag Community: Using a Public Pledge Event to Increase Environmentally Sustainable Behavior.
MADISON R. EARNEST, III (Virginia Tech), Rachael E. Budowle (Center for Applied Behavior Systems, Virginia Tech), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Human behavior has a significant impact upon the environment. Community interventions can help to increase environmentally sustainable behavior on a large scale. One such behavior is the elimination of disposable shopping bag use in favor of reusable bags. Plastic bags in particular have been found to be detrimental to the environment. Not only is a significant amount of fossil fuel required to produce plastic bags, but the bags do not easily or quickly biodegrade. Those that do biodegrade as litter break down into many tiny toxic particles. Even as large pieces of litter, plastic bags clog bodies of water and become a hazard to animals. Despite these consequences, disposable bag use remains high. As opposed to banning or taxing bags, one town implemented a public pledge strategy to increase reusable bag use. This pledge was introduced at a major community kick off event. Local store plastic and paper bag ordering rates before and after the intervention will be compared, and self report surveys will be administered to citizens. Feedback strategies will be used to inform the community of their overall behavior change. Results of these strategies will be discussed.
 
A Systematic Approach to Design Litter Control Prompts: Do Person Factors Make a Difference?
ELISE A. DRAKE (Virginia Tech), Xin Zhao (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Numerous behavioral studies have used antecedent prompts to prevent littering. According to one neurological model of punishment vs. reward sensitivity (Gray, 1987) individuals differentially respond to environmental antecedents as a function of the reactivity of two neurological systems (Behavioral Inhibition System and Behavioral Activation System) proposed to respond to relevant environmental cues of reward and punishment. The current study offers that a neurological model of personality can help inform interventions targeting litter behaviors. A person factors model of individual sensitivity was used to provide social validity to an investigation of litter messages. The purpose of this research was to develop effective message prompts to be used in subsequent research of litter behaviors. Participants were asked to rate both positive and negative anti-litter messages. Participants were also asked to rank-order messages to determine those that would be most influential in altering their individual behaviors in relation to littering. Data gathered from this investigation were used to develop final messages for a subsequent intervention study of message prompting on litter behaviors. Results and implications of ratings, as well as correlations between individual’s scores on a measure of reward vs. punishment sensitivity and their preference of positive vs. negative messages will be reported.
 
A Field Evaluation of Positive vs. Negative Litter Prompts: Recycling Behavioral Research From the 1970’s.
XIN ZHAO (Virginia Tech), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Litter, defined as misplaced waste material (Geller et al., 1982), is a form of environmental degradation that not only degrades the beauty of the environment, but is also costly to taxpayers. Numerous behavior science attempts have used prompts and cues as antecedents to prevent littering. This study examines the effectiveness of antecedent message prompts to reduce littering behaviors, using a handbill methodology. At several grocery “specials of the day” handbills were distributed to customers, with one of several special anti-litter messages (message implying a positive consequence or implying a negative consequence) boldly printed on the bottom of the front of the handbill, below the daily specials, as well as on the back of the handbill in larger print. Handbills from a no-antecedent condition (baseline) were identical to antecedent handbills, with the exception that there was no message prompt. The dependent variable of this study was number of handbills littered. Independent variables of the study were gender and message type. The methodology described in this study is relatively both cost and time efficient. It can be replicated in towns and cities across the country in a variety of settings. Results of the message manipulation, as well as gender differences, will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #51
Research on Using Systematic Instruction to Teach Academic Content to Students with Severe Disabilities
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Stevens 2
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Discussant: Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: Across the course of the last 30 years, systematic instruction has been used to teach functional and academic skills to persons with severe developmental disabilities (e.g., domestic and community skills, sight words, safety). Since the passage of NCLB (2002), the emphasis has shifted to an academic focus for all students (reading, math, and science), and the application of evidence-based practices. These new skills sets, reading, math, and science can be taught via systematic instruction. The purpose of this symposium is to demonstrate these applications. The first study, presented by Pam Mims, examined the effects of an individualized task analysis for students with profound cognitive disabilities on the number of independent responses during a story-based lesson via a multiple probe across participants design. The second investigation, presented by Vicki Knight, assessed the effects of a peer delivered constant time delay procedure on the acquisition and comprehension of grade level science terms by students with significant cognitive disabilities and autism via a multiple probe across word lists design. The third presentation (a meta-analysis) examined the application of time delay as an evidence-based practice to teach word and picture recognition to students with severe developmental disabilities for articles published between 1975 and 2007.
 
Identifying Evidence-Based Practice for Students with Severe Developmental Disabilities in Teaching Picture and Word Recognition Using Time Delay Procedures.
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Lynn Ahlgrim Delzell (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Pamela Mims (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Joshua Baker (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: A comprehensive literature review was conducted on the application of time delay as an instructional procedure to teach word and picture recognition to students with severe developmental disabilities in an effort to evaluate evidence-based practices for articles published between 1975 and 2007. For the 32 years covered by the span of the review, a total of 29 articles were found yielding 30 experiments, as one article had a double experiment. The 30 experiments were analyzed using quality indicators for single-subject design research, indicators for fidelity of the procedure, effect size determined by meta-analytic procedures, and educational and social validity of the procedure. In general, we found that time delay, for our specific application, was an evidence-based practice for teaching pictures and sight words supported by both effect sizes and the educational validity of the words taught. We also found that some of the descriptions in the literature did not fit the definition of time delay, but were called time delay. We discuss lessons learned in summarizing a body of literature to define an evidence-based practice and suggestions for better defining the practice.
 
Increasing Participation of Elementary Students with Profound Disabilities during Shared Stories.
PAMELA MIMS (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Lynn Ahlgrim Delzell (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Angel H. Lee (Life Span, Inc.)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of an individualized task analysis created through team planning for students with profound cognitive disabilities on the number of independent responses during a story-based lesson. A multiple probe across participants design was used and included three students that were at or below the presymbolic level of communication. The dependent variable was the number of steps initiated on the individualized task analysis during a story-based lesson. The independent variable was individualizing a task analysis created through team planning. Individualization included using the components of UDL on each step of the task analysis to identify possible changes in assistive technology, prompting procedures, or presentation of the story-based lesson. Results indicated a functional relationship between the independent and dependent variable. For example, during baseline, Student 1 completed a mean of 7.3 steps of the task analysis independently, out of 16. After intervention, responses increased to a mean of 13, with a range of 12 to 15. Similar results were found for Students 2 and 3. Results of this study add to the lack of data-based studies on increasing communication and participation of students with the most significant disabilities during a literacy activity.
 
Teaching Science Vocabulary to Students with Significant Cognitive Disabilities using Peer Supports and Constant Time Delay.
VICKI KNIGHT (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of a peer delivered constant time delay procedure on the acquisition and comprehension of grade level science terms by students with significant cognitive disabilities and autism. Using a multiple probe across word lists design, researchers selected two high school students with autism and significant cognitive disabilities and four typical peers to participate in the study (i.e., a ratio of 2:1). Peers followed the steps in the constant time delay procedure to teach vocabulary and comprehension to their partners, as determined through procedural reliability calculated at 97%. A functional relationship exists between the peer use of the constant time-delay procedure intervention and the increase in science vocabulary terms and comprehension. For example, one student with significant cognitive disabilities and autism increased his science vocabulary and comprehension from a baseline of 2 words to 14 words after intervention. Another student increased his science terms and comprehension from 2 words to 8 words post intervention. Finally, the peers, teachers, and students with significant cognitive disabilities socially validated the relevance of the intervention by responding that they would participate in it again and learned from the intervention.
 
 
Symposium #52
CE Offered: BACB
Interval Methods for Detecting Changes in Frequency and Duration Events: What You Should Know from the Standpoint of Functional Control
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: John T. Rapp, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The utility of partial-interval recording (PIR) and momentary time-sampling (MTS) for detecting changes in simulated events was evaluated using single-subject experimental designs. Colby-Dirksen et al. evaluated the extent to which various interval sizes of PIR and MTS detected the same functional control that was demonstrated with continous duration recording (CDR). Michalski et al. evaluated whether various interval sizes of PIR and MTS detected changes in various event-rates. In this sense, both Colby-Dirksen et al. and Michalski et al. evaluated the probability that interval methods produce false negatives (i.e., failed to detect effects that were evident with CDR) when evaluating the effects of independent variables. To this end, Carroll et al. evaluated the possibility that interval methods depict false positives (i.e., depict functional control that is not evident with CDR). Finally, Devine et al. evaluated the extent to which the length of observation periods influenced the sensitivity of interval methods for detecting various changes in duration events.

 
An Extensive Evaluation of Functional Control with Interval Methods I: Duration Events.
AMANDA M. COLBY (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Ally Lindenberg (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The sensitivity of partial interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) methods for detecting functional control was evaluated for events that occurred for 25%, 33%, 40%, 50%, 66%, and 75% of the time during 10-min sessions. Simulated data derived from continuous duration recording (CDR) were re-calculated using 10-s, 20-s, 30-s, 1-min, and 2-min intervals for PIR and MTS. Each data set was evaluated with reversal designs to determine the extent to which changes in varying durations of events were detected with each interval method. For MTS, the results showed that (a) interval sizes up to 30 s detected the small effects and (b) interval sizes up to 1 min typically detected the large effects. Conversely, for PIR only 10-s intervals detected changes in duration events and such changes that were detected only for the large effects. As a whole, the results show that the sensitivity of interval methods was influenced by both the ratio of the interresponse time to event-run within each session and the percentage of the change from A-phase to B-phase that was evaluated.
 
An Extensive Evaluation of Functional Control with Interval Methods II: Frequency Events.
DARA N. MICHALSKI (Redwood Learning Center), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Amanda M. Colby (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the accuracy of partial-interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) for measuring frequency events. Sessions with simulated data for continuous frequency recording (CFR) were generated for seven event-rates and were subsequently rescored using 10 s, 20 s, 30 s, 1 min, and 2 min PIR and MTS measures. The data that were produced with each interval method were depicted in line graphs and evaluated using ABAB reversal designs. Each line graph was compared to the respective CFR line graph to determine if the interval method produced the same conclusions about functional control. The results show that PIR with interval sizes up to 1 min detected the large effects; however, only 10 s PIR reliably detected the small, the moderate, and the large effects. Conversely, each interval size of MTS was insensitive to small effects, but 10 s MTS detected over two thirds of the moderate and the large effects. The results support prior conclusions regarding the utility of 10 s PIR for evaluating the effects of independent variables on frequency events.
 
An Extensive Evaluation of Functional Control with Interval Methods III: False Positives for Duration Events.
REGINA CARROLL (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Amanda M. Colby (St. Cloud State University), Ally Lindenberg (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The extent to which partial interval recording (PIR) and momentary time-sampling (MTS) methods generate false positives was evaluated for events that occurred for 25%, 33%, 40%, 50%, 66%, and 75% of the time during 10-min sessions. Simulated data that were produced in the Colby et al. (2007) study were re-evaluated in this experiment. For each targeted percentage, low, moderate, and high inter-response time to event-run ratios were compared with reversal designs to determine whether interval methods depicted functional control that was not evident with continuous duration recording. The results show that PIR with 10-s intervals generated a high percentage of false positives whereas MTS did not generated false positives with any interval size. Specifically, 10-s PIR generated false positives for each of the low to moderate, low to high, and moderate to high comparisons for events that occurred for 25%, 33%, and 40% of a session. Potential problems with using 10-s PIR to evaluate the effects of independent variables on duration events are briefly discussed.
 
Evaluating the Accuracy of Interval Recording Methods in Estimating Duration Events: Assessing the Effect of Session Length.
SHERISE LORRAINE DEVINE (St. Cloud State University/St. Amant), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: This study extends the body of research that exists in assessing the accuracy of partial-interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) in estimating duration events. Simulated data were generated to produce various absolute durations of behavior (25%, 33%, 40%, 50%, 66% and 75%) for various session lengths (10 min, 30 min, and 60 min) using an ABAB reversal designs. The average inter-response time to event-run ration was simulated to be low, medium, or high for each percentage. The generated data were scored using continuous duration recording (CDR) and then rescored using PIR MTS with intervals sizes of 10 s, 20 s, 30 s, 1 min, and 2 min. The resulting data paths for PIR and MTS were visually inspected for similarity with CDR regarding functional control. In addition, within-session patterns of events produced by PIR and MTS methods were compared to the within-session patterns of behavior produced by the CDR measure for each data set. The results provide further support for the conclusion that a number of variables influence the sensitivity of intervals methods.
 
 
Symposium #53
Further Developments in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Stevens 3
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The most frequently used treatment for food refusal in young children is escape extinction which is based primarily on the negative reinforcement function of the target behavior. However some studies have shown that other antecedents and consequences may alter the effects of escape extinction used to treat food refusal. The effects of these variables are usually assessed via functional analyses or during treatment evaluation. In this symposium we will present three studies that discuss these antecedent and consequent variables as they relate to the effectiveness of treatment of food refusal. Betsy Zamora from the University of South Florida will present data on the treatment of food refusal conducted in the home setting. Melanie Bachmeyer from the University of Iowa will present on the interaction between escape extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and deprivation during treatment of food refusal. Finally, Kristi Murphy from University of Nebraska Medical Center will present on the effects of matched treatments on multiply controlled feeding behaviors.
 
Home-Based Functional Assessment and Intervention for Food Refusal.
BETSY M. ZAMORA (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jessica Thompson (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This presentation will discuss assessment and intervention for a feeding disorder exhibited by a 20-month-old boy. Food refusal began following a severe reflux problem as an infant and resulted daily supplemental feeding with a gastric tube. Although the reflux was abated with medication, functional assessment data collected via interview and direct observation at meals indicated that food refusal behaviors were maintained by parent attention and the receipt of preferred foods. Intervention implemented by the parents in the home at regular meals involved extinction for refusal behaviors, attention for bites of non-preferred foods, and preferred foods delivered contingent on eating a portion of non-preferred food with the portion size increasing over time. Meals were videotaped to provide feedback to parents regarding their implementation of the intervention and for data collection. The results showed that refusal behaviors decreased markedly, eating increased to goal levels, and the supplemental G-tube feedings were stopped. We discuss factors related to success of the intervention implemented by parents in the home.
 
A Systematic Evaluation of the Interactions between Escape Extinction, Noncontingent Reinforcement, and Deprivation in the Treatment of Food Refusal.
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Engebretson (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders often require eternal nutritional support (e.g., nasogastric or gastrostomy tube feeds) to sustain their growth. As oral feedings are introduced, it is likely that satiation-related effects during oral feedings may occur (e.g., decreased motivation to consume foods, increased refusal). Alternatively, reducing the overall volume of tube feedings may minimize satiation-related effects and increase motivation for consumption (via deprivation). This study examined the effects of operant-based procedures commonly used in the treatment of feeding problems (i.e., escape extinction and noncontingent reinforcement) on food acceptance and consumption while the volume of overnight tube feedings was systematically manipulated. During deprivation phases, the total volume of overnight tube feeds was reduced (57%). By contrast during satiation phases, overnight tube feeds comprised of 100% of the child’s daily caloric needs were administered. Two independent observers achieved over 90% agreement on over 30% of sessions. Results suggested an interaction between satiation and deprivation and the necessity for each operant-based procedure, individually. Results will be discussed in terms of the role of biologic motivating operations in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
 
The Relative Effects of Matched Treatment Packages on Multiply Controlled Feeding Behaviors.
KRISTI D. MURPHY (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Kadey (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders may be manifested in a variety of ways including high levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior and low levels of consumption. Prior research has shown that functional analysis methods can be used to identify the maintaining variables of inappropriate mealtime behavior. This research indicated that for a large percentage of the children who displayed differentiated functional analysis results (80%), inappropriate mealtime behavior was maintained by access to multiple environmental variables (negative and positive reinforcement). However, the results of past research have focused only on negative reinforcement as the major maintaining variable of feeding problems. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to systematically examine treatments consisting of extinction and reinforcement components that were individually matched to all maintaining variables of multiply-controlled inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Results indicated that for all participants with multiply-maintained inappropriate mealtime behavior, the most effective treatment was one in which the extinction and reinforcement components were matched to all maintaining variables (escape and attention) of inappropriate mealtime behavior.
 
 
Symposium #54
International Symposium - Intelligence, Educational and Socially Relevant Research using the IRAP as a Methodology
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
El
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Catriona O'Toole (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP; Barnes-Holmes et al, 2006) is an experimental procedure designed to assess relations between stimuli. The IRAP provides a number of measures of relational responding (i.e. response latency, accuracy, and difference-scores). It therefore offers a very rich methodology for examining the importance of relational processes in human cognition. As the name suggests, the IRAP can also be used to assess implicit attitudes and beliefs, such as those that an individual may prefer to conceal or deny. In this symposium four papers will be presented which use the IRAP as a methodology. These focus on examining human intelligence from an RFT perspective; assessing the attitudes of teachers and special-need pupils in mainstream education; and assessing racial attitudes in a socially disadvantaged community.
 
Human Relational Processes and Intelligence.
CATRIONA O'TOOLE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: This study examined the extent to which performances on two relational tasks correlate with performances on standardized intelligence tests (the WAIS-III, and the AH4). Participants completed a similar/different and a before/after relational task, which were presented using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). They were then exposed to the intelligence tests. Significant correlations were observed between scores on the IQ tests and performance on the IRAP tasks, as measured by response latency and difference-scores. The data support the core tenet of Relational Frame Theory, which is that relational processes play a central role in human cognition. The results therefore suggest that targeting the fluid and flexible development of relational repertoires may be crucially important in terms of promoting intelligent and creative behaviors in educational settings.
 
The Assessment of Self-esteem Profiles in Children with Special Needs in Mainstream Education: A contextual Perspective.
GER SCANLON (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: To date, psychologists have been slow to generate a functional definition of the self-concept and self esteem. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has been developed as a means of assessing implicit relational terms among sets of stimuli. The current study examined positive self or negative self-terms in three groups of children whose diagnosis varied on the continuum of special needs in mainstream education as being similar or opposite to themselves and an opposite gender name. The explicit measure used in assessing the childrens levels of self-esteem, was the Piers-Harris Self Concept Scale. The results on the implicit measure (IRAP) indicated that children with ADHD had lower implicit self-esteem than the normally-developing and dyslexic children. On the explicit measure, all three groups of children fell within the average range of self-esteem. However, the Dyslexic and ADHD groups had less positive self-regard on the sub domain scales in relation to the areas of difficulties they experience. Taken together, the outcomes observed on both the implicit and explicit measures appear to discriminate between groups of children on the self-esteem continuum.
 
Measuring Self-Esteem using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP).
CLAIRE CAMPBELL (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: There is a growing body of evidence to suggest that self-report measures of emotionally sensitive material are susceptible to socially desirable responding. As an alternative, researchers have investigated various ways of measuring implicit cognitions. The current study investigated the relationship between explicit and implicit measures of self-esteem and emotional avoidance. In Experiment 1 undergraduate students (n=24) were exposed to the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) and an IRAP that targeted self-esteem based relations. In Experiment 2 another group of undergraduate students (n=24) were exposed to the Acceptance and Avoidance Questionnaire (AAQ) and an IRAP that targeted relations pertaining to emotional avoidance and acceptance. Strong D scores in the predicted directions were recorded on both IRAPs. Specifically, participants in Experiment indicated positive self-esteem and those in Experiment 2 demonstrated a propensity towards emotional acceptance over avoidance. However, in neither case were there strong correlations between the implicit and explicit measures. The paper highlights the utility of the IRAP as a measure of emotionally sensitive psychological content.
 
Exploring Acceptance and Distraction Pain Coping Instructions Using Experimentally Induced Radiant Heat.
ANNE KEHOE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The current research program compared the utility of Acceptance and Distraction-based Interventions on tolerance, distress and pain intensity of experimentally induced radiant heat pain. The current series of experiments aimed to match the interventions as closely as possible by presenting both groups with distraction with different Intervention consistent instructions. An increase in heat tolerance was reported for Acceptance and not for Distraction highlighting the importance of the instructions given to participants regarding the task. A further experiment was conducted, which ensured that only the explicit instructions regarding the use of Distraction or Acceptance differentiated the two groups. The findings were very similar to the previous experiment. The final experiment in the current series, involved the re-inclusion of the experiential metaphor. Similar differences in tolerance across interventions were reported. The current research is the first to investigate clinical interventions, which differ only in instructions for experimentally induced radiant heat pain.
 
 
Symposium #55
Evidence-Based Practice Reviews: Behavioral Education Interventions
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Common sense suggests that, in the societal movement toward emphasizing evidence-based practices (EBP), data-heavy behavioral approaches should fare exceptionally well. Do they? In order to operationalize what counts as evidence of intervention effectiveness, governmental agencies and other bodies have issued "standards of evidence" that rank the quality of empirical support provided by various kinds of research. How do behavioral approaches to education stack up against these standards? The first three authors each briefly describe a behavioral education practice and then review the supporting research in the context of commonly-referenced standards of evidence. The final presentation offers insights into the quest for recognition as an effective intervention based on the experiences of Direct Instruction, which has a particularly long and stormy history of profiting, and failing to profit, from empirical support.
 
Classwide Peer Tutoring.
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York, Fredonia)
Abstract: Classwide peer tutoring is briefly described as a behavioral educational intervention. The research evidence supporting this intervention then is summarized in the context of commonly-referenced standards of evidence. Conclusions focus on the status of this intervention as evidence-based and/or the implications of evidence standards for validating and disseminating behavioral educational interventions.
 
Precision Teaching.
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nancy K. Merbitz (n/a)
Abstract: Precisio Teaching is briefly described as a behavioral educational intervention. The research evidence supporting this intervention then is summarized in the context of commonly-referenced standards of evidence. Conclusions focus on the status of this intervention as evidence-based and/or the implications of evidence standards for validating and disseminating behavioral educational interventions.
 
Equivalence-Based Instruction.
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Instruction based on stimulus equivalence and other stimulus relations is briefly described as a behavioral educational intervention. The research evidence supporting this intervention then is summarized in the context of commonly-referenced standards of evidence. Conclusions focus on the status of this intervention as evidence-based and/or the implications of evidence standards for validating and disseminating behavioral educational interventions.
 
If You're Not at the Table You're on the Menu: Lessons from Direct Instruction's Long and Difficult Dance with Evidence.
CATHY L. WATKINS (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: For decades, Direct Instruction has been among the most data-driven approaches to teaching, but this has not always yielded the wide acceptance and dissemination that might be expected based on the values of the evidence-based practice movement. Reasons why evidence has not made Direct Instruction a practice of choice in mainstream Education, both historically and currently, are discussed as a cautionary tale for other behavioral approaches to education. Behavioral educators can be either victims or beneficiaries of the contemporary evidence-based culture, and I describe some proactive steps now being taken by the Direct Instruction community to accomplish the latter.
 
 
Symposium #56
Factors Contributing to High-Fidelity Implementation of an Instructional Technology Program: A Preliminary Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Waldorf
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marta Leon (Headsprout)
Abstract: Success of any program not only depends on the design of the program itself, but also on how the program is implemented. The fidelity of implementation often determines whether the intended outcomes are realized. Drawing from the basic principles of behavior, the design of a “good” program is often not the issue. Rather, it is the delivery of that program that presents a challenge. Identification of the characteristics that are likely to promote a high-fidelity implementation may assist with the design, modification, and dissemination of effective programs. This symposium presents a preliminary analysis of factors that may contribute to the high-fidelity implementation of an instructional technology program. Data drawn from internet-collected indicators of behavior will be analyzed. Factors such as phase of implementation, system characteristics, and socially-mediated customer relations will be investigated. This preliminary data may suggest areas for further research and development in the areas of education, instructional technology, and organizational systems.
 
Definition and Identification of High-Fidelity Implementations of an Instructional Technology Program.
APRIL HEIMLICH STRETZ (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), Melinda Sota (Florida State University), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: Critical to the success of any program is the precision with which that program is implemented. Regardless of the program’s design, the delivery and execution of the program’s requirements can influence a customer’s return on investment. This presentation will define implementations of an instructional technology program that have been executed with fidelity. Measures of fidelity will be drawn from internet-collected indicators of consumer behavior that show adherence to the program’s recommended usage guidelines. The presenter will describe both the statistical analyses conducted in order to identify high-fidelity implementations, and the methods used to identify consumer-related factors that correlate with implementation fidelity. Consumer characteristics, socially-mediated contingencies, and schedule-based characteristics that may or may not affect implementation will be summarized. These will be discussed in the context of Headsprout Early Reading, an internet-based program designed to teach literacy to non-readers or beginning readers. These preliminary analyses may spark further research and development in related areas.
 
Customer/System Characteristics Related to Fidelity of Implementation of an Instructional Technology Program.
JANET A. WEBB (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), Brian Walton (Headsprout), Melinda Sota (Florida State University), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: If an instructional technology program is successful, there are several entities that may deserve the credit. These may include the program itself, the technological hardware that delivers it, the recipients of the program, the instructional designers, those who support implementation, and, of course, the lawful nature of behavior that conducts and directs all of the above. This presentation will focus on the specific consumer characteristics that may or may not relate to a high-fidelity instructional technology implementation. Topics may include customer demographics, size, complexity, or topography of the behavioral systems that are responsible for carrying out the program’s guidelines on the consumer’s side of the product. This analysis will include a sample of high-fidelity implementations of Headsprout Early Reading, an internet-based early reading program. The characteristics of the users of the product may ultimately guide decision-making about the criteria for qualification of sales leads, models for technological and instructional support, and revision of the program’s requirements.
 
Socially-Mediated Contingencies Related to Fidelity of Implementation of an Instructional Technology Program.
DEBORAH ANNE HAAS (Headsprout), Jennifer D. Clayton (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), April Heimlich Stretz (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout), Janet A. Webb (Headsprout)
Abstract: Many consumer-driven services, client-centered programs, and intervention consultants offer a wide variety of support packages designed to increase program outcomes and the implementation fidelity that ultimately result in those outcomes. Beginning with the initial sale, intake interview, or service agreement, a significant amount of company time and money is spent on building and maintaining relationships with the consumer, training them to use the product or service, and checking in to offer implementation support. Each interaction is meant to improve the probability that the recipient of the product or service will encounter a particular set of desired outcomes. This presentation will identify some potential socially-mediated contingencies between consumer and vendor that characterize a high fidelity implementation of Headsprout Early Reading, an instructional program designed to teach reading skills. The presentation will examine variables such as the amount, type, and frequency of contact, and suggest implications for the improvement client-vendor relations.
 
Time- and Phase-Based Considerations Related to Fidelity of Implementation of an Instructional Technology Program.
JENNIFER D. CLAYTON (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), Melinda Sota (Florida State University), Deborah Anne Haas (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
Abstract: Central to the goal of obtaining a high-fidelity implementation with any new program, is the sometimes cooperative, often uncooperative dimension of time. Whereas a single-subject design may show treatment integrity within a matter of hours or weeks, a more complex system-wide program adoption could take years to fully accomplish. As the clock ticks, interdependent contingencies may change to occasion new challenges and successes related to implementation fidelity. This presentation will examine the characteristics of time and phase of implementation that are associated with high-fidelity usage of an instructional technology program. Do high-fidelity implementations appear to occur on any particular timeline? What sorts of natural or vendor-imposed deadlines and limited holds appear to promote goal-directed behavior while disseminating an instructional technology program? Are there critical milestones that may select for adherence to the program’s recommended guidelines? The answers to these questions, along with a comparison with the existing implementation literature, may provide areas for further research and development to aid in the dissemination of similar programs or implementations.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavior Assessment in Schools: Research to Practice
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Williford A
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa Kemmerer (University of Louisville)
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional assessment methods have clear utility for developing efficacious interventions for problem behavior. Although most research on functional assessment has been conducted in clinical settings by researchers, a growing body of research documents (a) methods of functional assessment applicable for non-clinical settings and (b) the link between functional assessment and positive outcomes in diverse settings such as schools and the community. In this symposium we present results of recent studies focused on delineating effective strategies for conducting functional assessments in schools.

 
A Comparison of Two Methods for Collecting Descriptive Analysis Data on Problem Behavior.
MARGARET J. STROBEL (Texana), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Allison Serra Tetreault (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Behavioral consultants often rely on parents and teachers to collect data in classrooms, homes, and other community settings. Little research has been conducted on the accuracy of data collected by caregivers or the best way to train people to collect these data. Recording the antecedents and consequences of problem behavior (called “A-B-C recording”) can be particularly challenging, given the multiple variables that are commonly present in the natural environment. Two methods for collecting A-B-C data are commonly used by teachers. For one method, called narrative recording, the teacher writes down any potentially relevant events that occurred prior to and following the problem behavior. Although this method is useful for gathering a lot of information, it can be difficult for teachers to determine which events to record (Cooper, Heward, & Heron, 2007). To circumvent this problem, some teachers use structured A-B-C recording forms that list pre-specified antecedents and consequences in a checklist format. When a problem behavior occurs, the teacher places a checkmark next to all events that occurred prior to and following the behavior. The accuracy of data collected using either of these formats has not yet been evaluated in a systematic manner. In this study, 25 educators and educators-in-training used narrative and structured A-B-C data forms to collect data while watching videos. Participants collected data more accurately when using the structured form compared to narrative recording and indicated a preference for this method of assessment.
 
Using a Routines Analysis to Guide Descriptive Analyses.
AARON BARNES (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon), Cristy Coughlin (University of Oregon), Shelley Kay Mullen (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Indirect methods of functional assessment often are conducted prior to descriptive observations. Unfortunately, results of the two assessment frequently produce conflicting results. One reason for this might be that direct observations are not conducted when relevent antecedent stimuli are present. The purpose of the present study was to evalute the contributions of a pre-observation routines analysis--as part of the indirect assessment--for identifying specific stimulus conditions underwhich descriptive analyses might produce useful information.
 
A Comparison of Functional Behavior Assessment Methodologies with Young Children: Descriptive Methods and Functional Analysis.
PETER ALTER (University of Louisville), Maureen Conroy (Virginia Commonwealth University), Rich Mancil (Virginia Commonwealth University), Todd F. Haydon (University of Florida)
Abstract: The use of functional behavior assessment (FBA) to guide the development of behavior intervention plans continues to increase since they were first mandated in IDEA 1997. A variety of indirect and direct instruments have been developed to facilitate this process. Although many researchers believe that a full functional analysis is necessary to identify behavior function, more rapid and efficient FBA procedures are used much more often. This investigation examined the validity of indirect and direct FBA procedures. Specifically, the results of three descriptive assessments and a functional analysis for four young children at risk for emotional and behavioral disorders were compared. Separation of all descriptive and experimental results was maintained and the assessment order was counterbalanced. The results of the descriptive assessments (i.e., the primary behavior function identified) had low consistency with each other, and the results of two indirect FBA assessments, (the Functional Assessment Interview and Motivation Assessment Scale) had low agreement with the results of functional analyses. On the other hand, the direct assessment procedure (ABC assessment) agreed with the results of functional analyses for all participants. These results support the use of direct observations and indicate that indirect measures should be used with caution as stand-alone assessments of the function of challenging behaviors.
 
A School-wide Intervention to Decrease Bullying.
SCOTT WARREN ROSS (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon), Bruce Stiller (N/a)
Abstract: N/a
 
 
Symposium #58
CE Offered: BACB
An Historical Analysis of Generalization, Its Impact on Skill Development Approaches and Implications for Intervention
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Williford B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
CE Instructor: Kim Killu, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since the publication of the seminal article by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) Some current dimensions of applied behavior analysis, issues of and strategies for generalization and maintenance have grown in importance but have yet to become standard practice. This symposium will address the status of generalized programming with in the field of ABA, the status of generalization and maintenance within instructional programming for student with disabilities, and implications of omitting generalized outcomes for effective programming.

 
Reviewing Generalization Practices In JABA: Have We Listened To Baer, Wolf & Risley?
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Kim Killu (University of Michigan, Dearborn)
Abstract: With a field that has the technology to promote the generalization and maintenance of behavior change, it is imperative that behavior analysts utilize the resources available to preserve the very skills that they strive to teach and train. However, it appears as if most empirical investigations fail to fully address generalization and maintenance strategies. An examination of published articles in JABA from the past decade were used to evaluate data and procedures for determining whether generalization strategies were addressed.
 
Programming for Generalized Skill Development for Individuals with Disabilities: An Examination of the Literature.
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan, Dearborn), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Generalization is a key component for the development of practical skills for individuals with disabilities. This evaluation examined published articles that addressed skill development in individuals with disabilities to 1) determine if articles that focused on skill acquisition addressed generalization and maintenance, 2) determine the extent to which these articles focused on generalization and maintenance strategies as compared to the strategies and tactics available for such training, and 3) determine whether the article measured the effects of strategies in regards to generalization and maintenance. Results are discussed along with implications for the effectiveness of intervention and the viability of the field.
 
Generalization Of Purchasing Skills To Teenagers With Developmental Disabilities.
SHANNON HAYTER (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Carol M. Antcliff (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Xin, Grasso, Dipipi-Hoy, and Jitendra (2005), found that purchasing skills require high demands of basic academic skills. Teaching the skills effectively arranges training in a comprehensive format, facilitating acquisition, retention, and generalization of new learning efficiently (Stein, Silbert, & Carnine, 1997). Throughout teaching, Stokes and Baer (1977) recommended that experimenters should act as if generalization never ‘naturally’ happens, but always requires programming. In reaction to these findings, this study evaluated teaching teenagers with developmental disabilities the dollar-up strategy after teaching two pre-skills: rote and rational counting. Further, generalization of the dollar-up strategy was assessed throughout all phases of the study to find when the skill would transition to occur naturally. The proposed framework suggests that the ability to purchase items in the community will occur naturally when planning for generalization is implemented with fidelity. The implications of this study will be discussed including the findings of non-overlapping data.
 
The Implications Of Our Failure To Address Generalization From Standard Practice.
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan, Dearborn), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Despite a technology of teaching and training for generalization, a lack of policy exists to promote generalized outcomes for instructional and behavioral programming. This paper examined the states adherence to effective components in program development in regards to behavior intervention plans including the assessment process and implications for effective intervention. Reasons for the omission of generalized programming and interventions planning will be discussed along with the implications for effectiveness of treatment and the utility of ABA in practice.
 
 
Panel #59
Professional Development Series: Conversation Hour with Prominent Women in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
4A
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra L. Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno)
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Prominent women in Behavior Analysis will discuss their experiences in the field, challenges and achievements, and invite questions from attendees.
 
 
Special Event #60
Honoring Beth Sulzer-Azaroff: Students, Colleagues, and Friends Bask in Her Glory
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Marquette
Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies)
Abstract: Professor Emeritus of Psychology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst and President of the Browns Group of Naples, Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff is an educator, research scientist and, writer in applied behavior analysis. Among numerous books and articles are "Behavior Analysis for Lasting Change" and "Achieving Educational Excellence"(with G. Roy Mayer), "Who Killed My Daddy: A Behavioral Safety Fable" and many behavior analytic research reports on behavior analyses in developmental disabilities, safety, organizational systems, and regular education. She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Division 25 of APA, and as Chair of APA's Boards of Scientific Affairs and Continuing Education. Among honors are the Fred Keller Award for contributions to education and the OBM Network Lifetime Achievement Award. Currently, Beth continues to be involved in the development of internet-based courses for personnel working in the area of autism.
 
Achieving Educational Excellence: Contributions to Behavioral Instruction.
PHILIP N. CHASE (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Criticisms of behavior analysis have rarely acknowledged the range of replicable strategies and tactics that have been developed for the design of instruction. Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff's contributions to these strategies and tactics were seminal, profound, and helped provide the impetus for the true technologies involved in programmed instruction, the Personalized System of Instruction, the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, Headsprout, iLearn, and a range of other forms of behavioral instruction. The focus of this presentation will be the history of Beth’s contributions and the future of education that we, her students and colleagues, are working toward.
 
From Mild Special Needs to Developmental Disabilities and Autism: The Procreation of Behavior Analysis with Children and Youth.
JULIE SCHWEITZER (University of California, Davis School of Medicine), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff was a queen among mothers, and her work in behavior analysis shows the extent of her interest and passion in children and youth. From her early work in token economies as an elementary school teacher in New York City, to her most recent training program for paraprofessionals who work with children with autism, Beth's sweeping influence in developing behavior analytic procedures with children and youth is profound. In this presentation, students and colleagues will acknowledge the many different facets of this work, and demonstrate the legacy she leaves behind.
 
Behavior-Based Safety Takes Flight.
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff was among the first behavior analysts to connect behavior analysis with occupational safety. Her research, publications, presentations, students, and colleagues have built upon her pioneering work and established behavior-based safety as standard operating practice in most comprehensive occupational safety initiatives. On a personal note, speakers in this session can say metaphorically, 'We flew with Orville'. Now used widely in business, industry, and service organizations, behavioral approaches to safety have prevented countless injuries, illnesses and fatalities from occupational exposures. From the work of a few innovators, safety behavior analysis has developed as a coherent, effective technology and stands as an exemplary demonstration of behavior analysis applied to the amelioration of widespread, socially significant phenomena.
 
Beth Sulzer-Azaroff: Leadership and Mentoring for Lasting Change.
LAURA J. HALL (San Diego State University), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract: The papers in this symposium celebrate Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff’s contributions as a pioneer in diverse areas of behavior analysis. They honor her strengths as a leader, including her unwavering commitment to teaching and mentoring. In particular, Dr. Sulzer-Azaroff has been an outstanding mentor, and has worked successfully to break down barriers for women in science. The presenters here today are at once Dr. Sulzer-Azaroff’s students, colleagues and friends. Professionally, we have listened, learned, analyzed, problem-solved, challenged, debated, and grown in our interactions with Dr. Sulzer-Azaroff. Personally, we have received her compassionate support. Our relationships with her have been rich and generative, thus, preparing and motivating us to produce our best work…and, in turn, to teach and mentor others. What better exemplar of behavior analysis for lasting change!
 
 
Symposium #61
Functional Assessment in the Public School Setting: A Review of Current Training and Implementation Strategies
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors has been an issue in the public schools since the passage of PL-94-142, currently referred to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). The training of school personnel to design interventions that are based on best practice recommendations in the field of behavior analysis has been an identified problem since the reauthorization of IDEA in 1997 in which the use of Functional Behavioral Assessment is mandated. This session will investigate the use of FBA in the public school setting to include a report of current knowledge and skills of a group of public school teachers in Pennsylvania, a tool used by teachers to integrate teacher and experimental manipulations into the FBA process and finally, a data-based presentation that utilizes a multiple baseline design across teachers to demonstrate the acquisition of knowledge and techniques needed to conduct an FBA and develop a positive behavior support plan based on that assessment. This session will provide the participant with information on the tools, techniques, guidelines, and supports that are needed by school personnel to conduct comprehensive functional behavioral assessments and develop positive behavioral support plans based on those assessments.
 
Functional Assessment Training for Special Education Teachers: Best Practice Recommendations.
MARIA L. AGNEW (Holy Family University/Temple University)
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors have been an issue in the special education classroom since the passage of PL 94-142 in 1975. That law, now referred to as IDEA (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act) was reauthorized in 1997 to mandate the use of Functional Behavioral Assessment in the treatment of challenging behaviors that resulted in programmatic changes. Best practice recommendations for the use of behavior analysis procedures is to conduct a comprehensive functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman; 1982/1994). However, school staff often find themselves unprepared and untrained to conduct such analyses. This study investigated the acquisition of knowledge and skills needed to conduct comprehensive functional assessment procedures that yielded successful positive behavior support plans. The functional assessment guidelines used in training the classroom teachers in this study were based on current literature applications of the procedure. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to determine the effectiveness of a direct feedback model. The participants in this study demonstrated acquisition of knowledge and technique in the area of conducting functional assessments and developing positive behavior support plans based on those assessments. The study also offers best practice recommendations for school based assessments.
 
Functional Assessment in School Settings: A Tool for Classroom Teachers.
KELLY MCELRATH (Bucks County Intermediate Unit 22 & Temple University)
Abstract: Emotional and behavioral problems have been identified as a primary concern for teachers and administrators in public school settings. The discipline-related component of IDEA requires that schools conduct a Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) when a student’s behavior disrupts the educational environment. A consultative model has been typically used to conduct assessments in school settings with teachers only recently included in the development and validation of hypotheses regarding behavioral function. The Behavioral Assessment Tool for Teachers (BATT) is a tool designed to integrate both teachers and experimental manipulations into the FBA process during ongoing instruction. The scripted procedures outlined in the BATT guide teachers through the same test conditions described in the Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) study. Six BATT administrations were conducted on students referred for behavioral consultation. Using qualitative methods, teacher-developed hypotheses were compared to consultant-developed with results suggesting there was agreement for one proposed hypothesis (1/6). Additionally, survey data permitted a narrowing of the issues with regard to impediments to the functional assessment process such as time, space, equipment, and specialized training.
 
A Functional Behavioral Assessment of Teacher's Knowledge of Functional Behavioral Assessment.
KIMBERLY L. KIRCHER (Council Rock School District), Katrina L. Mellott (International Institute for Behavioral Development)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine the knowledge and skills of teachers regarding the process of functional behavioral assessment (FBA). By examining the discipline components of the reauthorization of IDEA (1997), it also becomes necessary to explore the knowledge and skills of those who are to carry out this legislation. The primary focus of this study is to inform school districts and college preparation programs, as well as legislators, about the status of FBAs in public schools, in a quest to alleviate barriers and increase supports to improve current practice. Elementary, general and special education teachers in suburban public school districts in Pennsylvania will be recruited to participate in the study. The primary research question is: What are teachers’ knowledge and skills in using FBAs? The following secondary questions will be asked: How equipped are teachers to carry out the discipline requirements of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA 1997)? Do teachers implement practices aligned with IDEA (1997) discipline-related mandates? A purposive and semi-structured interview format, along with a questionnaire, will guide the framework for data collection. Coded themes from interviews, combined with quantitative data from the questionnaires, will form the basis for data analysis.
 
Functional Assessment Training in the Classroom.
NINA C. WILDE (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22)
Abstract: The United States Government Accounting Office reports that 43% of expenditures in special education go toward the provision of teachers and instructional assistants. These teachers and instructional assistants represent the frontline of intervention in serving children with autism. The instructional and analytical skills required in order to provide effective autism services typically involve engaging those staff in instruction in a lecture format, as well as hands on training with the students in the classroom setting. This presentation will describe a study using an instrument, the Clinical Integrity Checklist-Autism Services” (CIC-AS), that was created to assess the clinical skills of in-service teachers and instructional assistants working in ABA classrooms serving children with autism. The skills targeted by the CIC-AS include many, if not most, of the job requirements for teachers and instructional assistants working in an ABA classroom. This presentation will report the results of a study investigating the use of the CIC-AS to assist staff trainers in targeting in-vivo and in-service training of clinical skills for teachers and instructional assistants in an ABA/Autism classroom setting.
 
 
Paper Session #62
Radical Behaviorism, Theory and Philosophy
Saturday, May 24, 2008
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
PDR 3
Area: TPC
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
 
Dimensions of Behavior-Analytic Research in the Area of Radical Behaviorism.
Domain: Theory
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: Despite its caricature as an anti-theoretical and anti-philosophical scientific perspective, behavior analysis has a great deal to say about many issues theoretical and philosophical. Having grown from the experimental and applied analysis of behavior to clinical phenomena and the analysis of verbal behavior, the field of behavior analysis has also seen continuing development and expansion of the literature describing its scientific system, radical behaviorism, and its implications. This paper describes, along with a bit of historical context, some of the domains or dimensions of behavior-analytic research in this area, perhaps the least known of the fields of behavior-analytic science. These include (a) issues of the scientific system itself (e.g., methodological and explanatory practices), (b) behavior-analytic theory (e.g., equivalence theories, molar/molecular analyses of behavior), (c) varieties of interpretation of complex human/verbal behavior, (d) implications of radical behaviorism for traditional and contemporary issues in philosophy of science and philosophy of mind, and (e) a forum for communication with those in other fields and the general public. With its unique connection to and reliance upon a broadly applicable and growing empirical base, the area of radical behaviorism is thus uniquely positioned for demonstrating the comprehensive scope of behavior-analytic science.
 
The Metaphysics of Relational Frame Theory.
Domain: Theory
TED SCHONEBERGER (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
 
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) offers a post-Skinnerian approach to verbal behavior. It has attracted a growing number of advocates and is supported by a burgeoning basic and applied research program. However, despite these successes, RFT has been roundly criticized within behavior analysis. In many cases, these criticisms have been conceptual in nature. In this paper (1) I offer evidence that RFT embraces two conflicting view about metaphysics; namely, philosophical realism and pragmatism; (2) I argue that some of the aforementioned criticisms of RFT's conceptual machinery can be fruitfully recast as criticisms targeting the metaphysical inconsistencies inherent in RFT; and (3) I offer some suggestions to RFT proponents on how to address this problem, thereby bolstering the case for RFT and making more likely its acceptance by the broader behavior analytic community.
 
Dennett Defenestrated: Defusing the Intentionalist Criticism of Radical Behaviorism.
Domain: Theory
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: Perhaps the most common criticism of radical behaviorism (and behavior analysis) by philosophers is the “intentionalist criticism”, which states that the empirically based functional analysis of behavior and its technical vocabulary is useful (minimally, at best) only because the resulting “behavioral laws” presuppose or are based upon underlying ordinary-language intentional terms or concepts. The focus of this paper is Daniel Dennett’s influential 1978 essay, “Skinner Skinned”, an original source for the intentionalist claims which have gained wide acceptance in philosophy and related fields. Dennett’s misunderstandings arise from his infusion of a variety of irrelevant philosophical assumptions into a series of carefully selected quotations from Skinner. The misunderstandings themselves may be addressed through an understanding of Skinner’s pragmatic view of science in general and verbal behavior in particular, and through an understanding of the nature of the technical analysis and of the actual accomplishments of the field (even at the time the essay was published). Given Dennett’s well-known support of evolution and natural science in general, a more general solution is offered which might clarify Dennett’s misunderstandings of radical behaviorism by making an empirically supported addition to Dennett’s own vocabulary describing types of explanation.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #63
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Drugs as Behavior-Analysis Tools
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Marc N. Branch, Ph.D.
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors: : MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
Abstract:

It is sometimes not appreciated that research in behavioral pharmacology can have, and has had, implications for the experimental analysis of behavior, especially its conceptualizations and theory. In this presentation, I outline three general strategies in behavioral pharmacology research that have been employed to increase understanding of behavioral processes. Examples are provided of the general characteristics of the strategies and of implications of previous research for behavior theory. Behavior analysis will advance as its theories are challenged, and behavioral pharmacology is one source of such challenges.

 
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
Prof. Marc N. Branch, after growing up in a small Western town, obtained an undergraduate degree in Psychology from Stanford University, where interactions with Walter Mischel, Albert Bandura, and Gordon Bower influenced him to pursue graduate study. He began at Arizona State University, then known as “Fort Skinner in the Desert,” and his interests quickly veered toward the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, with important mentors like Fred Hegge, Peter Killeen, John Falk, and then-senior-graduate-student, Richard Shull. With that fortunate background, he next moved to the University of Maryland, where he studied with Lewis Gollub, Skinner’s last official Ph.D. student. There, under Gollub’s guidance, he expanded his interests to Behavioral Pharmacology. After receiving his Ph.D. degree, Branch spent a useful post-doctoral year at the Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology, where he was mentored by James McKearney. After that year, he joined the faculty at the University of Florida, where he has remained since, rising to the rank of Professor, and having served a term as Chairman of the Department. At Florida his being mentored has continued to this day, with colleagues like Ed Malagodi, Brian Iwata, Hank Pennypacker, Jim Johnston, Tim Hackenberg, Tim Vollmer, Jesse Dallery, and Clive Wynne enriching his academic and research life. Branch’s academic life history shows he is a lucky guy.
 
 
Special Event #64
CE Offered: BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Facts and Theories in Decision Making: Sturnus vulgaris Vs. Benjamin Franklin
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Stevens 5
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Alex Kacelnik, Ph.D.
Chair: John E. R. Staddon (Duke University)
Presenting Authors: : ALEX KACELNIK (Oxford University)
Abstract:

Understanding decision-making involves many disciplines, including Evolutionary Biology, Economics, Psychology and Quantitative Behavioural Analysis. In this tutorial I review recent experiments on choice between different combinations of amount and delay to food that used starlings as experimental animals. The results are contrasted with predictions from theoretical models originating in these disciplines (including those advocated by B. Franklin). I show that while ome models are better at data fitting they can be weaker in other respects. My overall message is that the worth of theoretical models is not identical to their predictive performance (how well they fit the data): Theories and models are validated by the accuracy of their predictions but should be judged by many additional criteria, including their value to guide research, and to place observations within broader fields of knowledge.

 
ALEX KACELNIK (Oxford University)
Dr. Alex Kacelnik was born and grew up in Buenos Aires, Argentina. After graduating in Biological Sciences he moved to Oxford where he completed his doctorate studying optimality models of decision-making in birds. As is often the case, topics addressed during his doctorate continued to interest him to this day. In particular, his early research dealt with the trade-off between maximising immediate gains and acquiring information that could lead to greater longer-term benefits (the conflict between exploration and exploitation). In later work he addressed other decision systems, such as the conflict faced by parent birds between feeding their offspring or themselves, the preference for certainty versus risk, or preference between larger, more delayed rewards against smaller, more immediate ones. Alex also works on animal cognition, including research on interval timing, on the notion of rationality, on state-dependent learning, and on tool use by New Caledonian crows. He has published over 130 scientific papers, was co-editor of Volume VI (Foraging) of the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior series, and has supervised over 30 PhD dissertations and 15 postdoctoral researchers. Alex’s work typically treats biologically inspired problems combining behavioural analysis with evolutionary and economic theory, and blending theoretical with experimental research.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #65
CE Offered: BACB

Meaningful Change at the Cultural Level: Behavioral Systems Revisited

Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
International North
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: William K. Redmon, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
WILLIAM K. REDMON (Bechtel Group, Inc.)
Dr. William K. Redmon joined Bechtel in 2001 as Manager of Leadership and Development. In this role, he creates and manages processes and programs for finding, developing and managing talent. He also manages executive coaching and development programs and oversees the corporate learning and training department, including Bechtel’s internal university. Bill also manages Bechtel’s performance management programs which center on goal-based performance plans linked to short-term and long-term compensation plans. Prior to joining Bechtel, Bill consulted with numerous organizations in the private and public sectors to help refine their strategy and business plans and to develop supporting performance systems. He has consulted with manufacturing, retail, and service businesses to design and implement innovative methods in change leadership, quality control, performance management, and talent management. Early in his career, Bill was a professor of industrial/organizational psychology and designed and taught graduate courses in behavioral systems analysis, organizational change, metrics, and strategic planning. He is the author of numerous published papers on performance management and organizational change and co-editor of a recent graduate training text entitled Handbook of Organizational Performance: Behavior Analysis and Management. He has served as a regular presenter in the Harvard University John F. Kennedy School series on Innovation and Creativity. He is a member of the editorial board of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, a licensed psychologist, and a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 25). Bill graduated from Western Michigan University with Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis (Behavioral Psychology) in 1981.
Abstract:

During the past 40 years, behavioral systems analysts (e.g., Tom Gilbert, Dale Brethower, Geary Rummler) developed models of organizations that help us understand behavior in context and suggested that behavioral interventions are far more powerful when the total system is considered as a backdrop for individual performance. Unfortunately, most applications at the systems level are described in terms of metaphors or principles, rather than practical, replicable approaches. Few lasting, large-scale applications of behavioral technology in working organizations have been implemented under realistic circumstances. Most published accounts of behavior change in organizations focus on a limited environment (e.g., one department or unit) and are driven by researchers or consultants who implement contrived circumstances to incubate and sustain the changes. This is no sin: many of these approaches have led to powerful changes and improved bottomline results. However, they often fall short of documenting reliable ways of changing the behaviors of hundreds or thousands of people--behavior analysis and change on a scope and scale that has the potential to move entire organizational cultures. This presentation will provide an example of large-scale, long-term behavioral intervention in a Fortune 100 business at the cultural level and describe how behavior analytic methods were used to functionally embed new practices that have been sustained over a period of 8 years with the promise of continuing indefinitely (i.e., becoming a way of life for leaders throughout the company). The approach and results will be discussed in terms of a whole-system application with reference to early work of behavioral systems analysts. The intervention involved teaching leaders (including the CEO and 20 top level executives) applied behavior analysis and supporting their use of the skills with extensive coaching and feedback. The model was subsequently extended to the 200 most senior leaders (Phase II) and then to another 700 general managers (Phase III). Plans call for training and coaching more than 2,000 managers and supervisors over the coming year to complete skill development (phase IV). To embed these practices in the ongoing culture, each leader receives a leadership scorecard (ratings and comments) from his/her direct reports every 6 months and completes an upward feedback dialogue session where the direct reports describe what they see as more effective practices (to be...

 
 
Symposium #66
Topics on the Persistence of Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Barbershop
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher A Podlesnik (Utah State University)
Abstract: The persistence of behavior in the face of changing conditions has been used to express the effectiveness of particular conditions of reinforcement. The exact procedures used to assess persistence, however, have varied depending on the question of interest and theoretical framework. Four papers in the present symposium use measures of persistence in a variety of interesting ways. Using behavioral-economic analyses, Galuska, Winger, and Woods will report a study examining whether the persistence of cocaine-maintained responding with increasing fixed-ratio schedules is affected by additional response-independent cocaine infusions in rhesus monkeys. Next, Fox and Reilly will report a behavioral history study with rats assessing preference and resistance to disruption between two available but different stimulus contexts. Jimenez-Gomez and Shahan will report a study with pigeons examining how preference and resistance to disruption are affected by equal relative but different absolute rates of concurrently available sources of reinforcement across two contexts. Finally, Podlesnik and Shahan will report a study with rats examining preference for and resistance to extinction within two stimulus contexts presenting varying rates of qualitatively different reinforcers. These four papers exemplify the utility and dynamic nature of the study of persistence.
 
Persistence of Cocaine Self-administration in Rhesus Monkeys: Assessing the Effects of Response-Independent Infusions using Behavioral Economic Analyses.
CHAD M. GALUSKA (College of Charleston), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan)
Abstract: In behavioral economic analyses of drug self-administration, drug consumption is plotted as a function of unit price (response requirement / dose). The rate at which consumption decreases with price increases is termed elasticity and may correspond to abuse liability. In this experiment, three rhesus monkeys self-administered cocaine (0.01 and 0.03 mg/kg/inf) across increasing fixed-ratio (FR) requirements (FR 10-1000). After obtaining a baseline demand curve for cocaine, we assessed the effects of response-independent cocaine infusions on cocaine demand. In addition to the infusions earned by completing the FR schedule, noncontingent infusions (of the same dose) were delivered according to a variable-time (VT) 10-, 5-, or 2-min schedule, across conditions. The results suggest that noncontingent cocaine delivered according to the VT 10-min schedule had little effect on cocaine demand. In the VT 5-min condition, the initial level of cocaine demand decreased relative to baseline, but elasticity of demand was largely unchanged. In the VT 2-min condition, the initial level of demand decreased and the demand curve became more elastic in two of three monkeys. One monkey completely stopped responding during this condition. The results suggest that by degrading the response-reinforcer contingency, demand for cocaine decreased.
 
Persistent Preference for a Multiple-schedule Component Associated with a Richer History of Reinforcement is Not Accompanied by Greater Resistance to Disruption.
ANDREW T. FOX (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Four rats were trained on a two-component multiple schedule in which pressing one of two levers (the food lever) was reinforced according to a variable-interval 60 s (VI 60”) schedule of reinforcement in each component. The components differed only in that the houselight was on during one component and off during the other. Pressing a second lever (the switch lever) resulted in an immediate change from one component to the other. During baseline, all four rats showed at least a slight preference for the light component as long as food reinforcers were still being delivered. Preference for the light component was overridden when the reinforcement rate in the dark component was doubled (three rats) or quadrupled (one rat). After extended exposure to this arrangement, the dark component reverted back to VI 60”. Preference for the dark component continued at a relatively high level for 25 sessions despite the equality of the programmed reinforcement rates. Resistance-to-disruption probes (extinction, prefeeding, concurrent free food) did not yield systematic results either with or without controlling for differences in obtained reinforcement rate. Thus, behavior was not more resistant to disruption in a multiple-schedule component that was preferred due to a richer reinforcement history.
 
Examining the Relation between Preference and Resistance to Change in Multiple Concurrent Schedules.
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: According to behavioral momentum theory, the resistance to change of a behavior is determined by the overall rate of reinforcement delivered in the context in which the behavior occurs. Both resistance to change and preference serve as measures of the underlying strength of a behavior. The relation between preference and resistance to change using multiple concurrent schedules has been found to not always covary. The present experiment aimed at further exploring this issue by varying relative rates of reinforcement across conditions. Pigeons responded on multiple concurrent schedules (Rich component: variable-interval (VI) 20-s VI 40-s schedule, Lean component: VI 40-s VI 80-s schedule). Across conditions, the VI values of the schedules accompanying the VI 40 were made richer or leaner in the Rich and Lean components, respectively. During preference probes, pigeons preferred the VI 40 from the Lean component, whereas responding on the VI 40 from the Rich component showed more resistance to disruption by extinction, pre-session feeding, and free-food during the intercomponent interval. Overall, the relation between preference and resistance to change is not clear. This may be due to the use of preference probes to assess preference.
 
The Effects of Reinforcer Rate and Type on Preference and Resistance to Change.
CHRISTOPHER A PODLESNIK (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Consistent with behavioral momentum theory, previous studies have found that changes in relative reinforcer rate and magnitude systematically affect preference for one stimulus context over another and relative resistance to change within those contexts. The present experiment examined whether changes in relative reinforcer type also affected preference and resistance to extinction. Rats pressed levers in a concurrent-chains procedure for access to food pellets, sweetened-condensed milk, or a sucrose solution in the terminal links. Preference, but not resistance to extinction, changed systematically with changes in relative rate and type of reinforcement. These findings are consistent with previous findings that suggest preference is more sensitive to changes in reinforcement conditions than is resistance to disruption.
 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research on Economic, Choice and Cost Variables Across Multiple Applied Contexts
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Chicago & Alton
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The studies collected in this symposium examine a variety of quantitative variables, based on principles of behavioral economics and the matching equation, as they apply to the behavior of individuals in applied contexts. The general emphasis is on how choice responding is influenced by basic process through manipulations of unit price, opportunity costs, schedule-correlated stimuli, and the like. The impact of these variables is examined across an array of applied contexts that includes educational settings, clinical settings for individuals with developmental disabilities, and in the treatment of substance abuse. Collectively, the studies exemplify how findings imported from basic behavioral science can be brought to bear on clinically relevant behavior in these contexts.

 
Assessing Sensitivity to Changes in Unit Price.
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Ralph Spiga (Temple University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to compare the effect of changes in the unit price of edible items as a function of both magnitude and distance from the participant. Unit price refers to the cost or the price of an item based on the unit of issue. Unit prices are ubiquitous in grocery stores and function as an important source of information to consumers. For example, while a larger amount of something (e.g., coffee) is more expensive in absolute terms than a smaller amount of the same item, the larger value may cost less per ounce and hence it’s unit price would be less, thereby representing a better value. The participants were 4 adolescents diagnosed with developmental disabilities residing in a neurobehavioral unit. Highly preferred edible items were identified through a series of multiple stimulus with replacement preference assessments. The item identified as most preferred was used in the present study. Sensitivity to unit price was manipulated by providing two choices concurrently that differed in the distance from the participant and the magnitude of the reinforcer (e.g., 2 Fritos @ 18 in vs 1 @ 3 in). The results indicated that some of the participants appeared sensitive to changes in unit price. However, one participant appeared insensitive to unit price, but rather seemed to make choices based on minimizing response effort. Future research should examine whether one dimension consistently overshadows the other dimension. For example, magnitude of reinforcement may overshadow proximity of reinforcement for some individuals, even when the more proximate item is a better value.
 
Demand Curves for Common Reinforcers Vary with the Functional Similarity of Concurrently Available Alternatives.
MELISSA J. ALLMAN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (University of Florida), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abbey Carreau (Kennedy Krieger Institutue)
Abstract: Demand and work functions for concurrently available stimuli were examined in 5 individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities under two conditions: when the two stimuli were functionally similar (e.g., two food items) and when they were functionally dissimilar (e.g., food and a toy). Choices between stimuli were first assessed under concurrent FR 1 FR 1 schedules and then under schedule arrangements in which the response requirements were held constant for one stimulus but increased across phases for the other stimulus (e.g., Conc FR1 FR2, Conc FR1 FR5, etc.). Results suggested that when a similar reinforcer was concurrently available, consumption of the reinforcer associated with the increasing cost declined more rapidly than it did when a dissimilar reinforcer was concurrently available. These results concur with behavioral economic research suggesting that demand for a commodity is more elastic when available alternatives provide a similar form of stimulation (i.e., are more substitutable). The results are discussed in terms of their implications for the selective use of reinforcers in training or treatment procedures for individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
Evaluating Pharmacological and Behavioral Interventions: A Behavioral Economic Approach.
RALPH SPIGA (Temple University), Amy Wells (Temple University), Deborah Anne Haas (Headsprout)
Abstract: This presentation describes research applying behavioral economic principles, exponential demand analysis, to assessing efficacy of psychosocial interventions. Nicotine dependent smokers were assigned randomly to groups reimbursed with differing monetary amounts for CO < 15 ppm. The monetary values were treated as opportunity costs. An opportunity cost is the value of the next best alternative, e.g. smoking vs monetary payment for abstinence. In one study pregnant nicotine dependent smokers were assigned randomly to contingency management and a psychosocial interventions or contingency management alone. In another, nicotine dependent smokers were assigned to nicotine gum, nicotine gum and psychosocial interventions and a psychosocial intervention. Exponential demand curves demonstrated that psychosocial treatments interacted at the highest opportunity costs. Discussion extends these principle and procedures to other applied settings and illustrates their application by reference to case studies. The PA Department of Health supported this research.
 
Schedule vs. Stimulus Control over Biased Responding to Difficult Academic Tasks.
BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University), Derek D. Reed (Syracuse University)
Abstract: A constant preference for one alternative over another not accounted for by reinforcement is generally referred to as “biased” responding. We produced biased responding in three children’s problem completion rates by increasing the difficulty of math problems required to earn reinforcement at one of two workstations. At both workstations, points exchangeable for rewards were delivered for correct problem completion according to signaled variable-interval schedules. Because reinforcer delivery at each workstation was signaled, we were able to evaluate degree of schedule versus stimulus control over responding by computing discrimination indices. When problem difficulty was equal, relative rates of problem completion appeared to be schedule controlled with discrimination indices near .50 or below. When problem difficulty was unequal, all three participants showed a bias away from the more difficult workstation. This bias was associated with discrimination indices approaching 1.0 at the more difficult workstation as responding came under control of the schedule-correlated discriminative stimulus (i.e., participants completed problems at this workstation only when reinforcement was signaled). These results lend further evidence that response effort contributes to deviations from matching in applied settings, and suggest that increases in response effort may lead to discriminated responding at the more effortful alternative.
 
 
Paper Session #68
Consumption and Self-Monitoring in College Students
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
PDR 1
Area: CSE
Chair: Holly Denice Shockley (Washington State University)
 
Overeating and Food Processing: A Behavioral Analysis of What Makes Food “Fattening”.
Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT M. STEIN (Lancaster, PA), Mary Auker (Lebanon Valley College)
 
Abstract: By 2010, according to the US Dept of Health, 50% of children in the United States will be overweight. Diets involving either portion control or food restriction reduce weight in the short term, but individuals cannot generally maintain such control over the long term. This paper argues that food processing has created a large class of foods that elicit overeating. A large number of calories are consumed prior to satiation. Attempts to exercise portion control over this class of foods are frequently unsuccessful. One objective measurement of the relation between consumption and food processing is the amount of calories consumed per minute for foods at different levels of processing. A food may be operationally defined as “fattening” if it elicits a high rate of caloric intake. Pilot data with undergraduate volunteers will be presented showing calorie consumption per minute for a representative variety of non/minimally processed and highly processed foods. A gradual transition to a diet that elicits a low rate of calorie consumption per minute can be seen as a possible long-term solution to the “yo-yo” dieting that is triggered by the consumption of low calorie diets high in processed foods.
 
 
 
Panel #69
CE Offered: BACB
Vulnerability and Bias in BCBA's and Parents' Choices of Autism Treatments
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
International South
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Schreck, Ph.D.
Chair: Kimberly A. Schreck (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg)
RICHARD M. FOXX (Pennsylvania State University)
JAMES A. MULICK (The Ohio State University)
ERIC BUTTER (Columbus Children's Hospital & The Ohio State University)
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg)
Abstract:

With the increasing number of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, parents have been struggling to find treatments to help their children. In response to this need, a proliferation of professionals (e.g., Occupational Therapists, Speech Therapists, Educators, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, etc.) with a wide variety of experiences has hastened to provide treatments for this population. However, not all have been reportedly recommending and providing scientifically supported ABA services and many have been providing fad treatment Of special concern is when BCBAs knowingly or unknowingly endorse or recommend fad treatments. This panel discusses parental responses to treatment recommendations, Board Certified Behavior Analysts uses ABA and fad treatments, the ethical responsibilities of behavior analysts, and ways of ensuring that fad treatments are not recommended or endorsed.

 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Analyses of Verbal Operants: From Assessing Behavior to Producing Novel Repertoires
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Continental C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinners (1957) functional analysis of verbal behavior has garnered more attention in recent years than it did when it was first published. One variable responsible for this has been the success of behavior analysis in teaching children with verbal deficits. There has been much interest in identifying critical variables for teaching communicative responding and validating teaching techniques. Skinners analysis of verbal behavior has been useful to clinicians for functionally categorizing verbal operants but there has not been enough systematic research of verbal behavior in applied and natural settings. This symposium will discuss several studies of verbal behavior conducted in educational environments. The first paper compares the effects of textual and echoic prompting for teaching intraverbal responses. The second paper examines the role of problem solving in complex intraverbal repertoires. The third paper presents a procedure for functionally assessing established vocal-verbal behavior. The final paper examines prompted and pure mands following mand training.

 
A Comparison of Echoic and Textual Prompts for Teaching Intraverbal Behavior.
LYNN KEENAN (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: A comparison of echoic and textual prompts on the acquisition of intraverbal behavior was assessed for three children with autism. Each child was taught to answer 12 social questions using either a textual or echoic prompt procedure. Using a multiple probe design for all participants, the study measured (a) the number of trials to criterion during acquisition, (b) the number of correct full sentence answers to target questions during probe sessions, and (c) the number of correct partial answers to target questions during test probe sessions. The effects of the prompting procedures were assessed across acquisition; post- training, generalization and a 3-week follow up phase. IOA was collected across 43.6% of probe sessions and 33.4% of training sessions and was above 83% for all sessions (83.3-100%). Across all participants, echoic prompts were found to be more effective than textual prompts to teach intraverbal behavior. For two of the participants, acquisition of the target response was faster when the response was prompted with an echoic prompt. For the third participant, no difference was found for acquisition of the response, but the response occurred more reliably during probes following acquisition for questions taught with echoic prompts.
 
The Role of Problem-Solving in Complex Intraverbal Repertoires.
RACHAEL A. SAUTTER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Allison A. Jay (Western Michigan University), Tina R. Goldsmith (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Skinner described intraverbal behavior as verbal behavior with no point-to-point correspondence. This operant encompasses a wide range of response topographies ranging from answering simple questions to complex conversational exchanges. Previous interventions for teaching responding to questions about category membership have focused on transfer of stimulus control procedures to teach specific responses. These procedures have proven effective at establishing basic responses but have consistently produced small and restricted repertoires. Theoreticians have hypothesized that effective use of problem-solving strategies rather than simple stimulus control may account for the performance of individuals with advanced intraverbal repertoires. The current study examined the use of a mediating strategy involving rule statements and self-prompting in the context of intraverbal categorization with four typically developing preschool children. Results showed that training alone did not produce significant increases in target responses for any participant with any category. Results also showed all participants mastered complex rule statements for self-prompting and applied these rules to the relevant category. None of the participants applied the strategy until they observed a model and were prompted to “use the rules.” Following the model and prompts, all participants showed immediate and significant increases in target responding and all prompts were quickly decreased to zero.
 
Assessing the Functions of Vocalizations in Children with Limited Vocal-Verbal Repertoires.
DANIELLE LISE LAFRANCE (Florida Institute of Technology), James L. Squires (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness of a newly developed methodology for assessing the functions of emergent vocal-verbal behavior in children with developmental disabilities (Lerman et al., 2005). The purpose of the assessment was to determine the function(s) of specific verbal topographies according to Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Results indicated that for most participants, targeted vocal utterances functioned as either mands, tacts, or both. The reliability of this assessment was first verified through replication (Experiment 1). Participants consisted of two children with developmental disabilities, between the ages of 2 and 10, with very limited vocal-verbal repertoires, exhibiting at least two clearly emitted vocalizations. However, attempts at replication were only moderately successful as additional manipulations became necessary to occasion responding with two of three participants. Experiment 2 aimed to address some of the limitations of Experiment 1. Results obtained in Experiment 2 suggested that participants’ targeted vocalizations served as tacts, echoics, or both. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of this methodology for the selection and development of effective language interventions as well as implications for our current knowledge of verbal behavior and teaching technology.
 
Effects of Chain Schedules of Reinforcement and Fluency Training on Frequency of Pure Mands.
FERNANDO GUERRERO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Modern behavior analytic interventions (e.g., incidental teaching, pivotal response training, natural environment language training, behavior chain interruption strategy) have demonstrated higher levels of generalization and spontaneity than interventions exclusively based on discrete trial training. Nevertheless, opportunities to respond and the consequences for responding are frequently presented by the therapist, possibly preventing spontaneity and reducing the possibility of generalizing to natural settings. Chain schedules of reinforcement and fluency training have been effective in teaching unprompted sequences of behaviors and might promote spontaneous use communicative initiations. A preference assessment was conducted with three children diagnosed with autism displaying low rates of pure manding. Frequency of no-verbally prompted mands and pure mands for the preferred items and activities (e.g., pointing, emitting particular sounds words or phrases) were obtained during play activities with parents, peers, therapists, and during regular therapy. Mands were initially trained using traditional behavior analytic procedures (e.g., manipulation of motivational operations, enticement). If these procedures were not effective chain schedules of reinforcement and precision teaching were included. Effects of the intervention on the frequency of pure mands across different settings are discussed
 
 
Symposium #71
Increasing Peer Social Interactions and Verbal Behavior Exhibited by Young Children with Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Continental A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David M. Richman (University of Illinois)
Abstract: The applications of operant processes and operations to the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of verbal responses emitted by children with autism have greatly increased in the last 10 years. This symposium will focus on advances in communication training for children with autism. David Richman will present on the application of direct instruction for typically developing peers to discriminate and reinforce Picture Exchange Communication Training responses to increase peer interactions for a young child with autism. Jennifer Asmus will describe an analysis of procedures used to train elementary peers to serve as skill acquisition program instructors to increase social interaction and communication for students with autism spectrum disorders. Alonna Beth Marcus will present on a comparative analysis of self versus peer modeling for training textual responses in children with autism. Finally, Heather Finn will describe an experiment on the emergence of untrained mands and tacts, based on functional interdependence between these two classes of verbal operants, exhibited by young children with autism.
 
Teaching Peers to Discriminate and Reinforce Picture Exchange Communication System Responses.
DAVID M. RICHMAN (University of Illinois), Mary K. Linnenburger (University of Illinois and Champaign County, IL Public School District #4)
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a form of augmentative communication used by some children with autism, and the majority of studies on teaching children to use PECS have been conducted with an adult as the communicative partner. However, children with autism often have difficulty initiating communicative interactions with their peers. In the current study, we assessed the effects of peer training to discriminate and reinforce independent PECS responses emitted by a 4-year-old boy with autism. Six peers were trained to independently accept PECS response and provide the requested play item in an early childhood pre-kindergarten classroom. Data were collected on independent PECS exchanges between the target child with autism and his typically developing peers, and the effects of the intervention were evaluated with a multiple baseline design across settings. Exact partial interval occurrence interobserver agreement data were collected across 20% of sessions and IOA was 100% for PECS responses. Results indicated that peer training effectively increased the number of PECS initiations used by the child with autism across all three settings.
 
Increasing Pro-Social Behaviors for Students with Autism in Inclusive Classrooms Using Peer-Mediated Interventions.
JENNIFER M. ASMUS (University of Wisconsin, Madison), Laura Mulford (University of Wisconsin, Madison), Sara Christianson (University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Abstract: Difficulty engaging in reciprocal social interactions is considered the central and defining behavioral feature of ASD. Social relatedness problems are most likely to manifest during interactions with same-aged peers. For children with ASD, accessing potential social-related benefits available within general education classrooms remains extremely difficult. Although sufficient opportunities for peer interaction are available in inclusive classrooms, research confirms that the extent to which children with ASD are accessing these opportunities remains infrequent and inconsistent. The present study demonstrated a systematic process to analyze the pro-social behaviors of children with ASD in general education elementary school classrooms. A case example will be presented highlighting the antecedent variables in the natural environment that promoted positive, peer-related interactions and how they were identified and incorporated into an individualized social skill intervention. Data was collected on target and peer pro-social initiations, responses, and sustained social interactions at baseline and treatment. Treatment utilizing a peer-mediated intervention demonstrated improvements in the target child’s pro-social behaviors. IOA was collected on at least 25% of sessions anagreement exceeded 85% across measures.
 
A Comparison of Peer Video Modeling versus Self Video Modeling to Teach Textual Responses in Children with Autism.
ALONNA MARCUS (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew Russell Osborne (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Peer video modeling was compared to self video modeling to teach three children with autism to respond appropriately to (i.e., identify or label) novel letters. A combination multiple baseline and multielement design was used to compare the two procedures. Results showed that all three participants met the mastery criterion in the self modeling condition, whereas only one of the participants met the mastery criterion in the peer modeling condition. In addition, the participant who met the mastery criterion in each condition reached the criterion more quickly in the self modeling condition. Results are discussed in terms of their implications for teaching children with autism new skills.
 
The Emergence of Untrained Mands and Tacts.
HEATHER E. FINN (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated functional independence of mands and tacts, while others have demonstrated a transfer of control from one verbal operant to the other. The present study was a replication of Petursdottir, Carr, and Michael (2005), using participants 3- to 6-years-old diagnosed with autism. All were taught to put together two 4-piece construction task Two were taught to mand the different names of the pieces and two were taught to tact the names of the pieces. The effects of training were evaluated in a multiple probe design across verbal operants and tasks. Three of the four participants demonstrated an immediate transfer of control from one verbal operant to the other untrained verbal operant. One participant demonstrated an emergence of the untrained verbal operants after the mand for one of the pieces had been trained. When taught to mand the pieces of the second construction task, he demonstrated the emergence of tacts. These results were consistent with Petursdottir et al. in the demonstration of functional interdependence, however, the transfer was even more reliable even though the participants were developmentally delayed. IOA was collected on at least 46% of sessions and agreement was greater than 99%.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Intensive Early Intervention: Organizational Design, Evaluation and Management of Comprehensive Systems in Diverse International Locations
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Continental B
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The applied behavior analysis of Intensive Early Intervention for children with autism is conducted at many different levels of resolution. All levels of ABA are necessary to effectively manage the best possible outcomes for the greatest number of children. In order to build a sustainable program, numerous issues in accountability and management must be addressed. This symposium will present the results of four different organized systems for delivering and managing treatment efficacy. The management procedures of the organizations will include the molecular levels of ABA (single-subject analyses of all facets of treatment; component and package analyses of all facets of treatment; analysis of maintenance of treatment effects; analysis of the limits of generality of the treatment); the intermediate analysis of staff training, parent training, consumer responsiveness, and the organizational management necessary to sustain the treatment; and long-term traditional epidemiological analyses of consumer validity, cost-effectiveness and social validity to provide overall guidance to organizational design. Cultural and language issues will also be addressed. Current results of these organized systems will be presented.

 
St. Amant Applied Behavior Analysis Program: Publicly-Funded Centralized Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention.
DANIELA FAZZIO (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Angela Cornick (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: The St. Amant ABA Program Preschool Services has operated since September 2002, serving 58 children in a home-based model (36 weekly hours, one-to-one, 3 years) funded by the Province of Manitoba to eligible children (diagnosis of Autism, Autism Spectrum Disorder, Asperger’s Syndrome, and PDD-NOS, under 5-years-old at intake, resident of Manitoba). Transition to group settings with program staff is planned based on client characteristics and school entry approach. The Program adopted the ABLLS® as a curriculum guide and evaluates group outcomes yearly (normative and criterion assessments of development, language, cognitive, adaptive skills and challenging behaviors, discrimination abilities, autism characteristics, and ABLLS skill acquisition.) Treatment is based on ABA principles and procedures with emphasis on discrete- trials teaching, is designed and supervised by ABA consultants (caseloads of 8) with graduate training in behavior analysis. Procedures are individualized, based on a standard package for skill acquisition and functional assessment and communication training for behavior problem reduction. Senior yutors (caseload of 4 clients) assist in training and supervision of tutors (caseloads of 2 clients) and parents, data collection (trial-by-trial) and summary. Overall supervision is provided by BCBA and licensed psychologist.
 
Meeting the Challenge of Organizational Development in Diverse Language and Cultural Contexts in Spain.
VICTOR RODRIGUEZ GARCIA (Fundacion Planeta Imaginario), Melissa J. Gard (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: One of the challenges in replicating Lovaas’ 1987 outcome study is to translate the methods and evaluation procedures into other languages. This presentation will describe the organization and results of a privately-funded clinical intervention program in Catalonia, Spain, where there are actually two very different languages in predominance. This organization has been in the process of development for 14 years, and has met several challenges required to translate social and language norms, methods, and measurements into these other languages and cultures. In addition, the need for developing a comprehensive organization, in the face of little to no formal funding have also been addressed. Critical demands for treatment integrity will be reviewed, as well as systems that are being developed to meet these demands. The overall organizational design will be presented, as well as direct clinical data on short-term gains made by children in the program. The presentation will conclude with a focus on the directions of further development.
 
From Zero to 300: Development of a Comprehensive Preschool Intervention Program from “Scratch” in the Province of New Brunswick.
PAUL M. MCDONNELL (University of New Brunswick), Barbara D’Entremont (University of New Brunswick), Amanda Morgan (University of New Brunswick)
Abstract: This presentation describes the establishment of a preschool intervention in a largely rural Canadian province. When the initiative first began, there were virtually no services and no trained therapists or Clinical Supervisors anywhere within the province. After four years, there are now more than 300 trained therapists working throughout the province. The process of how supervisors and therapists were trained and how services were delivered on a province-wide basis is discussed. Special challenges included delivery of services in New Brunswick’s two official languages (French and English), delivery of services to First Nations children, and delivery of services to rural settings. Furthermore, a sample of outcomes from our first year of the province wide intervention is described. These data allow for the comparison of children in day care settings receiving eclectic programs with children in intensive behavior intervention. Finally, current initiatives to extend intervention services to school-aged children are examined.
 
Organization and Evaluation of a Responsive, Quality-Focused System for the Delivery of Intensive Early Intervention.
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kara L. Riedesel (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: The need for responsible accountability to consumer and stakeholder interests is paramount in the design of a sustainable intensive early intervention effort. This presentation will report the results of 13 years of effort in designing a comprehensive clinical management system for intensive early intervention. Given the authors’ direct participation in long-term early intervention research over a period of 25 years, the presentation will review the major challenges to treatment integrity and the management and evaluation systems put in place to address these challenges. The critical needs for organizational management and the methods and results of the organizational system across 238 children will be presented. The presentation will summarize the integration of single-subject analyses of the treatment of individual children, with the clinical system, which is designed to ensure the highest rate of best outcomes. The comprehensive clinical management system will be presented as it is designed to assure both consumers and stakeholders that the optimum services are being delivered to each child, and that the organizational capacity is being developed to increase the number of children who are effectively served. The current results will be described as will recommendations for standard accountability procedures for early intervention.
 
 
Symposium #73
CE Offered: BACB
The Educational Gap: One Bridge Built
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
4D
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present four papers describing publicly-funded regular education classes based entirely on teaching as applied behavior analysis for grades 1, 2 and 3 (CABAS Accelerated Independent Learner Model for regular education). We identify the components of the model and the outcomes according to standardized tests and direct measures of achievement of educational standards. Paper 1 describes the outcomes for children in the class that has received the model for 2 years (mean grade equivalent 4.43, 84th percentile nationally). The outcomes for this class are presented by percentage of students in the class according to demographics: 23% English as second language (performed 3 years above grade level), 23% autism diagnoses (grade level to 2 years above grade level), 35% minorities (4 years above grade level), free lunch 42% (4 years above grade level), and 23% middle and upper middle class with none of the other demographic classifications (6 years above grade level). The second and third papers catalogue the tactics and curricula, verbal developmental interventions for different grade levels. The fourth paper catalogues components that resulted in academically successful inclusion for children with autism.

 
Post Second Grade Outcomes of the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model.
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College), Denise O'Sullivan (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We present the grade equivalences and national percentiles of the Terra Nova Achievement Test scores for 2nd grade students in a regular education Accelerated Independent Learner class. The class as a whole performed at the 4th grade level. Inclusion students with autism performed at the third grade level, English as second language students performed at the 5th grade, low SES students and ethnic students performed at the 6th grade level, and upper middle class students performed at the 8th grade level. We also present the students’ mastery of educational standards, acquisition of naming as a developmental cusp, observational learning capabilities, and the numbers of learn units.
 
Tactics, Developmental Protocols and Curricula Used in the First and Second Grade Class.
KARLA WEIGAND (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College), Joan A. Broto (Columbia University Teachers College), Mika Fas (Columbia University Teachers College), Elisabeth L. Kracher (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We describe the research-based tactics used in the first and second grades according to the most common tactics and the tactics used for learning problems by various children. We also describe the functional curricular components and the structural components built around international educational standards. Finally we describe the developmental protocols used to induce new learning and verbal capabilities that allowed the children to learn what they could not before and how to learn in ways they could not before.
 
Continuing to Accelerate Independent Learning in the Third Grade.
KIMBERLY M. LAKE (Columbia University Teachers College), Marisa Savard (Columbia University Teachers College), Anusha Subramanyam (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We describe the tactics, verbal development protocols, and curricula that were used as we continued the children in the third grade. In this year we emphasize writing and learning by exposure building on the students' naming capabilities.
 
The Identification of Components of Successful Inclusion for Children with Autism.
JANET C. SOLORZANO-CORREIA (Columbia University Teachers College), Karla A. Mondello (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We shall describe the verbal developmental capabilities, observational learning capabilities, and academic prerequisites that were associated with the successful inclusion of the students with autism in the Accelerated Independent Learner classroom. The children were prepared for the inclusion class by receiving instruction in a CABAS self-contained class for one or more years (i.e., preschool and kindergarten). Some developmental capabilities were induced prior to inclusion while some were done during inclusion. All of the children had strong reading, math, or reading and math that they were taught prior to their inclusion. The effectiveness of scientific protocols to induce certain verbal developmental capabilities appears to predict some aspects of effective inclusion.
 
 
Paper Session #74
International Paper Session - Observing and Conditioned Reinforcement
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Metra
Area: EAB
Chair: Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas & Texas Department of Ag)
 
Observing and Attending in a Delayed Matching-to-Sample Preparation in Pigeons.
Domain: Basic Research
BRYAN S. LOVELACE (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Pigeons worked in a titrating delay match-to-sample procedure (TDMTS) in which correct comparison selections increased the delay between sample offset and comparison onset and incorrect comparison selections decreased that delay. These procedures hold accuracy constant while allowing the retention interval to change dynamically and provide a more sensitive measure of the effects of manipulations that influence short term remembering. Prior research in our lab has shown that the adjusted stable value of the retention interval is a curvilinear function of the observing response requirement. The current study examined the effect of the distribution and predictability of observing response requirements on adjusted retention interval values. The data show that unpredictable observing response requirements were more effective in attenuating the deleterious effects of delay on matching accuracy. The data have implications for our understanding of attending and encoding in performances that involve remembering over short temporal durations.
 
Temporal Location of Food and Stimulus Removal in Observing Procedures with an Added Clock.
Domain: Basic Research
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
 
Abstract: The function of stimuli associated with successive periods of an extinction component in observing procedures was determined in rats. A mixed schedule of reinforcement in which an extinction component averaging 60 s alternated with a 20 s reinforcement component was used. In one experiment response-independent food was delivered either at the beginning or at the end of the reinforcement component. Concurrently, each press on a second lever produced for 5 s an added-clock stimulus associated with successive 20 s subintervals of the extinction and the reinforcement components. Observing responses increased from the beginning to the end of the extinction component when food was delivered at the end of the reinforcement component and remained constant throughout the extinction component when food was delivered at the beginning of the component. In another experiment the clock stimuli were removed in successive conditions. Observing responses markedly decreased when the stimulus associated with the reinforcement component (S+) was removed and decreased to some extent when the stimuli at the end of the extinction component was removed. When only the S+ was presented observing responses decreased and remained constant throughout the extinction component. The results were interpreted in terms of higher-order conditioning.
 
Few Reinforcements of the Food-Producing Response Establishes Observing Behavior.
Domain: Basic Research
TAOKUENESHI VILLEGAS ROMERO (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
 
Abstract: In a previous study we showed that extensive preliminary training is not necessary to establish observing behavior in rats and that observing responses occur spontaneously once the food-producing response is acquired. The observing procedure consisted in a two-lever concurrent schedule. Left-lever responses produced pellets on a mixed Random Interval (RI) 8 s extinction schedule, each component lasting 32 and 64 s, respectively. Each right-lever press produced a 6 s signal different for each component of the mixed schedule. In that study, it was found that it did not matter whether the food-producing response was reinforced as few as 13 or as many as 1000 times. In the present study we asked if observing behavior would develop in three rats each exposed to the prior reinforcement of the food-producing response either 8 or 24 times on a RI 4s schedule. All six rats in the study developed observing responding within 10 sessions once the observing procedure was instated. These results not only verify that extensive preliminary training is not necessary to establish complex behavior sequences, such as that involved in observing behavior in rats, but also show that the acquisition of responding for conditioned reinforcement involves very little prior training.
 
Contingent Stimulus Presentations Determine the Effect of Infrequently Delivered Food Reinforcers.
Domain: Basic Research
NATHALIE JEANNE BOUTROS (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
 
Abstract: Response-contingent keylight illuminations and response-contingent food-deliveries were presented to pigeon subjects on a 2-alternative concurrent schedule. The left:right food reinforcer ratio and the left:right response-contingent keylight ratio were varied as was the pairing relationship between the stimuli and food. Davison and Baum (2006) conducted a very similar experiment using a rapidly changing procedure; they found that whether the response-contingent stimuli had reinforcer-like effects or not was dependent on the food-stimulus correlation and not on the pairing, or contiguity, relationship with food. Our results did not replicate Davison and Baum’s: typical reinforcer effects were found after all paired stimulus presentations regardless of the food-stimulus correlation and no obvious reinforcer-like effects were found with unpaired stimuli. However, the effect of contingent food deliveries in these conditions appeared to be a function of the food-stimulus correlation. Additionally, there appeared to be an effect after stimuli from the lean-food alternative that was not present after stimuli from the rich-food alternative. This effect seemed to be dependent on the food-stimulus correlation. The implications of these findings for the concept of conditioned reinforcement and the stimulus control of choice behaviour will be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing and Teaching Verbal Behavior in Children with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 24, 2008
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Stevens 4
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gracie Allen Beavers (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The papers in this symposium will describe methods of assessing and teaching verbal operants to children with developmental disabilities.

 
A Functional Analysis of Non-Vocal Verbal Behavior of a Young Child with Autism.
GRACIE ALLEN BEAVERS (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Erica Severtson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The functions of an American Sign Language response were experimentally evaluated with a young boy diagnosed with autism. A functional analysis procedure based on that reported by Lerman et al. (2005) was used to evaluate whether the target sign response would occur under mand, tact, mimetic, or control conditions. The target sign was observed most often in the mand and mimetic test conditions, very seldom in the tact test condition, and never in the control condition. These results support those reported by Lerman et al. and extend previous research by evaluating a non-vocal verbal response using a brief multielement arrangement with a single control condition. The implications for language assessment and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
A Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior in Children with Developmental Disabilities.
ERICA SEVERTSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Gracie Allen Beavers (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Two verbal operants (a mand and a tact) were taught to two young children with a developmental disability. The operants were taught systematically by providing a reinforcer contingent on correct responding. These operants were then assessed using a functional analysis similar to that of Lerman et al. (2005). Data yielded results affirming the validity of this assessment tool for identifying the function of language.
 
A Comparison of Tact and Echoic Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior in Children Diagnosed with Autism.
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (The Marcus Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute and Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with autism often have significant communication delays. In fact, functional language does not develop for close to 50% of children with autism (Graziano, 2002). Although numerous studies have investigated acquisition of mand and tact repertoires, relatively little research has investigated intraverbal behavior (Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006). Intraverbal behavior may include answering “Wh” questions, filling in items in a list, or having a reciprocal conversation. Past studies have shown that tact (i.e., visual) prompts (Luciano, 1986; Miguel, Petursdottir, & Carr, 2005), textual prompts (Braam & Poling, 1983), and echoic prompts (Sundberg et al., 1990; Watkins et al., 1989) result in acquisition of intraverbal behavior. One study has directly compared teaching strategies to determine which is most effective for acquisition of intraverbal behavior (Finkel & Williams, 2001). The purpose of the present study was to demonstrate the effectiveness of tact prompts, echoic prompts, and a combination of the two for teaching intraverbal behavior to three children diagnosed with autism. A multiple baseline design across targets was used to demonstrate experimental control. A trials-to-criterion design was used to compare acquisition across prompt methods. Results were idiosyncratic and suggest the need to investigate effective prompt methods during intraverbal programming on an individual basis.
 
 
Paper Session #76
Drug Effects on Behavior: Animal Models
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Inspiration Studio
Area: BPH
Chair: Dennis J. Hand (Central Michigan University)
 
Behavioral Effects of Cannabinoid Drugs on the Reinforcing Properties of Food in Rats.
Domain: Applied Research
ALEXA A. WAKLEY (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University), Becky Lynn Hansis-O'Neill (Idaho State University)
 
Abstract: Gestational food restriction (GFR) has been shown to cause obesity, by programming the neuroendocrine system in a manner that increases food intake. To extend the findings on GFR, we investigated how behavioral choice for food is affected by acute exposure to cannabinoid drugs, (a drug class that affects the reinforcing properties of food) in GFR offspring. Subjects included offspring of dams that were food deprived by 0% or 45% - 50% of their free-feeding intake from days 1-18 of gestation. As adults, the offspring were tested using a progressive-ratio schedule of sucrose food reinforcement. Then, injections of 2-AG (0.03-3.75mg/kg), and SR141716 (0.3-10.0mg/kg), a cannabinoid agonist and antagonist respectively, as well as scopolamine (1.0-10.0mg/kg; a negative control), were administered. Results show 2-AG dose-dependently increased breakpoints for sucrose; SR141716 dose-dependently reduced breakpoints. While scopolamine increased breakpoints as well, this was due to a motor effect that was present in a no-food delivery condition. A group difference in sensitivity to these drugs was not found, however the results from this study are the first to show behavioral effects of the endogenous cannabinoid, 2-AG, on the reinforcing properties of food. Moreover, SR141716’s effects on progressive-ratio schedules were replicated.
 
Strain Differences in the Effects of d-Amphetamine on Impulsive Choice.
Domain: Applied Research
DENNIS J. HAND (Central Michigan University), Aaron R. Arbogast (Central Michigan University), Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is often characterized by impulsivity, a relative intolerance to reinforcer delay, which may be inferred from choice situations that juxtapose immediate and delayed reinforcers. A rodent model of ADHD, the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR), has been shown to be useful in that rats from the strain prefer smaller, immediate reinforcers over larger, delayed ones. The present study attempts to pharmacologically validate the SHR model of ADHD by examining the effects of d-amphetamine (Dexedrine®), a psychomotor stimulant commonly prescribed for ADHD, on impulsivity. d-Amphetamine was predicted to increase self-control in SHRs and have no effect on choice in their progenitor strain, Wistar Kyoto (WKY). All rats made choices between one food pellet delivered immediately (impulsive choice) or three pellets after a delay of 0, 3 and 12 seconds (self-control choice). d-Amphetamine had no systematic effect on choice for the SHRs under any dose or delay, however it dose-dependently increased choices for the small/immediate reinforcer, increased response latency and decreased the number of choices made at the 12-s delay for the WKYs. Implications for pharmacotherapuetic interventions and the SHR model of ADHD will be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #77
International Paper Session - Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Difficult Cases
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Boulevard C
Area: CBM
Chair: Susan Elizabeth Clarke (Dorset HealthCare NHS Foundation Trust, Bournemouth University)
 
Adolescent Self-Mutilating Behaviors: The Role of Experiential Avoidance.
Domain: Applied Research
LAURA HOWE-MARTIN (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Adcock (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas), Charles Guarnaccia (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Repetitive self-mutilation (RSM) is defined as direct, socially unacceptable, repetitive behavior that causes mild to moderate physical injury. This behavior has become increasingly prevalent among adolescents. The purpose of the current study was to explore the utility of the Experiential Avoidance Model (EAM; Chapman, Gratz, & Brown, 2006) for explaining the functional nature of adolescent RSM behaviors. The EAM proposes that self-mutilation is one in a class of functionally equivalent behaviors used to facilitate avoidance of unwanted internal experiences. Anonymous questionnaires were administered to a community sample of adolescents (N = 211) ages 13 to 18, to assess self-mutilation behaviors, psychological distress, functionally equivalent behaviors, exposure to self-mutilation in social contexts, and various forms of experiential avoidance. Results indicated that approximately 1/3 of the participants reported engaging in self-mutilation at least once, and that 16% of all participants reported engaging in this behavior repeatedly and recently. Empirical findings generally upheld the underlying tenets of the EAM, with the exception that some findings did not generalize to male adolescents. This is consistent with some literature that indicates sex differences in self-mutilation behaviors and correlates among community samples of adolescents. Limitations, clinical applications, and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
An RCT Comparison of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Treatment as Usual for Treatment Resistant Clients.
Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN ELIZABETH CLARKE (Dorset HealthCare NHS Foundation Trust, Bournemouth University), Jessica Kingston (University of Southampton), Bob Remington (University of Southampton)
 
Abstract: Comprised of generic processes, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is thought to have diverse applicability to chronic, multiply disordered clients who – despite carrying different diagnosis - share a tendency to avoid their unwanted private experience (Kohlenberg, Hayes & Tsai, 1993). We describe a randomized control comparison of an ACT group with a TAU group, which drew heavily on CBT (Beck, 2005). Both groups ran for 16 weeks and included participants who had attended at least one previous therapeutic intervention that lasted 8+ sessions. Exclusion criteria included a current eating disorder, self-harming behavior, substance dependency, psychosis or learning disability. Participants (N=40) completed the SCID-II, BDI, STAI, SCL-90, and the AAQ before and after the intervention and at a 6-month follow up. All had Axis I presentations and N = 14 were personality disordered. Preliminary results suggest that both groups show reliable reductions in depression, anxiety and global symptom severity (Truax & Jacobson, 1991). Some changes in personality syndromes were also observed. These data demonstrate the utility of ACT for reducing Axis I and Axis II symptomatology, and its successful delivery to a trans-diagnostic group. Six-month follow up data are currently being collected and will be available for the conference.
 
 
 
Panel #78
Roadmap to Convention Events of Interest to Clinical Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Boulevard B
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno)
THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno)
AMY MURRELL (University of North Texas)
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The presenters will be describing to attendees the convention events that are of direct relevance to Clinical Behavior Analysis. We will begin by describing events that address treatment, assessment, and philosophical issues in CBA. We will then review convention events that focus on more basic research issues (including animal research) that should be of interest to clinicians. This presentation involves the collaboration of the members of the Clinical Behavior Analysis SIG as a community service project. ABA members with primary interests in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior domain will also have the opportunity to learn about the clinical relevance of their work by attending this session.
 
 
Paper Session #79
The Search for an Effective Clinical Behavior Analysis: The Nonlinear Thinking of Israel Goldiamond
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Boulevard A
Area: CBM
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
The Search for an Effective Clinical Behavior Analysis: The Nonlinear Thinking of Israel Goldiamond 1950–1968.
Domain: Applied Research
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout)
 
Abstract: In his over 40 years of work, Israel Goldiamond developed a sophisticated and comprehensive approach to solving problems of clinical, social, and societal importance. The approach has shown to be effective in analyzing apparently paradoxical patterns found at each level of analysis. As a result of his continuous investigation, Goldiamond was able to provide an effective behavior analysis framework for understanding human behavioral complexity. He provided groundbreaking insights into the how nonlinear consequential relations can be extended to provide a much more complete understanding of stimulus and response classes, verbal behavior and metaphor, perception, emotions, and disturbing behavior, among others. His approach has been used to successfully treat individuals from almost all diagnostic categories, to analyze institutional behavior, to provide a more comprehensive view of informed consent, and to provide a means of more fully understanding coercion and freedom. This presentation will chronicle the search undertaken by Goldiamond, and the amazing series of experiments and clinical research findings that eventually led to his powerful “systemic” as well as “topical” interventions. The experimental and conceptual basis for the approach will be traced from its beginnings in the 1950’s to 1968 when he returned to the University of Chicago.
 
The Search for an Effective Clinical Behavior Analysis: The Nonlinear Thinking of Israel Goldiamond 1968–1988.
Domain: Applied Research
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout)
 
Abstract: This presentation extends the presentation began in Part I and chronicles Goldiamond’s continued search to understand behavioral complexity once he arrives at the University of Chicago in 1968 until his retirement in the late 1980’s. It was at Chicago that Goldiamond formalized his constructional approach, nonlinear analysis, and systemic as well as topical interventions. The paper will focus on the process and observations made by Goldiamond and his students during that period, including his use of the animal laboratory as well as the clinic in developing his approach. Goldiamond was able to demonstrate that complex behavior, including disturbing patterns of clinical and social interest, can be understood as the adaptive outcome of a contingent consequential history that takes into account alternative sets of contingencies and their interaction. He was able to show that when alternative sets of contingencies are not overlooked, hypothetical self-talk, emotional avoidance, private rules or misrules, or other inner or mentalistic variables, which may be recruited to explain complex behavior, are not required and may, indeed, be problematic.
 
 
 
Panel #80
CE Offered: BACB
Living with the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Professional Conduct: How to Handle Everyday Ethical Challenges
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Stevens 1
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James M. Johnston, Ph.D.
Chair: James M. Johnston (Auburn University)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University, BMC, FABA)
GINA GREEN (San Diego State University)
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech.)
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

The BACB Guidelines for Responsible Professional Conduct by Behavior Analysts represent a comprehensive and high set of ethical standards for practitioners. Many professionals encounter ethical conflicts in their efforts to abide by these guidelines or are at least familiar with such conflicts in the actions of others. Panel members will discuss challenging ethical situations they have dealt with and discuss situations posed by members of the audience.

 
 
Special Event #81
CE Offered: BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Mining Wolframs A New Kind of Science
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Stevens 5
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack J. McDowell, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
Presenting Authors: : JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract:

Stephen Wolframs massive self-published tome, A new kind of science, has been criticized by various reviewers as overwrought, repetitive, egocentric, insufficiently documented, megalomaniacal, too Mathematica-focused, nothing new, self-indulgent, the raving of a crackpot, and false. Whether or not one wishes to believe Wolframs occasional extravagant claims, such as that continuity and motion in the physical world are illusions, or that the universe is a simple computer program, his manic but endlessly fascinating 6 lb behemoth of a book is a treasure trove of mathematical and computational ideas and techniques that is well worth mining for its possible relevance to problems in quantitative behavior analysis. Wolframs point of departure is that complex behavior can be produced by the repeated application of simple rules (nothing new); the rest of the book is a rococo elaboration of this theme. From cellular automata and Turing machines to iterated function systems and prime number sequences, there is enough raw material in this volume to keep a scientific miner digging and happy for a long time. In this tutorial I will discuss some of the raw material I have mined from Wolframs book that might be of interest to quantitative behavior analysts, with a special focus on cellular automata.

 
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Dr. Jack J. McDowell earned an A.B. in Psychology from Yale University in 1972 and a Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1979 under the mentorship of Dr. Howard Rachlin. He joined the faculty of Emory University in 1979 where he is currently Professor of Psychology. Dr. McDowell’s research has focused on mathematical and computational theories of behavior, including formal mathematical work, experimental work with rats, pigeons and humans, and computer experiments with virtual organisms. Much of Dr. McDowell’s experimental work has involved tests of matching theory, the results of which recently led him to argue that the traditional version of matching theory is false, and should be replaced by a revamped, modern, version. Most recently Dr. McDowell proposed a computational model of selection by consequences that instantiates the idea that behavior evolves in response to selection pressure from the environment in the form of reinforcement. Computer experiments show that this evolutionary dynamics produces steady-state behavior consistent with the modern version of matching theory. Dr. McDowell’s experience with and expertise in mathematical and computational techniques makes him uniquely qualified to evaluate Wolfram’s work.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #82

The Behavioral Research Program at the National Cancer Institute: A Resource for the Scientific Study of Behavior

Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Stevens 2
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas)
PAIGE A. MCDONALD (National Institute of Health/National Cancer Institute)
Dr. Paige McDonald is chief of the Basic and Biobehavioral Research Branch of the Behavioral Research Program in the Division of Cancer Control and Population Sciences at the National Cancer Institute (NCI). A program director since joining NCI in 2001, Dr. McDonald has cultivated the growth of the branch’s research portfolio, focused on elucidating biological mechanisms of psychosocial effects on health and disease. Prior to joining the NCI, Dr. McDonald was a research psychologist at Howard University Cancer Center (HUCC) and a faculty member in the Department of Medicine at Howard University College of Medicine. Her research interests included stress and immunity within a cancer risk context, the influence of behavioral factors on breast cancer risk and survival, and the perceptions and knowledge of breast cancer and early detection behaviors among women residing in public housing. Dr. McDonald received her undergraduate degree in Psychology and her doctorate in Clinical Psychology from the University of Miami in Coral Gables, Florida. Her doctoral training included an emphasis on behavioral medicine and psychophysiology within the context of cardiovascular disease. Dr. McDonald completed her clinical psychology internship, with specialization in health psychology, at the Brown University Clinical Psychology Internship Consortium and postdoctoral fellowships at the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and the HUCC. In 2005, she received a Master of Public Health degree form Bloomberg School of Public Health at Johns Hopkins University.
Abstract:

The Behavioral Research Program (BRP) initiates, supports, and evaluates a comprehensive program of behavioral research ranging from basic behavioral research to research on the development, testing, and dissemination of disease prevention and health promotion interventions in areas such as tobacco use, screening, dietary behavior, and sun protection. Our goal is to increase the breadth, depth, and quality of cancer prevention and control behavioral science. Dr. Paige McDonald will present the scientific mission of the program, highlight research priorities, and discuss funding opportunities for the scientific study of behavior in a cancer control and population science context.

Target Audience:

N/a

Learning Objectives: N/a
 
 
Panel #83
Implementing an Effective Multi-Tiered Reading Program as Part of Response to Intervention
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Williford C
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: William Bursuck (University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
WILLIAM BURSUCK (University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
MARY DAMER (The Ohio State University)
GRETCHEN SMALLWOOD (University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
Abstract: IDEA 2004 and its 2006 regulations offer states the option of using a Response to Intervention (RTI) approach to identify students with learning disabilities. RTI’s success rests on the assumption that districts have a well- functioning system of multi-tiered instruction in place including (1) a continuum of evidence-based teaching practices; (2) a valid system of curriculum-based assessments to screen students for potential problems, monitor their response to instruction, and place them into appropriate instructional tiers; and (3) a system of professional development that assures fidelityf implementation. The purpose of this panel discussion will be to present recommendations for implementing each of these three components of multi-tiered reading. The recommendations are based on over six years of experience in two large urban school districts. As a result of the panel, participants will be able to (1) identify the successful components of the multi-tier approach, (2) recognize the magnitude of district-wide system change required for sustainability, (3) determine how and why planning a multi-tier reading model in high-poverty schools requires different resources and strategies, (4) avoid pitfalls encountered when implementing multi-tiered instruction, and (5) recognize unresolved issues and share how two school districts resolved these issues.
 
 
Paper Session #84
Applying Precision Teaching in Public and Private School Settings
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Williford B
Area: EDC
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Academy for Precision Learning)
 
Becoming a Precision Teaching Program in a Public Agency.
Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. SWATSKY (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
 
Abstract: Stanislaus County Office of Education's Autism Inclusion Program is becoming a precision teaching program. The paper will discuss the steps taken to do so. The paper will also present data on increasing the number of standard celeration charts and the number of chart-based decisions. This paper will use Carl Binder's 6 boxes to analyze the entire process.
 
The Academy for Precision Learning: Helping Kids Reach Their Full Potential with Applied Behavior Analysis.
Domain: Applied Research
ALISON L. MOORS (Academy for Precision Learning), Susan K. Malmquist (Private Practice)
 
Abstract: The Academy for Precision Learning is a private, non-profit elementary program focused on applying the teaching technologies derived from the field of applied behavior analysis to an inclusive student population. With a special emphasis on Precision Teaching data collection procedures, APL meshes the state standards and benchmarks for grade level content areas with empirically validated curriculum and analytic individualization for each learner. This paper will illustrate the academic and social progress data from APL students, as well as the school’s behavior analytic approach to staff training and creating the infrastructure of a new school.
 
 
 
Symposium #85
Lessons Learned on the Tenure Track
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
4A
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Barbara A. Metzger (Sam Houston State University)
Discussant: Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract: This session is designed for beginning faculty on the tenure track who are interested in practical strategies for surviving and progressing through the tenure process. Recommendations for collaboration; the mentoring process; fighting the immediate contingencies of teaching and service vs. the delayed ones of research, writing, and publication; social contingencies; and finding balance between personal and professional demands will be addressed.
 
Tenure in Texas: Survival Strategies.
BARBARA A. METZGER (Sam Houston State University), Vicky Spencer (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract: How do you balance the need for having a life and the demands of tenure? Is it possible to get everything done that needs to be done? We will share our different approaches to finding balance between personal and professional responsibilities. We will share advice that has been passed on to us by experienced faculty as well as a share strategies that have worked for us including: finding a writing partner, scheduling a regular writing meeting, meeting social demands, avoiding becoming a member of the chronically discontent club, and discovering the unwritten rules to tenure.
 
The Tenure Track at University of North Carolina, Wilmington: Life in the Fast Lanes (Teaching, Research, and Service).
RUTH M. HURST (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: University of North Carolina, Wilmington has a growing psychology department and has recently added a masters level concentration in applied behavior analysis that has received BACB approval for both coursework and intensive practicum experience required for BCBA examination. Accordingly, UNCW has recently hired three behavior analysis faculty members. As UNCW tenure-track psychology faculty members, we are mentored by senior faculty and evaluated annually on three different dimensions: teaching, research, and service. The evaluative dimensions will be defined and discussed. Further, the tenure process and expectations will be briefly reviewed. The bulk of the presentation will be spent identifying and discussing strategies that appear helpful to the success of tenure-track faculty.
 
Building Research for Tenure at a Research-Oriented University.
YA-YU LO (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: Excellence in three distinct areas of teaching, research, and service is equally essential for tenure and promotion. However, evidence in research activities such as publications, presentations, and grant writing may become a major determining factor in tenure decisions, especially in research-oriented institutions. The presenters will share strategies and tips in establishing ongoing research activities, including but not limited to participating in research teams, supervising student-initiated research, and collaborating with colleagues and local schools.
 
 
Panel #86
International Panel - From Academia to Corporate Mania
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Joliet
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thorhallur O. Flosason (Western Michigan University)
JOSEPH R. SASSON (MedAxiom)
LEE ROBINSON (Oldham County Council)
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Convergys Corporation)
Abstract: The panelists will discuss the challenges organizational behavior management practitioners face when transitioning from an academic setting to the workplace. They will provide advice for upcoming practitioners, give examples of specific challenges they have faced, and share experiences promoting and/or utilizing behavioral approaches in non-behavioral work settings.
 
 
Panel #87
CE Offered: BACB
Application of OBM Strategies in Service Settings for Individuals with Autism: Promoting Quality Outcomes
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marquette
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Daphna El-Roy, Ph.D.
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs)
EILEEN HOPKINS (Eden II Programs)
RANDY I. HOROWITZ (Eden II Programs)
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

The incidence of autism has increased considerably. With it, a corresponding development of programs serving individuals with autism has occurred. These programs are essential to meet the needs of the autism community, but attracting, training and retaining a qualified workforce is very difficult. In addition to the competition among programs serving individuals with autism, these agencies also compete with employment opportunities that are less stressful and less demanding than working with individuals with autism. Although empirically-based teaching techniques are used in the field of special education, few providers apply these same principles to address staff behavior change. Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), also referred to as Performance Management (PM), is the application of Applied Behavior Analysis to organizational improvement. The purpose of this panel is to address common challenges within the field of human services, and more specifically, to programs serving individuals with autism. Topics to be addressed include issues of staff retention and turnover, staff development,and quality assurance and improvement.

 
 
Paper Session #88
Practicum and Supervision Methods
Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Astoria
Area: TBA
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Intensive Practicum in the Real World: A Collaborative Approach to Pre-BCBA Supervision.
Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS P. KITCHEN (Achievement Center/Mercyhurst University), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College), Robert Gulick (Achievement Center)
 
Abstract: With the much-welcomed changes to BACB requirements with regard to supervised experience, many college and university programs who prepare students to sit for the BCBA exam are working to meet the challenges associated with providing adequate supervision to accompany coursework. This address will discuss the structure of one college’s provision of a BACB-approved Intensive Practicum program to provide seamless cohesion of coursework and supervised experience. It will also discuss the creative collaborative relationship between the college, a human service agency committed to the field, and a cohort of behavior analysts working within the community. The session will address the development and progress of this program two years into its implementation. The session attendees will hear about the obvious benefits of such a collaborative effort, as well as obstacles that required prompt resolution (some of which were significant during the initial year of implementation).
 
Competency Based BACB Supervision.
Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Since the inception of the BACB, behavior analysts have become board certified through an application process requiring specific coursework, supervision by other qualified practitioners, and successfully passing a standardized exam. In the last few years, however, these requirements have tightened, requiring more coursework and cleaner measure of supervision time from the applicant. Yet, a common criticism of BACB certification is the requirement for practical supervision. For a while, the only requirement was a signature attesting that the applicant had indeed been supervised for a specific amount of time. Now, there is a form to fill out for each session of supervision on which the supervisor selects the area that was supervised at that meeting. It is our desire to take this one step further – require that supervision be more competency based, a criterion we tout as a hallmark of good training. In this paper, we investigate how to create and implement such a model for which supervision can be done and competency can be assessed without becoming impractical.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #89
CE Offered: BACB

Good-bye, Teacher. . . . Forty Years Later

Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
International North
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: William F. Buskist, Ph.D.
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
WILLIAM F. BUSKIST (Auburn University)
Dr. William Buskist is the Distinguished Professor in the Teaching of Psychology at Auburn University and a Faculty Fellow at Auburn’s Biggio Center for the Enhancement of Teaching and Learning. In his 25 years at Auburn, he has taught over 32,000 undergraduates, mostly in large sections of introductory psychology. He serves as the Section Editor for The Generalist’s Corner section of Teaching of Psychology and as a member of the National Institute on the Teaching of Psychology (NITOP) planning committee. Together with Steve Davis, he has edited two volumes on the teaching of psychology: The Teaching of Psychology: Essays in Honor of Wilbert J. McKeachie and Charles L. Brewer (Erlbaum, 2003) and The Handbook of the Teaching of Psychology (Blackwell, 2005) and together with Barry Perlman and Lee McCann, he has edited Voices of Experience: Memorable Talks from the National Institute on the Teaching of Psychology (American Psychological Society, 2005). He has also co-edited several electronic books for the Society of the Teaching of Psychology (http://teachpsych.org/resources/e-books/e-books.php). He has published over 30 books and articles on the teaching of psychology. In 2005, he was a co-recipient (with Leanne Lamke) of Auburn University’s highest teaching honor, The Gerald and Emily Leischuck Presidential Award for Excellence in Teaching. In addition, he was the American Psychological Association’s (APA) 2005 Harry Kirke Wolfe lecturer. He also is a recipient of the 2000 Robert S. Daniel Teaching Excellence Award from the Society of the Teaching of Psychology (STP). He is a Fellow of APA Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 2 (Society for the Teaching of Psychology). He is currently serving as President of the Society. His proudest career achievement is having five of his graduate students honored with national teaching awards.
Abstract:

Forty years ago Fred Keller published his now classic paper that introduced the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) to the teaching world. PSI, or the Keller Plan, as it is sometimes called, gained immediate widespread popularity. Indeed, college and university professors from many disciplines adopted the technique for use in their classes. Researchers published numerous articles showing PSI to be superior over traditional teaching methods in terms of student learning outcomes (i.e., final grades). Interestingly, now, in 2008, few college and university professors have ever heard of PSI, or for that matter, other forms of behavioral instruction. In this presentation, I will discuss the current state of college and university teaching against the backdrop of Keller's and others' work with behavioral approaches to college and university teaching. I will provide an overview and theoretical analysis of prevailing teaching techniques and the key elements of "master teaching" in an attempt to suggest effective practices for improving one's teaching.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #90
CE Offered: BACB

What's Voluntary about the Voluntary Operant?

Saturday, May 24, 2008
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Allen Neuringer, Ph.D.
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Dr. Allen Neuringer obtained a B.A. from Columbia University in 1962 and Ph.D. from Harvard University in 1967. He has been teaching at Reed College in Portland, Oregon since 1970 where he is currently MacArthur Professor of Psychology. He has served on numerous NSF graduate fellowship panels and NSF and NIH research study sections. Much of Dr. Neuringer's research has been in collaboration with Reed College undergraduates. His current research is directed at operant variability (for a review, see Neuringer, A. [2004]. Reinforced variability in animals and people. American Psychologist, 59, 891-906). His most recent work describes a theory of volition based upon operant variability (see Neuringer, A., Jensen, G. & Piff, P. [2007]. Stochastic matching and the voluntary nature of choice. JEAB, 88, 1-28). He has also published on self-experimentation, self-control, the "Protestant ethic effect," music discrimination in pigeons, choice under concurrent reinforcement schedules, and percentage reinforcement. His research has been supported by NSF and NIH.
Abstract:

I have long been confused by attempts to distinguish emitted operant responses from elicited Pavlovian reflexes and will describe a new theory based on control by reinforcement over levels of response variability. The theory states that a voluntary response has two defining attributes: functionality and potential unpredictability. A voluntary response is functional in the sense that it can be explained, it happens for a reason, it is goal oriented or, in behavior analytic terms, it is an operant, controlled by reinforcement. A voluntary response must also be at least potentially unpredictable (or free, self-generated, not determined). In other words, voluntary responses can be functionally unpredictable. There are two sources of that functional unpredictability: natural variability and learned variability. Natural variability is seen in baseline operant responding, during exploration of novel spaces, and under concurrent reinforcement schedules. Learned variability is seen in Karen Pryors reinforcement of novel responses in porpoises, Don Bloughs reinforcement of random interresponse times in pigeons, and reinforcement of more-or-less variable sequences that has been studied in my lab and others. I will describe psychophysical evidence in support of an operant variability theory of voluntary behavior and discuss implications for self control.

 
 
Special Event #91
Presidential Scholar's Address: Marriage, Divorce and the Family
Saturday, May 24, 2008
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
 
Presidential Scholar's Address: Marriage, Divorce and the Family
Abstract: Professor Becker's research program is founded on the idea that the behavior of an individual adheres to the same fundamental principles in a number of different areas. The same explanatory model should thus be applicable in analyzing highly diverse aspects of human behavior. His explanatory model is based on what he calls an economic approach, which he has applied to one area after another. This approach is characterized by the fact that individual agents—regardless of whether they are households, firms or other organizations—are assumed to behave rationally, i.e., purposefully, and that their behavior can be described as if they maximized a specific objective function, such as utility or wealth. Professor Becker has applied the principle of rational, optimizing behavior to areas where researchers formerly assumed that behavior is habitual and often downright irrational. His first book in 1957 explored The Economics of Discrimination. For his presentation at this year’s convention, Professor Becker will use economic analysis to explain marriage and divorce rates in the United States. Among the issues considered are the rise in divorce rates and the decline in marriage rates since the 1960's.
 
GARY S. BECKER (University of Chicago)
 
Dr. Gary S. Becker earned a BA at Princeton University and a Ph.D. in economics at the University of Chicago. Becker was a professor at Columbia University from 1957 to 1969. He now holds joint appointments with the department of economics and sociology and the graduate school of business at the University of Chicago. Professor Becker has been applying economic analysis to understand consequential behavior of social significance for over fifty years. In addition, Becker was one of the founders of the principle that education is an investment in human capital. In 1992, Professor Becker received the Nobel Prize in Economics "for having extended the domain of microeconomic analysis to a wide range of human behavior and interaction, including nonmarket behavior." He has received many other prestigious awards, including the John Bates Clark Medal of the American Economic Association, the National Medal of Science, and most recently, the Presidential Medal of Freedom.
 
 
 
Poster Session #92
#92 Poster Session (AUT)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
1. Effectiveness of a Behavioral Intervention Program for Children.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TERESA BALAWEJDER (St. Joseph's University), Lauren Spera (Behavior Analysis and Therapy Partners), Halina Dziewolska (Private Practice/Behavior Analyst Online), Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have a variety of psycho-social difficulties characterized by lack of peer interaction, communication skill deficits, problems ransitioning, and perseveration issues. These problems lead to continuing difficulty through the life span. Efficacy data for applied behavior analysis continues to emerge as a treatment option, however, little in the lines of effectiveness data has emerged. Behavior Analysis and Therapy Partners (BATP) uses a variety of behavior analytic methods to intervene with children with ASD to rectify the above stated deficits as well as emerging problem behaviors. BATP is a home- and school-based program provided through the behavioral health system in Pennsylvania. As part of our intake process, we use a multitude of assessment instruments such as the Vineland, Child Behavior Checklist, and the Grisham and Elliot Social Rating Scale. Currently this data is being analyzed for 30 children aged 3–15 currently in the program to determine the number of children who make clinically significant progress using the reliable change index. We will be reporting the outcomes for BATP children. In addition, we will report patterns which lead to predicting which children do well and which children do less well in behavioral interventions.
 
2. A University-Based Program for Training Parents of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JEROME D. ULMAN (Ball State University), Joel A. Martin (Ball State University), Tersa L. Laking (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University)
Abstract: In a free, semester-long, university-based program for parents of children with autism, an instructor and 2 graduate assistants introduced 9 participants to functional behavioral assessment, behavioral measurement, problem-solving, graphing data, behavior management, visual supports, discrete trials training, and verbal behavior training. Two-hour meetings were held weekly. Once the parents learned to measure the target behaviors each had selected, the meetings began with data sharing. Just prior to the group meeting, parents were prompted by email to submit the data they had collected that week. Using Keynote presentation software, each parent’s data were graphed and subsequently presented to the group with a data projector. The staff and parents reviewed each behavior-change project and participated in group problem-solving—supporting each participant’s efforts in improving the targeted behavior. The remainder of the meeting was devoted to teaching the parents new behavioral skills and specialized techniques for children with autism. Examples of parent projects: reducing the proportion of time talking about basketball [an obsessive interest] to total conversation time; reducing the frequency of verbally and physically aggressive acts with self-ratings of anger levels and special rewards for withdrawing from peers confrontations; and the effects of picture-exchange procedures on the frequency of manding responses.
 
3. Planning and Implementing an Interdisciplinary Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ROBYN CONLEY DOWNS (Central Washington University), Cindy K. Carroll (Children's Village)
Abstract: As the number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder continues to rise, many school districts and early intervention providers are struggling to provide appropriate services. A primary challenge to offering suitable services is the lack of training and assistance available to teachers and other providers. The Children’s Village Collaborative Classroom (CVCC) was created to help local school districts provide research-based interventions centered on principles of applied behavior analysis to students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A collaborative relationship between Central Washington University and Children’s Village, the CVCC project examines the process of partnering with local school districts and other agencies to provide research-based services for students with autism spectrum disorder. The mission of the CVCC is to provide such interventions in an interdisciplinary environment that serves as a training resource for future and current teachers, professionals, and families. The CVCC mission and core values are outlined. Planning and implementation challenges are discussed. Suggestions and implications for establishing similar programs are summarized.
 
4. Identifying the Active Ingredients in Intensive Behavioural Intervention Programs for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE L. KOUDYS (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University)
Abstract: Research demonstrates that a subset of children with autism show significant improvements following Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI), while other children demonstrate more modest gains. Given the heterogeneity of the population, variable outcomes are not unexpected. This variability is likely attributable to a combination of child, family and treatment characteristics, the impact of which remain poorly understood. Although several child and family characteristics have been linked to best outcome, research on treatment variables has focused nearly exclusively on quantitative treatment aspects, such as treatment intensity and duration. Little exploration into qualitative treatment variables associated with best outcome has occurred. Despite the lack of systematic review, several variables are commonly accepted as integral to effective behavioural programming, including highly-trained/well-supervised staff and a curriculum that is comprehensive and developmental in sequence. However, more research needs to be done to precisely identify the “active ingredients” of treatment. This poster presents the findings from an exhaustive review of the IBI literature, including a systematic analysis of efficacy and effectiveness studies conducted in the past 20 years. Treatment variables or “active ingredients” associated with best outcome are identified, as well as variables linked to less-than-optimal outcome, and recommendations for future treatment and research discussed.
 
5. Data-Based Consultation: Integrated Sites at Behavior Analysts, Inc.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KOJI TAKESHIMA (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Melissa Brown (Behavoir Analysts, Inc.), Michael Edmondson (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Heather E. Finn (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Holli Helen Henningsen Jerdes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Nissa Intarachote (Behavior Analysts Inc.), Sara L. Kuperstein (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Consultation services provide challenges for data collection due to the diversity of the consumers and settings served. This poster will describe the data collection efforts at a public agency that provides consultation services to families of children with autism and school districts who serve these children. Data will be presented for services provided in the agency’s Clinic Classrooms, Learner Profiles, and START services for parent education, and to in-home providers and to individuals who seek behavior analysis and verbal behavior services.
 
6. Manipulation of Motivating Operations to Enhance Discrimination Training with Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS).
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL KAYE (BEACON Services), David Robert Dilley (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Recent research has suggested that functional communication training is most effective in the presence of establishing or motivating operations (Brown, Wacker, Derby, Peck, Richman, Sasso, Knutson, & Harding, 2000). The present study manipulated different motivating operations, such as satiation, to determine if such effects would enhance discrimination training of various picture icons for a young child diagnosed with autism. Since the participant frequently requested food items instead of a break icon when presented with demands, it was hypothesized that requests for food actually served to avoid or escape demands. During treatment, the participant was provided free access to food to encourage satiation. Next, demands were presented and the student was taught to exchange the break icon to access a break. Results indicated that manipulating motivating operations facilitated the participant’s discrimination between the food and break icons.
 
7. Impact of ABA Instructional Intensity in Preschool Children Diagnosed with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN WOOLF (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Parents, educators, and other professionals have become concerned about the rising prevalence of autism and the services/treatments for those with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Few other medical or neuro-developmental conditions have been as fraught with controversial and unsupported treatments as ASD. The purpose of this study is to compare treatment data using the Preschool Adaptive Behavior Assessment Scale—2nd Edition (ABAS-II) of 200 preschool children diagnosed with ASD categorized according to weekly ABA treatment hours. Results indicate the most significant treatment gains for children receiving the highest intensity of weekly ABA treatment hours when compared to the medium- and low-intensity treatment groups. As a secondary outcome, the study also revealed that ABA treatment resulted in significant increases in areas related to functional academics and communication skills. Overall, the data suggest that early and highly intensive ABA weekly treatment hours result in significant gains when compared to medium- or low-intensity weekly treatment hours.
 
8. "Throw in Everything But the Kitchen Sink!" A Data Review of Effective Tactics for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANIE N. ELLIS (The Faison School for Autism), Amanda Laz (The Faison School for Autism), Kimberly Oertel (The Faison School for Autism), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison School for Autism), Nathan Habel (The Faison School for Autism), Jennifer N. Gentry (The Faison School for Autism), Sasha Yazdgerdi (The Faison School for Autism), Nikki Wilson (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: The Faison School for Autism is a publicly-funded private school located in Richmond, Virginia, dedicated to serving children diagnosed with various developmental disabilities. The Faison School encompasses Early Intervention, School-Age, and Life Skills Programs, which utilize evidence-based instruction and behavior- analytic research in developing academic goals and behavior treatment plans. The data-driven system of instruction allows student progress to be continuously reviewed and evaluated to determine if interventions are effective and if or when changes are necessary. This poster includes various data-based procedures implemented at the Faison School, demonstrating the methodology, procedure, and results of each tactic. Procedures that will be presented include strategies to evoke the capacity for sameness, the effects of competing stimuli assessment on the occurrence of self-injurious behavior, differential reinforcement of other behavior, using peer-interactive activity schedules to promote parallel and/or interactive play, speaker immersion, and the effects of establishing operations on individual programming.
 
9. The Effects of a Skill-Based Social-Skills Training Program for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA F. SMITH (Alpine Learning Group), Danielle Spinnato (DMS Behavioral Interventions), Andrea E. Gonzalez (Caldwell College), Olga M. Smilon (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: With early intensive behavioral intervention, children with autism can make great improvements in their language and adaptive skill Appropriate social skills, however, may prove more challenging to acquire. This poster outlines an ABA-based social-skills training program which targets specific social skills to be taught during small group instruction across a twenty week period. A pre- and post-test measure assessing social behavior will also be presented to determine the effectiveness of this social skills training program. Case studies will be presented to illustrate the effects of the social skills training model.
 
10. Parent Coaching for Families on the Waitlist: Parent and Child Outcomes.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ARCHANA RAJ (CW AIS, ErinOakKids), Jackie Gorven (CW AIS, ErinOakKids), Rebecca S. McEachern (CW AIS, ErinOakKids), Melissa I. Huddart-Samchek (CW AIS, ErinOakKids)
Abstract: In February 2007, Central West Autism Intervention Services (CW AIS) initiated a parent coaching pilot involving 12 families currently waitlisted for intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) services. This pilot ran until August 2007. Parent training has been shown to influence the larger family system with its potential to reduce parental stress (Koegel et al., 1996). The effect of parent coaching on parental stress while waiting to receive IBI will be presented through an analysis of pre-post scores on the Parenting Stress Index Short Form (Abidin, 1995). It has been noted (Koegel et al., 1982) that parents who participate in parent training programs report more optimism about their ability to influence their child’s development. The impact of parent coaching on parental perception of efficacy will be studied and presented through a pre-post parent survey. This survey involves a rating scale where parents rate their perceived efficacy in managing challenging behaviours, enhancing self-help skills, utilizing the basic principles of ABA, etc. The impact of parent coaching on child’s interactions with the parent will be reported using data from direct observations of parent-child interactions. As waitlists for IBI services for children with autism continue to grow, there is a need for innovative ways to address the needs of children and their families while waiting for services. Also, long-term follow-up studies could be undertaken to track the learning trajectories of the children once they come into service.
 
11. Outcomes of Behavioural Treatment at a Centre Combined with Mainstream Placement for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALISON SHARLAND (Highfield Centre), Sigmund Eldevik (Highfield Centre), J. Carl Hughes (University of Wales)
Abstract: A new model of provision has been developed for children with autism at Highfield Centre which combines behavioural intervention at the centre with part-time placement in preschool or school (depending on the child's age). The Highfield Centre trains and certifies all staff involved in treatment. The children typically follow ca 40 hours a week , and it is individually determined how much time should be spent on working with targets in school and at the centre each week. Effects of this model were evaluated using a pre-post test design. Participants were four children who had been diagnosed with autism and attended Highfield Centre. Outcome data after one year of treatment are presented.
 
12. R.E.A.C.H.: A Transdisciplinary Public School Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARY D. SALMON (Columbus R.E.A.C.H. Program)
Abstract: R.E.A.C.H. is a comprehensive public school program based on best practices for students with autism. Through collaboration and expanding roles across service boundaries, children and families benefit from integrated services. Environments are designed to foster optimal growth across domains by capitalizing on students’ strengths while supporting the unique learning and behavior challenges of individuals with ASD. Carryover between school and home is an important part of this program. Parents benefit from frequent home visits, parent training, and assistance with implementing IEP goals in the home.
 
13. An Exploratory Outcome Study of Intensive Behavioral Intervention on Children and their Parents.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNICK LEBEAU (CRDI-ME), Annie Durand (CRDI-ME), Martine Michaud (CRDI-ME)
Abstract: The CRDI-ME is a public health and social services agency operating on the southern suburb of Montreal. Its mission is to provide developmental, rehabilitation, and social integration services to persons with intellectual disabilities and pervasive developmental disorders, as well as support services for their families. The centre has been offering Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) services to toddlers and preschoolers (generally between the ages of two and five) with autism spectrum disorders since 2003. These services mainly include discrete trial training and incidental teaching based programs, and support to families and daycare centres. This outcome study examines the progress made by the children (n = 33) as measured by the Psychoeducational Profile-Revised (PEP-R), as well as the results obtained from the parents on the Parental Stress Index (n = 28) before and after their child’s IBI treatment. Some children received between 15 and 20 hours of direct intervention per week (n = 24), while others were enrolled for 7 to 10 hours per week (n = 9). These results are compared with those obtained by children whose parents received one hour of educator support per week (n = 8). Although exploratory, these results highlight the importance of the intensity and duration of the treatment. Furthermore, the results suggest a positive impact on the stress level of the parents, particularly the mothers. The CRDI-ME pursues its research, examining the impact of the number of hours of intervention, the duration of the service and the precocity of the programs, as well as the possible identification of predictive data on the efficiency of treatments.
 
14. Evaluating Outcomes of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders through Data-Based Decision Making.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KELLY L. HYDE (Accountability Solutions, LLC), Kathy L. Gould (Illinois Autism Training and Technical Assistance Project)
Abstract: This poster session will provide information and data to support the efficacy of the Focus Family Support for Autism Spectrum Disorders (FFSASD) of the Illinois Autism/Pervasive Developmental Disorders Training and Technical Assistance Proje (IATTAP), a technical assistance center of the Illinois State Board of Education. This program employs an applied evaluation method that emphasizes user-friendly, data-driven decision making to improve outcomes for families with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. In FY 2006-2007 school year, IATTAP provided supports and services to 46 families with children with ASD throughout the state of Illinois through its FFSASD process, a combination of positive behavior supports and family-centered planning. Of the 46 families, 35 were enrolled in the SIMEO (Systematic Information Management of Educational Outcomes) online evaluation system for extensive tracking of demographic, educational and behavioral outcomes. Findings will be presented from the repeated measures applied evaluation process and how these data are used by the Focus Family Facilitators to drive decision making and change in-team meetings with families of children with ASD. FY2007 Evaluation-finding areas include general- and specifically-targeted behavioral functioning, classroom behavioral functioning, training in the home, school and community, family quality of life and individual family stressors.
 
15. The Effects of Chelation on Individual Therapy Data: Two Case Studies.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Scott Braud (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Biomedical interventions for children with autism have become more common. Biomedical intervention may include diet modifications, the addition of nutritional supplements, and chelation therapy. Chelation therapy is the administration of chelating agents to remove heavy metals from the body. Seventy-five percent of families who tried chelation therapy reported that their children respond positively. However, clinical data may suggest otherwise. Therefore, individual therapy data for two children with autism were analyzed before and after chelation therapy. Both children were receiving a minimum of 10 hours of ABA therapy per week. Data for targeted instructional behaviors (e.g., skill acquisition) and targeted challenging behaviors will be presented.
 
16. An Evaluation of the Effects of Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy on the Behavior of a Young Female with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUZANNAH J. FERRAIOLI (Rutgers University), Ryan Madigan (Rutgers University), David Kieval (Rutgers University), Nathan Lambright (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract: In recent years, several non-behavioral treatments for autism have emerged. Many of these interventions persist in the absence of any empirical data to support (or contraindicate) their use. In addition, few empirical procedures have been proposed to evaluate the effectiveness of these interventions. One such non-behavioral intervention is Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy. There have been several anecdotal reports that hyperbaric chambers may improve the symptoms of autism, however, the empirical data to support its use is sparse. In the current investigation, the effects of hyperbaric oxygen on communication, eye contact, stereotypy, and on task behavior were evaluated in the context of a reversal design (one week on, one week off over the course of eight weeks). The results indicated that the hyperbaric oxygen appeared to have no effect on any of the core symptoms of autism for this participant. Results are discussed in terms of the need for critical evaluation of non traditional treatments for autism and the need for individualized assessments to determine if different learners respond differently to these treatments.
 
17. Tracking Individual Outcomes Through a Statewide Family-Focus Project.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STACEY BOCK (Illinois State University), Nichelle A. Kempel (Illinois State University)
Abstract: The Illinois Autism/PDD Training and Technical Assistance Project, an Illinois State Board of Education initiative, provides services and supports to families and schools to facilitate change in the lives of children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. The purpose of this poster presentation is to overview the process of systematic, outcomes-based intervention planning as it relates to this state-wide, family-focused project. More specifically, to overview the data system and the process for decision making and program planning. Teams are formed with school, family and community members using the MAPS and PATH processes. From these person-centered approaches an action plan is developed and implemented based upon the baseline assessment of the child and family needs. Data are collected at 89 day intervals on multiple variables including risk factors, behavioral intensity, family stressors and individual educational outcomes. These variables include the domains of the home, school and community settings. The overall goal of this data-driven decision-making process is to build a system of support that thoughtfully and systematically addresses the individual child and family needs.
 
18. Predictors of Curriculum Progress in Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children with Autism: Building from Single-Subject Data to Group Analyses.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN D HOCH (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Jacqueline M. Harth (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), James E. O'Neill (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Nancy G. Schussler (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.)
Abstract: Intensive Behavioral Intervention language programs rely on individual data for clinical decision making, but rarely build from single-subject data to identify traits that predict response to intervention. This study used frequency counts of programs completed at six month intervals from N=45 clients to determine whether the rate of learning remained stable. Through Linear Mixed Modeling statistical procedures, the relative importance of child learning patterns and trait variables on this rate of progress was examined. Trait moderator variables included age at program entry, initial language ability, and diagnostic variables. Clients were categorized into those who had completed the language program successfully (graduates), those currently in the language program, and those who had moved into a transitional life-skills program. Of clinical interest, results showed that progress was stable over time for all groups which may aid in prediction of individual learning trajectories. Additionally, age at program entry was not a significant predictor of progress. Clinical utility of the findings and questions for future outcomes research are discussed.
 
19. Social Outcome Model for Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARILYN K. BONEM (Eastern Michigan University), Renee Lajiness-O'Neil (Eastern Michigan University), Zina A. Eluri (Eastern Michigan University), Christopher E. Lothamer (Eastern Michigan University), Britta L. Fiksdal (Eastern Michigan University), Tamara L. Pawich (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The behavior analytic literature contains ample evidence that any behavior associated with autism can be changed, although there are obvious limitations to the extent that change can be accomplished. However, to date, there is limited empirical evidence as to which behaviors, if changed, would lead to the most significant social success. The current model attempts to define social success by identifying a set of socially valid outcomes which include friendships, participation in community recreational events, levels of environmental restriction and independence, and other indicators of social inclusion and engagement and to present limited evidence currently available as to which behaviors are most predictive of social success, as defined. The model also postulates that social opportunity variables correlated with both behaviors related to autism and social success outcomes might provide the link in determining which behaviors are most important to change. Existing research presenting correlations between behavior symptoms and social opportunity (e.g. peer perception) and between social opportunities and social outcomes will be presented. Implications of the model for future research will be presented. Although not part of the current presentation, eventually the hope is to incorporate predictions from the neuropsychological literature as to which behaviors are most conducive to change.
 
20. The Use of a Standardized Assessment to Evaluate Autism Spectrum Disorder Treatment Programs.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER FERRERI (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Thomas Saad (Michigan State University)
Abstract: This research project aimed to assess the skill acquisition of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder using a standardized assessment tool across different treatment approaches to help identify the most efficacious interventions and alleviate confusion regarding the most effective treatment approaches for families, educators, and the community at large. Data will be shared on the skill acquisition of children with ASD using the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised across a variety of educational programs providing services to children with ASD.
 
21. The Impact of Care-Provider Positive Behavioural Support Training on Behavioural Treatment for Individuals with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ROSEMARY A. CONDILLAC (Brock University), Lisa K. Maire (Brock University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), David C. Factor (TRE-ADD Program, Thistletown Regional Centre)
Abstract: A positive behavioural support training package (Reid, Parsons, Rotholz, Morris, & Braswell, 2004) was implemented as a catalyst for change in a service utilizing highly intrusive procedures to treat individuals with autism and serious challenging behaviour. Training emphasized the development of support plans to increase the use of antecedent based strategies and functional skill development. Approximately 100 staff members were trained. All staff met the learning requirements and demonstrated target skills with clients, using a mastery model. This poster will describe the impact of training on behavioural treatment plans for 15 adults with autism in residential care and 20 children and youth with autism in day treatment. Impact on client treatment was measured prior to and one year following training using the following measures. The Current Management Strategies Index (Feldman, Atkinson, Foti-Gervais, & Condillac, 2004) was used to collect information on the number and type of formal and informal interventions in place for the residential clients, and the level of intrusiveness of those plans. Incident reports were used to examine changes in the topography of the behaviour and the use of treatment strategies for all clients. Third, client care plans were examined for notable changes to the client’s daily activities and treatment goals.
 
22. A Practical Application: Employing ABA Methodology in an Inner-City Public School Autism Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALYSSA WARSHAY (Central Michigan University), Christie L. Nutkins (Grand Rapids Public Schools), Paulette Komor (Grand Rapids Public Schools), Jennifer L. Wilson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: A poverty stricken, inner-city public school district recently piloted three self-contained autism classrooms that strictly adhere to the principles of applied behavior analysis for instruction and for behavior management. In addition to the instructional gains made by these students, this poster will provide background information related to the decision to change the program philosophy, the training of staff, the challenges faced with implementation, and plans for future program improvement. The progress individual students have made in this program will also be compared to the gains made in previous years in programs that utilized different teaching strategies.
 
23. Teaching an Adolescent with Autism How to Independently Brush His Teeth Through Analogue Instruction, Picture Sequencing and Differential Reinforcement.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LORENZ NEUWIRTH (Eden II Programs), Lauren A. Mahoney (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: In addition to academic deficits, children with autism frequently have a difficult time learning basic daily living skills. Deficits in self care significantly impact on an individual’s independence, quality of life and health. The current study investigated the effect of a behavioral teaching package on the acquisition of tooth brushing in an adolescent with autism. Teaching sessions took place in the participant’s group home, where he has resided for over the past 5 years. At the time of the study, tooth brushing had been a goal with little success. The current study used a multielement treatment design consisting of three treatments across ten task analysis steps. The first treatment consisted of analogue teaching sessions using modeling, graduated guidance and discrete trial instruction. Upon mastery, a picture-sequencing component was introduced into regularly-scheduled daily brushings. Finally, a differential reinforcement token system was included in order to increase motivation and maintenance. Data show a steady increase in skill acquisition as well as an increase in rate of mastery between task analysis steps. Data will be discussed in terms of their impact in teaching self-care skills. Issues with teaching within a residential program will also be highlighted.
 
24. Eight-month Follow-up of a Pedestrian Training Program on a Five Years Old Autistic Child.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA GAUCHER (Université du Québec à Montréal), Jacques Forget (Université du Québec à Montréal), Rafael Daigneault (Université du Québec à Montréal)
Abstract: Adaptive skills are those implicated in using whatever capacities the individual possesses to function adequately in his environment. These skills are especially important to individuals with autism and related conditions because they constitute the main contributing factor to the individual’s ability to function independently and efficiently in society, more than cognitive level (Liss et al., 2001). They are also strongly linked with prognosis (Gillham, Carter, Volkmar, & Sparrow, 2000). A pedestrian training program was used to teach security skills to a 5-year-old autistic child. During the intervention condition, the subject was submitted to a continuous reinforcement program of using an appropriate crosswalk in his natural environment. Average skills improved from 3.33% at baseline to 83% after training, in the intervention condition. Average skills were maintained at 96.67% for the two week follow-up and at 71.67% at the eight month follow-up.
 
25. Teaching a Visually Impaired Preschooler Diagnosed with Autism to Wear Glasses.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
IAN M. SANTUS (Beaumont Hospitals, CARE Program), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Beaumont Hospitals, HOPE Center)
Abstract: The American Foundation for the Blind estimates that 10 million people in the United States are visually impaired. Visual impairment is a term experts use to describe any kind of vision loss, whether it's someone who cannot see at all or someone who has partial vision loss. However, visual problems can often be easily corrected with eyeglasses or contact lenses. A prompting and differential reinforcement procedure was used to teach a preschooler diagnosed with autism to increase the duration in which he would wear his glasses. Initially, presentation of the glasses evoked a high rate of negative vocalizations and self-injurious behavior. During the training condition, prompting, response blocking and differential reinforcement were used to gradually increase the duration of glasses on from 0 seconds to 3-hours. Additional generalization trials showed that the duration of glasses on increased in the presence of novel stimuli, in novel settings (public school setting, home), and with novel instructors.
 
26. Video Modeling and Early Intervention.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIKE CARPENTER (Nyansa Learning Corporation), Hsiaoying Chen (Nyansa Learning Corporation), Xeres Delmendo (Nyansa Learning Corporation)
Abstract: Video modeling has been demonstrated as an effective teaching tool for children with autism (Charlop-Christy, Le, & Freeman, 2000). The present study assessed the use of video modeling in promoting play skills in young children with autism. We also assessed the use of video as an effective reinforcer. In study one, we used a multiple baseline design across two children to examine the use of video modeling in promoting simple play acts. Results indicated that one child displayed acquisition of the target behavior and one child did not. The child that did not display acquisition of the target behavior with video modeling was able to acquire the behavior using video as a reinforcer. In study two, we used a multiple baseline design across two children and within child to examine the efficacy of video modeling in promoting two-step play acts. Results indicated that both children displayed increased play skills following video modeling. One child met criterion for both target play skills. The other child met criterion for one of the two target skills. Discussion will include the rate of acquisition as related to motor requirements of the task as well as the complexity of the video model.
 
27. Intensive Toilet Training with Autistic Students.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: In this study, we examine the use of an entire room dedicated to toilet training. Students using this room have various diagnoses to include mental retardation and autism. This room allows students to be no more than 8 feet away from the toilet at from 9am to 7pm, while continuing to work on various academic tasks. Students receive 1-1 instruction, while gradually decreasing the time spent on the toilet throughout the day and increasing the time spent off of the toilet throughout the day. We will discuss various methods used to encourage voiding in the toilet, data collection methods, fading students back to a regular classroom environment and how long it took to toilet train these students using this room.
 
28. Teaching Rejecting Behavior using Wrong-Items Embedded to Missing-Item Format for an Individual with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAYOUNG CHOI (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: For last 30 years, research has largely focused on teaching only “requesting” behavior, rarely has teaching communicative rejecting been attempted. One 20-year-old male with autism and severe mental retardation participated in this case study. For training, three activities were identified by his parent: making a puzzle, playing solitaire soft on his laptop, and listening to a CD. Given that he was nonverbal; pictures taken by digital camera were used to request and re-request the missing item. In the first phase, using a “least-to-most” prompt, the participant was taught requesting behavior by pointing to the picture of the missing item. In the second phase, when the participant requested the missing item, the wrong item was given so that the participant would reject the wrong item and re-request the needed item. Using the “least-to-most” prompt and time-delay procedure, the participant acquired rejecting and re-requesting behavior. Newly acquired requesting and rejecting/re-requesting behavior were generalized to untrained items.
 
29. Safety and Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Behavior Analytic Literature.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Bairbre Flood (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract: Children, adolescents and adults with ASD characteristically fail to adequately attend to their personal safety. Compounding the challenges are high intensity and high rate noncompliance on the part of some persons with ASD and the tendency to wander or elope by others. Drowning and near-drowning as well as traffic-related accidents constitute an unfortunately high percentage of accidental deaths and serious injuries for this population. This poster reports the results of an examination of the behavior analytic literature on and directly related to issues of safety for persons with ASD. Behavioral safety skills training for persons with ASD is also examined. The analysis includes the following journals: Behavior Modification, Behavior Therapy, Behaviour Research and Therapy, Child and Family Behavior Therapy, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry and the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. While some ASD-specific challenges are adequately addressed in the literature, many significant problem areas remain unreported and apparently unaddressed.
 
30. An Examination of the Effects of a Self-Monitoring Procedure on Appropriate and Inappropriate Behaviors of a Young Child with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AINSLEY MCPHERSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer A. Castellanos (University of Nevada, Reno), Katie Rossi (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This case study was designed to teach a young child with autism to self-monitor appropriate and inappropriate behaviors, including peer initiations, vocal stereotypy and toe-walking. The purpose was to increase social interactions and reduce problem behaviors that interfere with these interactions by enhancing the child’s ability to identify and monitor his own behavior. Furthermore, the effect of this procedure on the occurrences of these behaviors was examined to determine if appropriate behaviors increase and inappropriate behaviors decrease as a function of learning to label these behaviors correctly.
 
31. The Effect of Self-Management Training on the Effect of Social Behavior for Children with Asperger’s.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YU-CHING CHIANG (National Changhua University Of Education), Hua Feng (National Changhua University Of Education), Chu-fang Du (National Changhua University Of Education)
Abstract: This study investigated the efficacy of self-management training on the social behaviors for primary school children with Asperger’s. Two primary school children with Asperger’s participated in this study. A multiple-probes design across behaviors of single-subject experimental design was implemented. The independent variable was self-management training. The dependent variables were (1) to follow teacher’s verbal direction, (2) to know and follow classroom rules, and (3) to ask permission to use another’s property. Feedback from parents and teachers was for social validity. The consequences of the study were as follows: self-management training (1) increases the percentage of responses to follow teacher’s verbal direction, (2) increases the percentage of knowing and following classroom rules, (3) increases the percentage of asking permission to use another’s property. Parents’ and teachers’ interviews showed positive changes of primary school children with Asperger’s.
 
32. Use of Script Fading to Teach Conversation Exchanges.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VIRGINIA S. WONG (Hawthorne Country Day School), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Hawthorne Country Day School), Tomiko Lyons (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to test the use of script fading to teach conversation exchanges. A multiple baseline across participants was used to assess the effects of script fading to teach children to initiate and ask questions while playing a board game. The participants seldom initiated to peers. However, all had previously acquired some functional expressive language and would initiate with teachers. The script was systematically faded from end to beginning. After scripts were faded, initiations and questions generalized to different board games that had not been taught. The script-fading procedure enabled the students to converse with each other for 3 or more exchanges.
 
33. Increasing Spontaneous Peer Initiations in a Young Child with Autism Using Textual Prompts.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY BENNETT GOLOMB (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Increasing conversational behavior is a major focus of treatment of children and adults with autism. Textual and tactile prompts are useful tools in teaching older students to converse with disabled and typically developing peers. This study investigates the effectiveness of using textual prompts to increase spontaneous initiations to play games of a 4-year-old child with autism with typically developing peers. A multiple baseline design across stimuli was used. Initial training with textual prompts was implemented in the child’s home with one peer. Prompts were systematically faded throughout the procedure. Data and implications will be reviewed.
 
34. Teaching Children with Autism When Requests will be Honored.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. HALLE (University of Illinois), David M. Richman (University of Illinois), Jessica Zanton (University of Illinois)
Abstract: We taught two young children with autism the "meaning" of 2 cues—red and green. We began with a baseline phase in which we observed how the children, seated at a table, requested preferred items when they were not immediately accessible, but were available. Instruction was introduced across three preferred items. When a child withheld requests in the presence of the red card and made requests in the presence of the green card for Item #1, we introduced instruction with Item #2. Likewise, we waited for acquisition of the red/green discrimination, prior to introducing instruction with Item #3. We employed a multiple baseline design across items, replicated across children. A unique feature of the study is the assessment of the newly acquired stimulus control (i.e., red = no reinforcement for requesting; green = immediate reinforcement for requesting) from a highly controlled context (sitting at table with researcher) to naturally occurring occasions (e.g., requesting mom’s attention when she’s on the phone) that were the original impetus for the study. These occasions were probed intermittently throughout the study to determine spillover from the table-top instruction. Finally, we introduced instruction in staggered, multiple baseline fashion in the naturalistic occasions.
 
35. Influence of an Early Intensive Behavior Intervention on Individual Behavior Profiles of Young Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAIKO MIYAZAKI (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Yoshiaki Nakano (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Takahiro Yamamoto (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Akiko Kato (Nakayoshi Kids Station)
Abstract: We developed a behavior observation system and used it to assess the effects of early intensive behavioral intervention on individual behavior profiles of young children with autism. Five children with autism or PDD- NOS participated in the treatment. They were randomly assigned to either an intensive treatment group (30–40 hours a week behavioral intervention) or a consultation group (three-hour consultation, twice a month). Behavior profile observations were conducted at intake, sixth months, and one year later during the treatment. Each observation session consisted of 30 minutes duration and of four conditions: (1) the child played freely, and his mother did not interact with him; (2) the mother played with her child and tried to have him comply with her requests; (3) the mother played with her child and attempted to elicit language from him; and (4) the mother and her child played freely. We used a 30-second partial-interval recording procedure to assess the presence of their five behavior profiles. The behavior profile consisted of toy or social play, avoidance from persons, self-stimulation, sounds classified as words or sentences, and sounds which could not be classified as words or sentences. Results showed changes in the quantities of the five behaviors for each child.
 
36. Promoting Wellness in Parents of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIA BARNES (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: Teaching parents of children with special needs how to cope more effectively with daily stressors is important not only to increase their own well-being, but also to increase their ability to address the needs of their child and other familmembers. Teaching strategies to decrease physiological arousal while increasing a sense of relaxation begins with helping parents distinguish recreational activities from relaxation methods. The aim of this poster is to describe how a relaxation component of a parent-wellness program was implemented at the Institute for Child Development, Binghamton, NY. Discussion will focus on the specific strategies and skill sequences covered in the program. Relevant literature will also be reviewed.
 
37. Effects of Sibling-Implemented Natural Environment Training (NET).
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA CZEKALSKI (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Jessica Leslie Broome (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Training siblings as change agents can be beneficial to both the child with autism and the typically developing sibling. There are a number of examples of successful sibling training programs (e.g., Cash & Evans,1975; Celiberti & Harris, 1993; Schreibman, O’Neill, & Koegel, 1983). The present study trained siblings to implement naturalistic behavioral teaching techniques (e.g., how to arrange environment, present models, and how to identify and deliver response specific reinforcers). Measures included: close proximity, toy engagement, conventional play, cooperative play, social approaches and happiness. A multiple baseline across sibling activities was used to evaluate the effects of the training. The study is in progress.
 
38. Enhancing ABA Therapy: A Support Intervention for Parents.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERICA WAGNER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Christoph Leonhard (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Research shows that parenting a child with Autism impacts parental depression and anxiety (Benson, 2006; Schwichtenberg & Porhlmann, 2007; Sharpley, Bitsika, & Efremidis, 1997), increases parental aggravation when special services are needed (Schieve, Blumberg, Rice, Visser, & Boyle, 2006), and exacerbates parental stress (Smith, Oliver, & Innocenti, 2001; Montes & Halterman, 2007). Consequently, there is a strong need for the development of emotion-focused as well as instrumental coping to deal with such stressors. Utilizing intervention options that address related skills is imperative to foster a healthy family environment. Typical Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programming pays little attention to parents’ emotional and behavioral health related to coping skills in raising a child with autism. Research in the area of parental stress and coping skills focuses on other at-risk, family-related issues such as adolescent addiction and delinquency using the Family Check-Up (FCU; Dishion & Kavanaugh, 2005). This brief, motivational intervention is modeled after the Drinkers Check-Up (Miller & Rollnik, 1991) and aids in decreasing parental stress and heightening coping skills. The current program introduces an adapted form of the Family Check-Up tailored to increasing instrumental and emotion-focused coping in parents of children with Autism, thus providing an ancillary support intervention for families receiving traditional Applied Behavior Analysis services.
 
39. The Impact of a Child with an Autism Spectrum Disorder on Marital Relationships.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH N VERLEE (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Several studies provide support for the notion that parents of children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience greater levels of stress than parents of typically developing children and children with other disabilities (e.g., Down Syndrome; Burrell, Thompson, & Sexton, 1994; Gray, 2002). In addition to increased stress levels, having a child with an ASD may also lead to negative impacts on marital adjustment (Higgins, Bailey, & Pearce, 2005) but only a few studies have examined this impact. Previous studies have sampled intact marital dyads resulting in a lack of information regarding the impact of a child with an ASD on divorced parents and the degree to which stress related to parenting a child with an ASD may have contributed to the decision to divorce. This study uses an internet-based survey to examine the effects of having a child with an ASD on marital relationships and in parents’ decisions to remain in their marriages or pursue divorce. Participants consist of biological fathers and mothers of children with ASDs who are in intact marital relationships or are divorced. The results will inform clinicians providing services for parents of children with ASDs. Data collection is ongoing.
 
40. Siblings of Individuals with Autism: Perceptions of the Sibling Experience, Psychological Functioning and the Developmental Tasks of Young Adulthood.
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
MEGAN P. MARTINS (University of Colorado Health Sciences Center)
Abstract: Previous research has suggested siblings of individuals with autism are at risk for adjustment problems during childhood and it is important to explore whether adult siblings are at increased risk for similar problems. The present study asked 25 young adult siblings of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and 25 control siblings of individuals without a chronic disability or illness to complete measures relevant to the overall functioning of a young adult. These included assessments of family functioning, career development, evidence of psychological distress, and perceptions of the sibling’s impact on their family. Overall, findings supported the hypothesis that ASD siblings differ from control siblings particularly in the areas of family functioning, career goals, and perceptions of the impact of their sibling on their experiences with their family. Specifically, ASD siblings were more likely to report a less-positive attachment to their parents, more likely to indicate their sibling impacted their development and career aspirations, more likely to report the desire to pursue a service career, and more likely to report negative childhood experiences due to their sibling. Recommendations and directions for future research on siblings of individuals with autism spectrum disorders will be discussed.
 
41. Modification of Environmental Variables to Increase Engagement in the Classroom for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Susan Szekely (Illinois Center for Autism)
Abstract: Implementing behavioral treatments in a classroom setting creates difficulties for staff to maintain a high level of educational content along with the efficacy of the treatment itself. When behavioral change can be achieved through manipulation of simple environmental variables (staff positioning, seating arrangements, order of task presentation), such difficulties can be decreased or avoided altogether. We conducted a multiple baseline design across classrooms examining the engagement with an educational item, positive engagement with staff, and out- of-seat behavior. Our results suggested that simple environmental variables can decrease the amount of behavioral treatments needed and increase appropriate engagement within the classroom.
 
 
 
Poster Session #93
#93 Poster Session (BPH)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
42. Effects of Acute Pramipexole on Preference for Gambling-Like Schedules.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
PATRICK S. JOHNSON (University of Kansas), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), James H. Woods (University of Michigan), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In recent years, a number of clinical reports have implicated pramipexole, a common component of Parkinson’s disease (PD) dopamine replacement therapy, in the development of pathological gambling in patients with PD (Dodd, Klos, Bower, Geda, Josephs, & Ahlskog, 2005; Driver-Dunckley, Samanta, Stacy, 2003; Molina, Sainz- Artiga, Fraile, 2000). More specifically, pramipexole is a dopamine agonist with preferential affinity for D3 receptors, which are predominantly localized in and around the limbic system (Sokoloff, Giros, Martres, Bouthenet, & Schwartz, 1990), an area thought to be linked to “reward pathways” (Esch & Stefano, 2004). The purpose of the present study was to determine the effects of an acute pramipexole dosing regimen on preference for either fixed-ratio (FR) or gambling-like schedules of reinforcement in Wistar rats. Percent choice for the gambling-like schedule (a four-component, mixed-ratio schedule) was used as a measure of preference and was determined by the subject’s responding in a series of free-choice trials, which were preceded by forced-choice trials. Subjects also had a limited response budget to spend during each session and this was derived indirectly from the FR schedule value. Preliminary results are suggestive of slight to moderate pharmacological effects on preference for the gambling-like schedule of reinforcement.
 
43. Chronic Quinpirole Produces Perseverative Responding During Extinction in Rats Previously Reinforced with Food.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ADAM KYNASTON (Utah State University), James H. Woods (University of Michigan)
Abstract: The behavioral effects of quinpirole (a dopamine receptor agonist) in rats may capture an interesting parallel to obsessive compulsive disorder; it has been shown to prolong responding in during extinction when administered acutely or chronically to water-restricted rats following conditioning under small fixed-ratio schedules Kurylo, 2004), Amato et al., 2006). We studied quinpirole effects on responding in extinction (and during reinforced performances) following exposure to a variable-ratio 10 schedule of liquid food (Ensure) delivery. Following 7 days of VR10 exposure, a single injection of quinpirole (0.3-0.5 mg/kg) failed to increase responding during extinction. We reinstituted the reinforcement conditions, and administered quinpirole to some of the rats for 7 more sessions; another set of rats received quinpirole after the session at the same dose. All were extinguished for a session, half with saline and half with quinpirole. When administered before conditioning and extinction sessions, quinpirole increased responding. Both chronic presession administration and administration during extinction are important for the facilitation of perseverative responding. Thus, quinpirole can produce perseverative responding in extinction following food or water reinforced responding. Research supported by USPHS Grant DA 020669 and an ASPET Summer Fellowship.
 
44. Caffeine History Affects Subsequent Response Rates and Polydipsic Water Consumption.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Rats were initially autoshaped to press a lever following 40 mg/kg caffeine, 20 mg/kg caffeine, 10 mg/kg caffeine, water, or no administration. All daily administrations were via oral gavage 15 min prior to the session. Response requirement was increased to an FR 50 and maintained at that value until responding was stable for 5 days. No drug administrations nor daily sessions were presented for 3 months, after which rats were presented with an FI 30 sec schedule. The effects of caffeine history were evaluated with respect to response rates and schedule-induced polydipsia. Lever pressing rates were dose-dependently decreased with respect to caffeine history. Polydipsia levels were lowest for those rats with a 10 mg/kg caffeine history, rats with no caffeine or 20 mg/kg caffeine history consumed moderate levels of water, and the greatest amount of polydipsic-water consumption was obtained for rats with the history of higher caffeine doses.
 
45. Effects of Ascending and Descending Delay Sequences, Signaled and Unsignaled Delays and d-Amphetamine on Delay-Discounting Functions.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN M. SLEZAK (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: It has been established that drugs of abuse affect delay-discounting rates, but discrepant findings have been observed between different methods used to assess delay-discounting functions. One common procedure consists of a choice between a larger reinforcer that is presented after an increasing delay and a smaller reinforcer that is always presented immediately within session. However, the context of the delay presentation (i.e., ascending delay order) may affect the shape or area under the delay-discounting function. The present study utilized a discrete-trials choice procedure and compared functions obtained with ascending and descending delay presentations in Sprague Dawley rats (n = 16). Additional manipulations consisted of a signal present during the delay for half of the subjects and the administration of d-amphetamine (0.1, 0.3, 1.0 and 1.7 mg/kg, i.p.), both of which have been shown to alter ascending delay-discounting functions. Baseline results suggest no significant differences between ascending and descending functions and signaled and unsignaled functions in terms of area under the curve. However, the descending function was less hyperbolic in shape than the ascending function. Additional data are reported in terms of effects of d-amphetamine on delay-discounting functions within the two delay contexts and the presence/absence of signals.
 
46. Amphetamine Attenuation of Reward Sensitivity: Differences Between Foraging Rats and Hamsters.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
LESLIE M. WISE (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University), Anthony Calderala (Illinois State University), Matthew Richardson (Illinois State University), Shaun Craven (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Changes in reward sensitivity were examined when Sprague Dawley rats and Syrian hamsters foraged in an open field during baseline and amphetamine conditions. Following baseline, rats or hamsters received NaCl and low, moderate and high amphetamine does at each schedule ratio. The log time ratio spent in F1 or F2 during baseline and drug exposure for each conc VT VT ratio was plotted as a log ratio of scheduled reinforcer rate (R1/R1) (Baum, 1974), and fits to the matching equation were obtained. Hamsters showed lower reward sensitivity than rats during baseline. However, hamsters showed reduced attenuation in reward sensitivity during amphetamine exposure. Further, changes in time spent at the feeder differed between the two species: Rats showed no change in mean number of visits across baseline and drug conditions, but increased time spent in Feeder 1 during amphetamine. Hamsters increased time spent in Feeder 2 and had significantly fewer visits to Feeder 1 during amphetamine exposure. These results show behavioral differences across species during both baseline and amphetamine exposure. The data support literature suggesting that amphetamine differentially affects DA receptor activity in hamsters vs. rats, and suggests this may be related to baseline behavior differences.
 
47. Changes in Magnitude of Behavioral Contrast Elicited by DA D1, D2, D3 and General Agonist Exposure.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Leslie M. Wise (Illinois State University), Jonathan Davis (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Changes in the magnitude of behavioral contrast were examined during DA agonist exposure. Rats responded on mult VI 15 VI 15 schedules during baseline, then the schedule was changed to mult 15 EXT. During this contrast condition rats were exposed to a NaCl injection and four DA agonists. We hypothesized that the magnitude of behavioral contrast would increase for SKF38393, a D1-like agonist, and apomorphine, a nonselective agonist. These drugs should magnify the differences between the reinforced and extinguished components. Contrast was predicted to be attenuated during exposure to quinpirole (a D2-like agonist) and PD128907 (a D3 agonist), as these drugs typically elicit slowed response perseveration. Contrast was found for all 4 drug groups during the no-drug contrast condition. Contrast diminished during exposure to PD128907 and quinipirole, but magnified during both SKF38393 and apomorphine exposure. These data support the hypotheses that behavioral contrast may be due to habituation, and changes in synaptic tonic and phasic DA via selective DA agonist exposure may attenuate or accentuate this habituation
 
48. Effects of Serotonin Depletion on Delay-Discounting Performance in Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
PAUL L. SOTO (National Institute on Drug Abuse), George A. Ricaurte (Johns Hopkins University), Jonathan L. Katz (National Institute on Drug Abuse Intramural Research Program)
Abstract: Serotonin is thought to be involved in a variety of behaviors, some of which are referred to as “impulsive”. One behavioral procedure commonly used in the laboratory to study impulsive behavior involves choice between small, immediate reinforcers and large, delayed reinforcers (delay discounting). Previous research demonstrated that the serotonin synthesis inhibitor, 4-chloro-DL-phenylalanine (PCPA), increases the percentage of choices of a small, immediate reinforcer over a large, delayed reinforcer in a T-maze procedure (Bizot et al., 1999). The present experiment investigated the effects of serotonin depletion on delay-discounting behavior in rats. Rats were exposed to a delay-discounting procedure in which responses were reinforced on a fixed-ratio 5 (FR 5) schedule on each of two levers: FR 5 completion on one lever immediately produced a single pellet whereas FR 5 completion on another lever produced four pellets either immediately or after a delay which varied over blocks of trials. PCPA (150 mg/kg x 2 daily injections) produced a delay-dependent reduction in the percentage of choices of the large-delayed reinforcer. Implications for the role of serotonin and delay-discounting behavior will be discussed.
 
49. Context Valuation: The Effects of d-Amphetamine on the Persistence and Reinstatement of Responding Previously Maintained by Food.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STACEY QUICK (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Dopaminergic neural systems mediate various aspects of behavior, including learning, motivation, and locomotor activation. The present experiment assessed the effects of a dopaminergic agonist in the persistence and reinstatement of behavi previously maintained by food reward. Rats were exposed to baseline, treatment, extinction, and reinstatement conditions. The baseline condition established responding in a two-component multiple schedule with equal rates of food reward. These components were presented once per day in alternating order. During the treatment condition, rats were given d-amphetamine prior to one component and saline prior to the second component. Extinction was then imposed by removing the food reward and replacing drug injections with saline. Following extinction, responding was reinstated with response-independent food. Treatment with d-amphetamine decreased response rates in the component it previously preceded. Despite these decreases, amphetamine increased relative resistance to extinction. Additionally, d-amphetamine increased relative reinstatement of responding. These results suggest that dopamine plays a role in the valuation of context which affects the persistence and reinstatement of behavior. To further assess this possibility, the authors will also test the effects of SCH23390, a D1 dopamine antagonist, on the persistence and reinstatement of behavior.
 
50. Behavioral Variability: Effects of Intermittent Reinforcement and Amphetamine.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN M. BAILEY (Auburn University), Erin Fae Pesek (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Response variability can be measured and reinforced. In a previous experiment, Long Evans rats were trained under a multiple VARY 8:4 FR 4 schedule. In the VARY 8:4 component, all four-response sequences that differed from the previous 8 were reinforced. In the FR 4 component, all four-response sequences were reinforced. Discrimination between the two components was evidenced by high entropy (variability) in the VARY 8:4 component and low entropy in the FR 4 component. We then reinforced four-response sequences intermittently under a VI 60" schedule. Specifically, behavior was maintained under second order schedules: MULT VI 60" (VAR 8:4) VI 60" (FR4). Here, entropy in the FR 4 component increased from 0.2 to about 0.6, close to the value of 0.8-0.85 for the VAR 8:4 component. In other words, the animals behaved more variably when reinforcement was intermittent. Intermediate doses of amphetamine produce a small increase in entropy in the FR 4 component but only decreased entropy in the VAR 8:4 component.
 
51. Nicotine Effects on Amount Sensitivity in Adjusting Delay, Concurrent Chains and Concurrent Progressive Ratios.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MATT LOCEY (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Nicotine has been found to produce dose-dependent increases in impulsive choice in rats. The underlying behavioral mechanisms responsible for that change were explored in a series of studies. Two experiments used adjusting delay tasks: the first with equal reinforcer amounts, the second with different amounts. Nicotine produced dose-dependent increases in preference for the variable delay only in the context of different reinforcer amounts. A third experiment used a concurrent chains procedure with different reinforcer amounts for one group and different reinforcer delays for the other. Nicotine produced dose-dependent increases in relative preference for the smaller reinforcer but had no effect on preference for the smaller delay. A fourth experiment used concurrent progressive ratios producing either 1 pellet or 3 pellets. Nicotine produced dose-dependent increases in responding for the smaller reinforcer and dose-dependent decreases in responding for the larger reinforcer. All experiments indicate that nicotine-induced increases in impulsive choice are due to a decrease in amount sensitivity rather than an increase in delay discounting.
 
53. Effects of Cannabinoids on the Reinforcing Efficacy of Sucrose Pellets in Obese and Lean Zucker Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that genetically obese (fa/fa) Zucker rats have significantly higher weights and food intake than lean Zuckers. Under progressive ratio (PR) schedules of food reinforcement, obese Zucker rats have higher breakpoints than leans when working for grain pellets, but not for sucrose pellets. Accordingly, obese Zuckers exhibit faulty leptin signaling associated with elevated levels of endocannabinoids, a neurotransmitter system involved in food reward. These findings suggest that alterations in the endocannabinoid system of obese Zuckers may contribute to the differences in obese and lean food intake and motivation for food. The present study was conducted to investigate the function of the cannabinoid system in food reinforcement efficacy in obese and lean Zucker rats. Subjects were placed under a PR schedule of sucrose food reinforcement and breakpoints were compared. Intraperitoneal injections of the endogenous cannabinoid agonist 2-arachidonoyl glycerol (0.3-3.0 mg/kg) dose-dependently increased breakpoints for both groups, though, obese Zuckers demonstrated a heightened sensitivity at the 1 mg/kg dose. Additionally, the cannabinoid antagonist SR141716 (1-10 mg/kg) dose-dependently decreased breakpoints. These data demonstrate differential sensitivities to cannabinoids in the obese Zucker which extends previous research.
 
 
 
Poster Session #94
#94 Poster Session (CBM)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
54. Preventive Behavioral Parent Training: Immediate and Long-Term Impact on Observed Parenting Skills and Maternal Report of Conduct Problems.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW ARMSTRONG (Utah State University), Jessica Malmberg (Utah State University), Clint Field (Utah State University), Rebecca Scharton (Utah State University), Angie Dahl (Utah State University), Rachel Duchoslav (Utah State University), Alexis Bolton (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children exhibiting conduct problems (CP) comprise the largest source of referrals to children's mental health services in this country. The treatment for CP that possesses the greatest amount of empirical support is referred to as behavioral parent training (BPT). Data indicate that CP often represents well-rehearsed extensions of disruptive behaviors of early childhood. This study focused on identifying young children at-risk for developing CP and the implementation of a preventative BPT (PBPT) that could prevent development of CP. Positive outcomes of PBPT in decreasing rates of child CP have been previously documented. Presented here are data for ten families (six treatment, four control) documenting immediate and maintained changes in maternal parenting behavior that resulted from PBPT. This presentation utilizes single-case methodology in displaying pre-, post-, and longitudinal data describing the effectiveness of PBPT in altering 1) maternal attending (DRA of child pro-social behavior), and 2) maternal implementation of prescribed behavioral consequences contingently linked to CP display. This project contributes to our understanding of the positive effects of PBPT by documenting functional changes in parenting behavior due to exposure to PBPT. The impact of PBPT on parental behavior is discussed in relation to it’s effectiveness in preventing display of child CP.
 
55. Preventive Behavioral Parent Training: Immediate and Long-Term Outcomes on Observed Rates and Maternal Report of Conduct Problems.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA MALMBERG (Utah State University), Andrew Armstrong (Utah State University), Clint Field (Utah State University), Rebecca Scharton (Utah State University), Rachel Duchoslav (Utah State University), Alexis Bolton (Utah State University), Angie Dahl (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children exhibiting conduct problems (CP) comprise the largest source of referrals to children's mental health services in this country. The treatment for CP that possesses the greatest amount of empirical support is referred to as behavioral parent training (BPT). Data indicate that CP often represents well-rehearsed extensions of disruptive behaviors of early childhood. This study focused on identifying young children at-risk for developing CP and the implementation of preventative BPT (PBPT) that could prevent development of CP. Previously, data was presented documenting positive immediate and long term outcomes of PBPT with four families. Presented here are results from an expanded data set (six treatment, four control families) demonstrating the effectiveness of PBPT. This presentation utilizes single-case methodology in displaying pre-, post-, and longitudinal data describing the effectiveness of PBPT in (1) immediately altering reported and observed rates of CP across multiple settings, and (2) the long-term maintenance of reported and observed rates of CP across multiple settings. This project extends initial findings establishing the effectiveness of a brief version of BPT as a primary prevention strategy that targets young children at risk for developing CP. The value of PBPT as a primary prevention of CP is discussed.
 
56. Behavioral and Emotional Problems in Children Following a Residential Fire.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN SCHWARTZ (Virginia Tech), Russell T. Jones (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Following a residential fire, children exhibit a variety of behavioral and emotional problems. These problems include behavior problems such as attention problems, rule-breaking behavior and aggressive behavior; as well as emotional problems such as anxiety and depressive symptoms. While extensive research exists on the incidence of PTSD and other internalizing disorders following natural disasters, there is only limited research available on the prevalence of externalizing behaviors. This study investigated the effects of a residential fire on children’s competences and emotional state. Using the Child Behavior Checklist (Achenbach, 2001), parents and other significant adults observed the children’s behaviors and then answered 118 questions about the observed behaviors. These behaviors were analyzed in respect to Aggressive Behavior, Anxious/Depressed Mood, Attention Problems, Rule-Breaking Behavior, Social Problems, Somatic Complaints, Thought Problems, and Withdrawn/Depressed Mood. In addition, children’s emotional states, as reported by their parents, were categorized into Affective Problems, Anxiety Problems, Somatic Problems, Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Problems, Oppositional Defiant Problems, and Conduct Problems. Findings of the current study can be used to inform parents and educators of behavioral and emotional impacts of residential fires. Results regarding the frequency of these behaviors will be discussed as well as implications for future interventions following a disaster.
 
57. Current Perspectives on TIME-OUT: An Examination of the Last 24 Years of Research.
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael J. Kellen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A comprehensive review by Brantner & Doherty (1984) provided a conceptual and procedural review of Time-Out (TO), highlighting various areas of TO including isolation TO, exclusion TO, and nonexclusion TO. Nothing as all-encompassing has been published since. We review of all of the TO research available on PubMed from 1983 to present. The majority of studies focused on children rather than adults; and, have been conducted in outpatient settings as opposed to inpatient, psychiatric, or rehabilitation institutions. Recent trends reveal somewhat of a decline in TO research. Of particular note has been the lack of publications that compare the efficacy of the various types of TO identified by Brantner and Doherty, particularly in inpatient settings. A significant amount of research conducted on TO has involved the use of restraint and seclusion, variables that are accompanied by legal, ethical, and administrative concerns. This presentation will explore in depth the trends of TO research over the past 24 years and make recommendations on ways to implement TO across populations and settings, with an emphasis on those that do not require restraint, spanks, or put backs.
 
58. Preference Assessments for Children and Adolescents: Examining Developmental, Diagnostic and Ethnic Differences.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CLAYTON R. COOK (Girls and Boys Town), Jennifer L. Resetar (Girls and Boys Town)
Abstract: Many children and adolescents engage in dangerous or disruptive behaviors that necessitate the use of behavior analytic interventions. The identification of powerful reinforcers is often a critical component of effective behavior analytic interventions that result in behavior change. In order to identify potential reinforcers, a preference assessment may be utilized. Studies have shown that preference assessments can identify preferred stimuli that function as reinforcers. The purpose of this poster presentation is to describe the results of a preference assessment study examining developmental, diagnostic, and ethnic differences for preferred stimuli. To date, no study has examined developmental, diagnostic, or ethnic differences for preferred stimuli. Such research is important to aid behavior analysts in the design and implementation of behavior analytic interventions. This poster will benefit participants by describing developmental, diagnostic, and ethnic differences in preferred stimuli and directions for future research in the area of preference assessments for typically developing children and adolescents.
 
59. Functional Analysis of Noncompliance in Typically Developing Preschoolers.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE M. RODRIGUEZ (The New England Center for Children), Rachel H. Thompson (The New England Center for Children), Lindsay C. Peters (The New England Center for Children), Devon Ezell (Firefly Autism House), Tanya Baynham (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Few studies have attempted to identify the functions of noncompliance, and common interventions for noncompliance (e.g., 3-step prompting) assume that noncompliance is maintained by escape. In the present study, we describe a method for conducting a functional analysis of noncompliance. Two typically developing toddlers, aged 2 and 4 years old, participated. The functional analysis consisted of two conditions, which were evaluated in a multielement design. In the escape condition, noncompliance resulted in a break from the task. If the child complied with the demand, the experimenter physically guided him to complete the demand while providing verbal praise. The contingencies were reversed in the attention condition; noncompliance resulted in attention (e.g., encouragement) and continuation of the demand, and compliance resulted in a break with no attention (escape). Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions, with equal distribution across conditions, and was above 90%. For both participants, noncompliance was maintained, at least in part, by social attention. Functional analyses of noncompliance such as the one described here may be valuable for treatment development.

 
60. Biopsychosocial Aspects of Deletion 14Q (Q24.3Q31) Syndrome: A Multimodal Behavioral Treatment Approach.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TARA R. SNYDER (Midwestern University), Richard Ney (Midwestern University)
Abstract: As with many genetic disorders in children, interstitial deletions of 14q in which band 14q31 is deleted are rare. Only three cases have been reported with this condition. However, a common shared feature of many of these genetic disorders is the Biopsychosocial aspects of the cases which often mirror features of more common disorders such as those in the autism spectrum. The importance of this study is the development of a multimodal behavioral treatment plan that can ameliorate some of the social deficits in the individuals across a variety of genetic disorders. This study assessed the utility of a multimodal Social Story intervention to improve peer social interactions and social acceptance of a child diagnosed with Chromosome 14 (q24.3q31) deletion. A pre/post test experimental design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the multimodal approach using the Adaptive Behavior Inventory. The results indicated that the visual/auditory presentation of social stories improved the child’s ability to establish and maintain peer friendships. Also the treatment approach increased the child’s ability to make appropriate comments during social conversations within the social skill elements. Future areas of investigations of the potential benefits and limitations of the multimodal approach are discussed.
 
61. Descriptive Analysis of Parent-Child Interactions: An Evaluation of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AARON D. LESSER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The current study examined the various events following food refusal (e.g., turning head, pushing spoon, gagging, etc.) during parent directed meals. Descriptive analyses were conducted for 5 children who were admitted to an intensive inpatient or day treatment program designed to treat severe food refusal. Previous research has shown that descriptive analyses may be useful in describing the extent to which events which commonly provided follow other forms of problem behavior (e.g., aggression) also follow inappropriate behavior during meals. This study was designed to determine if events commonly provided during functional analyses of food refusal were observed during parent-child interactions. For each participant, three meal observations were conducted immediately following admission, before the parents had the opportunity to observe therapist-conducted meals or receive parent training. Parents were instructed to conduct each meal as they would at home, and no additional instructions were provided. Conditional probabilities (p) of events following food refusal were calculated, such as escape (i.e., spoon removal, termination of meal, and leaving the area), attention (e.g., reprimands, coaxing, statements of concern), and access to tangible items (e.g., access to preferred items, food, or drinks). Results indicated that: (1) events observed during functional analyses were observed during the descriptive observations, (2) some events may be more likely to occur following a specific topography of food refusal, and (3) events not typically tested during functional analyses were observed (e.g., possible punishment procedures, and threats to remove preferred items). While the functional analysis method of behavioral assessment remains both useful and valid, suggestions for potential modifications to existing functional analysis procedures are described.
 
62. Assessing the Durability of Parent Training for Food Refusal: A Preliminary Investigation Using Descriptive Analysis Methods.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA N. WOODS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John P. Rock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel Avery (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Descriptive analyses were used to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral parent training outside of the training context for a child who refused many foods. The participants included an 18-month-old girl admitted to an inpatient program for the treatment of severe pediatric feeding problems, and her mother and father. Previous research has shown that behavioral parent training can be effective to increase parents’ responses to both appropriate and problem behavior, and may also result in increases in child appropriate behavior. Descriptive observations were conducted at various times throughout the admission: (a) immediately following admission, (b) after observing at least 10 meals with a trained therapist but prior to formal training sessions, and (c) after meeting the criteria for completing parent training. Parent training procedures included observation of meals, verbal review of procedures, data collection training, role plays, and having the parent feed (direct) the meals. Results showed that the parent training procedures were effective during training sessions and increased the parents’ correct responses. Increases in correct responding were also observed during the pre-training and post-training observations.
 
63. Variables Predicting Treatment Outcome of Children with Tube Dependence in Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Feeding Disorders Program.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MELISSA LUKE GONZALEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rinita B. Laud (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders are serious conditions that greatly impact a child’s growth and development. The Kennedy Krieger Institute’s (KKI) Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program offers inpatient and day treatment services for children with feeding related difficulties. These children present with a variety of difficulties including food selectivity and/or varying degrees of food refusal. One hundred and forty-four of the children admitted to KKI’s intensive feeding disorders program from 2001 to 2006 were dependent on a Gastrostomy or Nasogastric-tube at admission. Given the large number of children with tube dependence admitted to this program, the purpose of this study is to examine if there are factors that predict this group’s treatment outcome. Factors examined as predictors of outcome include a child’s age, medical complexity (i.e., number of medical diagnoses), percentage of tube dependence at admission, primary caregiver’s score on the Children’s Eating Behavior Inventory (CEBI), and the type of service (day or inpatient). Treatment outcome measures include percentage change in tube dependence from admission to discharge and follow-up, inappropriate behaviors (i.e., head turns, swatting at spoon, covering mouth, and crying) during meals at discharge, and the number admission goals achieved.
 
64. Teacher Training for Children with Co-Occurring Hyperactive and Defiant/Aggressive Behavior.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY DANFORTH (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: A treatment program called the Behavior Management Flow Chart (BMFC) was designed for children with co-occurring hyperactive and defiant behavior (Danforth, 1998a). The target behaviors of the BMFC are noncompliance and disruptive behavior such as aggression. Danforth (2007) details differences between the BMFC and other widely distributed behavior management programs. Four previously published parent-training outcome studies reveal the success of the program (Danforth, 1998b; 1999; 2001; 2006). In this study, the effects of behavior management training with the BMFC on teacher behavior and the behavior of four children (ages 6–10) with co-occurring hyperactive and defiant/aggressive behavior are evaluated in a series of ABAB designs in a school setting. Teacher training includes didactics on the features of hyperactive behavior and its functional relationship with defiant/aggressive behavior, as well as behavior management skills that are modified to meet the demands of hyperactive and impulsive behavior in the classroom. Outcome data show that training reduced children’s hyperactive, defiant, and aggressive behavior, and improved teacher behavior management skills. These data are comparable to previous outcome research evaluating the efficacy of home-based parent training with the BMFC. The advantages of using the same program in home and school settings are discussed.
 
65. Evaluation of a Treatment Package for Bruxism in a Young Child with Autism.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY BARNOY (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Megan D. Nollet (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Bruxism consists of forcefully grinding one’s own teeth together. “Chronic bruxing has been linked to severe destructive effects including abnormal wear on the teeth, damaged gum and bone structures surrounding the teeth, facial pain and tooth sensitivity” (Glaros & Rao, 1977). Little previous research has been published on treating bruxism in children with autism. In this clinical treatment evaluation, we measured the effects of a multicomponent treatment package for the reduction of bruxism in a young girl with autism. Treatment was implemented in the context of her everyday ABA therapy sessions and produced significant reductions in her bruxism.
 
66. Child Maltreatment: Program of Training to Parents to Reduce the Indiscrimination and Maternal Unpredictability.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MANUEL MORALES (Universidad del Estado de México), Ariel Vite Sierra (Universidad Nacional de Mexico)
Abstract: In recent times in the field of child physical abuse, two explanatory hypotheses have arisen in this respect which have guided further empirical studies: the compliance hypothesis and the predictability hypothesis. While the compliance hypothesis suggests that coercive child behavior functions to facilitate escape from parent-imposed demands and limitations, the predictability hypothesis suggests that coercive child behavior functions to reduce child exposure to interpersonal uncertainty. Therefore the interest of the present study was to evaluate the effect that interactional parent training has to reduce compliance and unpredictability responses in mother-child dyads with a history of physical abuse. Six mother-child dyads participated with this problem, the ages of the children fluctuate between 3 and 9 years, and the ages of the mothers between 20–35. A single-case experimental design was used and during the intervention such procedures of behavioral change were applied as shaping, visual feedback and instructions. The dyads were filmed and observed by trained observers, using the System of Capture of Observational Data SOI-I (Vite, García & Rosas, 2006). The results showed a reduction of the indiscriminative and compliance maternal responses and an increase in prosocial child behavior. The discussion is centered on this strategy effectiveness to the restructuring of the interactions in mother-child dyads with antecedents of physical abuse.
 
 
 
Poster Session #95
#95 Poster Session (DDA)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
67. Extensions to Undifferentiated Functional Analyses.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of destructive (e.g., self-injury, aggression, destruction) and disruptive (e.g., crying, whining, elopement) behavior during extended pairwise functional analyses after initial multielement functional analyses yielded inconclusive results. The participants were 2 preschool-aged boys with developmental disabilities who engaged in destructive behavior. All functional analysis procedures were conducted in the boys’ homes by their mothers with investigator coaching. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 98%. During Phase 1, functional analyses were conducted within a multielement design, and all contingencies were applied for destructive but not disruptive behavior. Undifferentiated results occurred for destructive behavior, but disruptive behavior occurred during demand conditions for both participants. During Phase 2, escape contingencies for destructive or disruptive behavior were alternated within a reversal design using pairwise functional analyses to determine whether destructive behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement. For 1 participant, results showed that destructive behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement. For the second participant, results showed both disruptive and destructive behavior were maintained by negative reinforcement. Results also suggested a response hierarchy in which disruptive behavior occurred before destructive behavior.
 
68. A Comparison of Descriptive and Functional Analyses Conducted by Parents in Home Settings.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MALIHA ZAMAN (The University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: We compared the outcomes of an antecedent-behavior-consequence (ABC) descriptive analysis to a functional analysis to evaluate correspondence in controlling variables for destructive behavior. Participants were 13 children aged 3 to 6 years with developmental disabilities who displayed destructive behavior. All assessment procedures were conducted by the children’s parents in their homes. Data from ABC recordings conducted over a 5-day period were analyzed by calculating conditional probabilities for antecedent-behavior and behavior-consequence events. A functional analysis for each participant was then conducted by the same parent within a multielement design. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 100% of the destructive behavior responses during the ABC analysis and 30% of the functional analysis sessions, with 94% and 97% agreement, respectively. Results of the ABC analysis showed that parent demands were most likely to precede destructive behavior for 9 of 13 participants and parent attention was most likely to follow destructive behavior for all 13 participants. Results of the functional analysis showed that escape from demands was the primary maintaining variable for 10 of 13 participants. Thus, the ABC analysis was most likely to match the functional analysis with respect to events that occasioned destructive behavior.
 
69. Using Functional Analysis Outcomes to Assess the Degree of Matching During Descriptive Assessments.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BLAIR PARKER HICKS (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: The matching law states that the relative rates of responding across two alternatives will approximate the relative rates of reinforcement for those two alternatives (Herrnstein, 1961). The matching law has been demonstrated to account for relative rates of aberrant and appropriate behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities (Borrero & Vollmer, 2002). Descriptive assessments (DAs) were conducted in natural environments, with data collected on problem behavior, appropriate behavior, potential establishing operations, and potential reinforcers. These descriptive data were analyzed retrospectively following functional analyses (FAs) in which reinforcers maintaining problem behavior were identified. Interobserver agreement was assessed during at least 20% of all sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results suggest that reinforcers identified in FAs do not consistently account for patterns observed during initial DAs. The current study extends the literature on matching relations in natural environments by evaluating how different methods of data collection and analysis affect the degree of matching between each participant’s relative rates of responding and reinforcement. In addition, matching relations for problem behavior maintained by non-social contingencies (i.e., automatic reinforcement) were evaluated. Results demonstrate that matching relations may be spurious under certain conditions of data analysis or for certain types of behavior.
 
70. A Comparison of the Conditional Probabilities of Social Reinforcement and Aberrant Behavior in Descriptive Analyses.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GARRETT M. PURNELL (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Blair Parker Hicks (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Descriptive analyses (DAs) involve the direct observation of a child and caregiver in a naturalistic setting during which data are collected on child behavior and environmental events. DAs have been used clinically in the assessment of aberrant behavior in children with developmental disabilities as a means of developing hypotheses concerning the environmental variables that may potentially maintain the child’s problem behavior (Iwata et al., 2000; Vollmer et al., 2001; Borrero et al., 2005). We replicated the methods used by Vollmer et al. (2001) to compare the conditional probability of social reinforcement following instances of aberrant and appropriate behavior with the probability of those same behaviors following the onset of a motivating operation (e.g., restricted attention, restricted access to tangible items, presence of demands). Finally, outcomes of both types of data analysis from the DAs were compared to those of analog functional analyses. In addition, interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of all observations, and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results indicated that examining the probability of problem behavior within the occurrence of motivating operations may be useful in identifying correlations between behavior and environmental events, which can then be used to inform subsequent experimental analyses.
 
71. Interactions Between Positive and Negative Reinforcement During the Escape Condition of a Functional Analysis.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY MCKNIGHT (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Diana Garcia (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: There is evidence that escape from demands is the most common reinforcer that maintains problem behavior (Hanley et al., 2003). One potential confound when escape from demands is identified as a functional reinforcer is that it is difficult to determine whether problem behavior is maintained by escape from demands and/or other social reinforcers (e.g., access to tangible items) that are inherently unavailable when compliance with a demand is required. In the current investigation, we examined within-session data from three different functional analysis escape conditions with one participant. Demand conditions varied with respect to the presence and availability of preferred items during breaks from demands that were contingent upon the occurrence of problem behavior. The rates of problem behavior from within each session were then compared across establishing operation (EO) present and absent conditions. Low rates of problem behavior in the EO absent condition of the demand condition that included access to preferred items during breaks from demands suggested that the presence of demands and restricted access to preferred items interacted to evoke problem behavior. A second observer simultaneously and independently collected data during 37.80% of all sessions. Exact agreement did not fall below 94.50% for any dependent variable.
 
72. The Effects of Conducting a Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior in the Natural Environment.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL J. SCHAFER (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Robert R. Pabico (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman, 1982) has been criticized because problem behavior is typically reinforced on a continuous schedule of reinforcement (Carr, 1977). Such criticisms suggest that levels of problem behavior in the natural environment may increase during functional analyses as a result of being reinforced in the context of the assessment. However, few investigations have evaluated the effects of reinforcing problem behavior during functional analyses on problem behavior in the natural environment. In this investigation, data were collected on problem behavior in the natural environment during five daily 10-minute observations selected to represent a variety of activities. Rates of problem behavior in the natural environment prior to and during the functional analysis were compared within a multiple baseline across participants design. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of observations, and always met or exceeded 80% agreement. Results show that, for most participants there was little or no difference in levels of problem behavior between baseline and during functional analyses. In fact, in contrast to the criticisms of functional analysis methodology, several participants displayed decreases in the level of problem behavior when functional analyses began.
 
73. Scatter Plot Analysis: A Replication of Kahng, et al. (1998).
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE ELISABETH EDMONDS (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Denise Marzullo (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Sandra F. Kokolis (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Loyda Santiago (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to replicate previous research on the use of scatter plot analysis in the event that results from a functional analysis were inconclusive. The utility of using scatter plot analysis in terms of outcome and time were also examined. Throughout the study, data were collected on time spent working on the scatter plots and conducting the analyses. The participants consisted of nine individuals with developmental disabilities living in a short-term residential behavioral stabilization unit. Data on each problem behavior were entered as total number of behaviors exhibited in half-hour intervals 24 hours a day for a one month period. An independent team of behavior analysts then visually examined the scatter plots to determine if a clear pattern was present. Any scatter plots that showed a clear pattern were then disqualified from the study. An in-depth analysis was then conducted on the remaining scatter plots. Results will be discussed in terms of Touchette et al. (1985) and Kahng et al. (1998).
 
74. A Comparison of Stimulus-Avoidance Assessments Conducted in Natural Environment and Analog Settings.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEIGHAN ADAMS (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Reinforcement-based procedures are often prescribed based on results from functional assessments (Iwata, 1994). However, in some cases functional assessments may yield undifferentiated results, which may make it difficult to implement a reinforcement-based procedure that will decrease problem behavior to clinically acceptable levels. In cases where punishment-based procedures are prescribed, a common method used to select an appropriate punisher is a stimulus avoidance assessment (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, & Langdon, 1994). These procedures are designed to be implemented in an analog setting and, thus, may not fully evaluate avoidance of each procedure. This may lead clinicians to choose procedures that are less socially acceptable. In the current investigation, we conducted a stimulus avoidance assessment in both analog and natural settings. The results of the assessment in the two settings differed. The assessment conducted in the natural setting yielded more procedures to which avoidance was observed. Based on the results observed in the natural setting, a procedure was selected for implementation in the natural environment. The results suggest that the classroom stimulus avoidance assessment was effective in reducing problem behavior and identifying a procedure that is more commonly used and therefore may be more socially acceptable.
 
75. A Comparison of Naturalistic and Analog Functional Analyses.
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
WILLIAM A. FLOOD (May South, Inc.)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) has become the “best practice” assessment tool used by behavior analysts. Typically the functional analysis is done in an “analog” setting. In this study, two brief functional analyses were conducted. The first analysis was a traditional analog assessment and was conducted in a locked room; the second functional analysis was conducted throughout an entire group home. Identical patterns of responding occurred in both analyses in which the participant exhibited the highest amounts of problem behavior in the demand and ignore condition. These preliminary results suggest that this non-traditional environment may be useful for conducting functional analyses when a standard analog assessment is not available or not practical.
 
76. Providing Consequences to Multiple Topographies in a Brief Functional Analysis: Achieving Differentiated Functions across Topographies.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRIDGET OULUNDSEN (May South, Inc.), John Mortensen (May South, Inc.), William A. Flood (May South, Inc.)
Abstract: In their functional analysis review article, Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) noted that response classes should consist of one or, at most, a few topographies of problem behavior. In this study, three topographies (i.e., aggression, property destruction, and self-injury) were assessed concurrently in the same functional analysis and all were provided with the same consequences if they occurred in each condition. From the brief analysis, differentiated functions were able to be determined for all three topographies. Both aggression and property destruction were maintained by social positive reinforcement (access to adult attention) while self-injury was multiply controlled by social positive reinforcement (access preferred items) and social negative reinforcement (escape from demands).
 
77. The Influence of Instruction Type on Escape-Maintained Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa - Hospitals and Clinics), Sandra L. Ginder-Shapiro (The University of Iowa), Anuradha Salil Kumar Dutt (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted to identify the role environmental variables had on the maintenance of problem behavior (i.e., aggression). Conditions conducted included free play (control), diverted attention/contingent attention, restricted tangible items/contingent tangible items, directed play/escape, easy academic demand/escape, and difficult academic demand/escape. Elevated levels of problem behavior were observed when preferred tangible items were restricted and when directed play activities and difficult academic tasks were presented. Zero to near zero levels of problem behavior were observed when easy academic tasks were presented. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of all sessions and averaged over 80%.
 
78. The Effects of Prior Exposure to Antecedent Events as Motivating Operations on Automatically Reinforced Behavior and Task Responding.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YI-CHIEH CHUNG (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Previous studies have demonstrated that manipulating antecedent events may serve as either establishing or abolishing operations; however, these results were varying. The current research examined the combined and separate effects of prior exposure to two antecedent events, access to attention and automatically reinforced behavior (ARB), on reducing ARB and increasing task responding in four individuals with significant intellectual disabilities. A modified multielement design (Phase 1) and an alternating treatment design plus multiple baseline design across participants (Phase 2) were implemented. Results suggested that participants may demonstrate higher rates of ARB during instruction when prior accesses of ARB were not available.
 
79. Parametric Analysis of Presession Exposure to Edible and Nonedible Items.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOLENE R. SY (University of Florida), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: We conducted a parametric evaluation of presession exposure to edible and nonedible reinforcers in order to determine the effects of “small,” “medium,” and “large” periods of presession access on response rates during sessions immediately following these periods. For 2 participants, presession access to edible and nonedible reinforcers for “small,” “medium,” and “large” durations decreased the reinforcing efficacy of those stimuli. For the remaining 2 participants, presession access to edible and nonedible reinforcers either maintained or increased the reinforcing efficacy of those stimuli. The results suggest that presession access to edible or nonedible reinforcers has idiosyncratic effects across individuals. Additionally, the results suggest that minimal differences exist between rates of responding after “small,” “medium,” and “large” periods of presession access, using the values assessed in the current study.
 
80. An Applied Example of a Transitive Conditioned Establishing Operation.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT T. MCNEARY (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Richard K. McCranie (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Transitive CEOs are stimuli in the context of which the reinforcing or punishing effectiveness of existing conditioned reinforcers or punishers is altered (McGill, 1999). To date there have been few published applied examples of transitive conditioned establishing operations (CEOs). In this study, we illustrate the presence of transitive CEOs within the context of functional analyses (Iwata, 1982). Using a reversal design, each participant was exposed to two series of test conditions within a functional analysis. For one participant escape from demands was shown to only serve as a functional reinforcer when he was simultaneously experiencing eczema. For the other participant, it was demonstrated that attention only served as a functional reinforcer when it was restricted within the context of demands. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 20% of all sessions and exceeded 80% for all sessions. Results for both cases indicated that the presence of a transitive CEO in that the reinforcing effectiveness of attention or escape from demands was altered by a second stimulus condition.
 
81. The Effects of Transitive EO Manipulation on Choice Responding.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (The Marcus Institute), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute), Amber L. Valentino (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Michael (1982, 1993) described the concept of establishing operations (EO) and their potential clinical utility. Michael further delineates several types of EO including the surrogate EO, reflexive EO, and transitive EO. Most research on EO has focused on satiation and deprivation (McAdam et al., 2005; O’Reilly et al., 2006) while little has been done to examine other types such as the transitive EO. Transitive EO is defined as stimuli in the context of which the effectiveness of existing conditioned reinforcers or punishers is altered (McGill, 1999) and the frequency of behaviors associated with those reinforcers or punishers is altered. The purpose of the present investigation was to demonstrate the manipulation of the transitive EO in the context of a paired choice preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992). Participants were presented with pairs of items and their selections were recorded. During some sessions, the participants were given a preferred item (i.e., pudding) without the associated utensil (i.e., spoon was missing). The associated missing utensil was included in the preference assessment. Changes in the frequency of selection of the associated utensil in the presence and absence of the preferred item were recorded.
 
82. Reflexive Conditioned Establishing Operation within the Demand Context with Children with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANA R. LOPEZ (The Marcus Institute), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute), Diana Garcia (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: An establishing operation (EO) is an environmental set of conditions that affects the value of a stimulus and therefore changes the current frequency of behaviors that have produced that stimulus in the past. Previous research has demonstrated the effects of manipulating EO on the effectiveness of items as reinforcement (Vollmer & Iwata, 1991), preferences for items (McAdams et al., 2005) and problem behavior (McComas, Thompson, & Johnson, 2003) Much research on EO has focused on deprivation and satiation effects, whereas little research has been conducted on the manipulation of conditioned EO (CEO), such as reflexive CEO. Reflexive CEO are previously neutral environmental stimuli that acquire motivative functions via correlation with some form of worsening or improving conditions. In the current study, the effects of manipulating the reflexive CEO on problem behavior and appropriate in-seat behavior were examined in an instructional setting. The participants were three children with developmental disabilities. The results were mixed. For one participant, in-seat behavior during instruction was higher and aberrant behavior was lower during the RCEO manipulation and when instructions were later presented. For two participants, in-seat behavior increased during the RCEO manipulation but returned to baseline levels when presented to instructional tasks. Implications are discussed.
 
83. Background Music as Abolishing Operation for Problem Behaviors during Reinforcement Assessment.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Rebecca Oshlag (New York School for the Blind), Angela Kennelly (State University of New York, Brockport), Rachael Oshlag (Hillel of Rochester Area Colleges/University of Rochester)
Abstract: Students’ problem behaviors can be exacerbated by the general training environment and lead to reduced learning. Conducting training in a controlled environment with restricted sensory stimulation (compared to the typical classroom) is assumed to be an effective instructional strategy to reduce student off-task behavior. We will describe the results of a behavioral assessment with one child, who is blind and has severe mental retardation. This child displayed competing problem behaviors while training was conducted in a restricted training environment. We hypothesized that the reduction in environmental noise was detrimental for her learning the educational task. To analyze the effects of background music as an abolishing operation for competing behaviors, we manipulated conditions of music and no music using a reversal replication research design during reinforcer assessment phases. We found that no standing up and less self-stimulatory behaviors occurred during the music condition.
 
84. The Effects of Socially Validated Clothing on Problem Behaviors and Mood in Adolescents with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JEANNE KNEELAND (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Acceptable hygiene and appearance have been suggested as factors that may facilitate social inclusion for individuals with developmental disabilities. To what extent, however, does improving hygiene and appearance affect the individual with a developmental disability? In this study, clothing was selected, as a feature of appearance to evaluate because of the ease in manipulating clothing and the visibility of clothing in social situations. The participants were 2 male and 2 female students at a community-based residential school with a diagnosis of mild to moderate mental retardation and/or autism. Clothing receiving a rating of 4 or 5 was selected by the participants from socially validated items rated on a 5-point Likert-type scale by male and female adolescents of approximately the same age. A multiple baseline design across male-female pairs was used to assess the effects of clothing and compliments in combination and separately on the display of recorded problem behaviors and overall mood rated by the adolescents and their head teachers. Results indicated a mean improvement in rated mood and problem behaviors during the clothing and compliments and compliments alone but not clothing alone phases. Discussion will focus on appearance as a prerequisite for social inclusion and limitations of this study.
 
85. Assessment and Treatment of Aggression Maintained by Escape from Close Proximity.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DENISE KUREK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that the majority of problem behaviors displayed by individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities were maintained by escape from aversive conditions (e.g.., demands: Iwata et al., 1994). Recent research has shown that the close physical proximity of others may be aversive to some individuals as well (Oliver et al., 2001). A sensitivity to close proximity can limit or interfere with various daily activities (e.g., participating in educational activities, sitting in a waiting room, etc.). Since it is not always possible to avoid close proximity at many locations or events, toleration of close proximity may be necessary to increase daily and community functioning. In this investigation, the physical aggression displayed by a 19-year-old girl with developmental disabilities was demonstrated to be maintained by escape from close proximity. Subsequently, a function-based intervention was evaluated incorporating functional communication training (FCT) and extinction. Ultimately, a baskethold timeout procedure was added as the reinforcement schedule was thinned. Data were collected on aggression as well as communication. This treatment package was demonstrated to be effective in reducing rates of aggression to near zero levels. Reliability data were collected for one-half of the sessions and averaged 90%.
 
86. The Effects of Paraprofessional Proximity on the Social Interaction of Children With and Without Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOANIE GARRO (Private Consultant)
Abstract: The proximity of an adult may affect the social interactions of children with and without disabilities in inclusive education settings (Werts, Zigmond, & Leeper, 2001;Young, Simpson, Myles, & Kamps, 1997). In the current study, a multielement design was used to examine the relationship between the location of a paraprofessional and the frequency of social interactions between children with and without disabilities. Participants were two children diagnosed with autism and mental retardation, along with their typically developing peers. The amount of distance between the paraprofessional and the child with disabilities was manipulated in two conditions. In the proximal condition, the paraprofessional remained at arm’s length from the student with disabilities. In the distal condition, the paraprofessional remained at least 10 feet from the student. Total social initiations and responses of all participants were examined under the two conditions. The children with and without disabilities interacted more frequently when the paraprofessional was in the distal position. The general education teacher also generally directed more social initiations to the child with disabilities when the paraprofessional was in the distal condition. The paraprofessional interacted more frequently with the child with disabilities when positioned within arm’s length of the student.
 
87. Assessing the Effects of Social Proximity and Attention on Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER BORKOSKI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Frederick W. Hoots (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Social proximity can influence the occurrence of problem behavior. Oliver, Oxener, Hearn, and Hall (2001) demonstrated that higher levels of aggressive behavior were observed when a caregiver was in close proximity to a child versus when they were in distant proximity. In this study, social contact (i.e., attention) was delivered noncontingently during both close and distant proximity. It is possible that the contingent delivery of attention may differentially affect problem behavior when a therapist is in close proximity vs. when they are in distant proximity. In the current study, the effects of terminating social proximity with and without contingent attention were assessed for a 14-year-old boy who displayed aggression, self-injury, and disruptive behavior. Results indicated that problem behavior primarily occurred to terminate therapist proximity. However, in a subsequent treatment evaluation termination of therapist proximity contingent on communication was not effective in reducing problem behavior until an option to access attention via communication and competing stimuli were added. Reliability data were collected for one-half of the sessions and averaged 90%.
 
88. Within Session Analysis of Physiological Responding and Self-Injury with and without Restraint.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-injury and self-restraint have been observed to co-occur in some individuals with developmental disabilities. A hypothesis regarding the relationship between these responses is that self-restraint is maintained by negative reinforcement or the avoidance of the aversive consequences associated with self-injury (Fisher, Grace, & Murphy, 1996). In accordance with this hypothesis, both self-restraint and mechanical restraint may act as a signal that self-injury will not occur. In the current study, it was hypothesized that removing mechanical restraint may have acted a conditioned aversive stimulus which signaled the aversive properties of self-injury. In order to further examine this possible relation, a physiological measure of heart rate was obtained. A within-session analysis was conducted to assess changes in heart rate and engagement in self-injury with and without restraint. Results showed that heart rate was lower and self-injury did not occur with restraints, and that heart rate and self-injury dramatically increased when restraints were removed.
 
89. The Effects of Response Blocking on Physiological Responding and Ritualistic Behavior in an Individual with Autism and OCD.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Beaulieu (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with autism are characterized by restricted, repetitive, stereotyped patterns of behavior (DSM-IV) which are often confused with ritualistic or compulsive behavior characteristic of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD). OCD is typically conceptualized in terms of negative reinforcement. That is, ritualistic behaviors are performed in order to terminate or avoid an aversive stimulus or state. If rituals are prevented or blocked, the aversive state is not avoided. In the current study, this conceptualization was examined by using a physiological measure as an indirect index of an aversive state. A 17-year-old female with autism, severe mental retardation, and OCD participated. A reversal design was conducted to assess the effects of response blocking on heart rate and engagement in rituals. The findings were further replicated using within session analyses in which rituals were and were not blocked. Overall results showed dramatic increases in heart rate when rituals were blocked.
 
 
 
Poster Session #96
#96 International Poster Session (EAB)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
90. Test Order Effects in Simultaneous Protocols.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TIMOTHY WARNER (John Caroll University), Abdulrazaq A. Imam (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Simultaneous protocols typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than other protocols commonly used in equivalence research. Sixteen participants demonstrated two independent groups of three 3-member equivalence classes in two conditions, one using the standard simultaneous protocol and the other using a hybrid simultaneous training and simple-to-complex testing. Participants showed better accuracy with the hybrid than with the standard protocol. Even though there were more blocks to complete in the hybrid than the standard protocol, participants tended to take longer to demonstrate equivalence under the latter than the former. The results implicate test order effects and suggest explanations for the difficulty often encountered with the simultaneous protocol.
 
91. Using fMRI to Assess the Reinforcer Magnitude Effects on Neurobiology of Pathological Gamblers.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARANDA TRAHAN (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Amanda Leone Ryan (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Reza Habib (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Abstract: The present study explored the effects of various jackpot sizes on neurobiology of pathological gamblers. Five pathological gamblers were presented with a simulated slot machine task while inside an fMRI scanner. Slot machine reels were displayed spinning for 3 s followed by 2 s of display of either wins, losses, or near-misses. Each jackpot varied in payoff size from 1 cent to $10.00. Various manipulations within subjects allowed for assessment of magnitude effects on various reinforcer pathways in the participants’ brain. While not a cause for pathological gambling, brain activity can have utility as a supplemental dependent measure. The present results suggest that size does in fact matter, and that more activity was produced in participants’ brains when exposed to conditions of large jackpot sizes. Implication for the use of money versus class extra-credit are presented.
 
92. The Effects of Delayed Reinforcement as Differential Outcomes in Delayed Matching-to-Sample in Pigeons.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUCE E. HESSE (California State University, Stanislaus), Lawrence Ezra Allen (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: A standard delayed matching-to-sample procedure was used with pigeons with delay intervals of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 5 s between the offset of the sample and the onset of the comparison stimuli. The delay intervals were systematically increased once predetermined mastery criteria were met. Two different conditions were used to examine their effects on the accuracy of matching and the number of sessions to meet mastery for each delay interval. During the same-outcome condition, correct responses to both colors used were reinforced immediately with 3 s access to food. During the differential-outcome condition, one color was reinforced immediately with a 2 s access of food and correct responses to the other color initiated a 2 s delay prior to the delivery of the 2 s access to food reinforcement. The results included an increase in accuracy while reducing the number of sessions necessary for mastery during the differential-outcome condition.
 
93. Analysis of Correspondences between the Said and the Do in Adults and Children when Three Kind of Descriptions are Used.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Anabel Plancarte Cansino (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Diana L. Moreno (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Although the importance of the correspondence between verbal and not verbal behavior is recognize for the establishment of complex relations, there are few studies that have evaluated the kind of correspondence between verbal description and the instrumental response. In this study the effects of stimulus relations on second-order identity matching were evaluated by arranging a sentence-completion requirement prior to matching a comparison to a sample stimulus. Sixteen college students (X=19 years) and 16 elementary school children (X=10 years) participated. Three experimental groups at each age were exposed to variants in the sentence completion format: descriptions of (1) matching contingencies, (2) relevant stimulus dimensions, or (3) choice performance. A control group had no exposure to sentences. Effects of verbal descriptions were evaluated on acquisition and transfer of matching. Across ages, experimental groups demonstrated higher accuracy during training and transfer tests. The correspondence analysis showed differences between the adults and children. These findings are discussed in terms of the influence of verbal behavior on the acquisition and the kinds of correspondences associated to performance accuracy.
 
94. Shaping Human Movement Topographies Using Two Different Response Markers: Voice and Clicker.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TRAVIS HETH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: In the current investigation, we evaluated the effects of teaching a forward bend using two different response markers. Subjects were college students. In one condition, proper bending was immediately followed with the sound produced by a clicker. In another condition, correct responses were immediately followed by the spoken word, “good”. Two target bending angles were chosen one for each condition. Each day the subjects performed 10 trials of training at a given angle followed by 5 probe trials in the absence of the response marker. This was followed by another 10 training trials and 5 probe trials using the other angle. Data was collected on the angles at which the subjects stopped and the timing of the response markers. A multiple treatment design with probe trials was used to evaluate the differential effects of shaping with the two response markers. Results are in progress and will be discussed in terms of the physical properties of the markers and their appropriateness for shaping human movements.
 
95. Assessing Choice between High- and Low-Risk Options: Effects of Manipulating Cost.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Gabriel Daniel Searcy (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Risky choice in adult human subjects was assessed in a task designed to approximate energy budget manipulations conducted with non-humans. Subjects were presented with choices between high- and low-variance monetary options in blocks of five trials. Block earnings were accumulated and added to session earnings only if a subject met the minimum earnings requirement for that block. Cost was manipulated by subtracting a set amount from subjects’ reserves (money provided at the beginning of a block) when a trial choice was made. Similar to previous results with earnings budget manipulations, choice between high- and low-variance options was a function of budget condition. That is, choice tended to be risk-averse when subjects were presented with a positive-budget condition (no cost: net gains plus reserves meet requirements) and risk-prone when subjects were presented with negative-budget conditions (cost: net gains plus reserves fell below that which was required to meet minimum requirements). These results further demonstrate the applicability of non-human energy budget manipulations to human subjects when modified to present monetary earnings.
 
96. Age-Related Behavioral Change in Ames Dwarf Mice.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAVID P. AUSTIN (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota), Holly Brown-Borg (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: The discovery of the Ames dwarf mouse in the early 1960s has given researchers an exciting opportunity to study the hormonal effects of aging. The Ames dwarf mice have a recessive mutation of the PROP-1 gene that produced an anterior pituitary deficiency. Researchers noticed that these mice were smaller than their normal siblings but also lived about 40%-65% longer. The purpose of the present research was to determine if the reduced hormones in the Ames dwarf mouse delay the loss of memory and the ability to learn. Learning was assessed using a matching-to-sample procedure, while memory was evaluated using a modified radial arm procedure. The animals were assigned to five groups according to their age and genetic composition. The results of both procedures, taken together, suggest that the Ames dwarf mice have a developmental delay from their normal siblings in the first months of life. However, the Ames’ performance at older ages is just as good, if not better, than their younger normal siblings, suggesting a delay in the loss of memory and the ability to learn new information.
 
97. Effect of Stimulus Equivalence Procedures on Generalized Responding.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: In a study focused on promoting equivalence among orally expressed words, signed words, and printed words, McCuller, Ninness, Rumph, and Eberle (2006) found that stimulus equivalence procedures may effectively establish functional relations. Also, at least with one subject, this training promoted novel relations wherein the subject combined newly learned signs into sentences, without specific training. However, two subjects were unable to derive these novel relations after successfully demonstrating equivalence among stimuli. In this poster, results will be presented of a study to teach and assess the equivalence among orally expressed words, signed words, and picture representations. In order to test the limits of this protocol we will employ generalization procedures that have the subjects organize the actual objects in novel configurations.
 
98. Effects of Training on the Implicit Stereotypes in Trainees.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL ANGELO VERNALE (IIT), Diana Van De Kreeke (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The present study was designed to examine if training in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) reduces implicit stereotypes of mental illness in burgeoning therapists compared to other treatment approaches. Participants were divided into one of three groups: (1) first year psychology graduate students with no formal training, (2) second year psychology graduate students currently involved in training programs other than ACT, and (3) second year psychology graduate students currently enrolled in an ACT training program. Each group was administered the IRAP in order to test for implicit biases. It is hypothesized ACT trainees will show less inconsistency in biases.
 
99. Effects of Signaled Reinforcer Magnitude and Ordinal Position of a Fixed-Ratio Schedule on Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance in Pigeons.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (West Virginia University), Chata A. Dickson (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Four pigeons were trained on two conditional discriminations with red and green as sample and comparison stimuli. The magnitude of the food reinforcer for a correct choice was signaled with the brightness of the houselight presented at the onset of a trial and remaining until the delivery of food. A fixed-ratio schedule specified the number of trials that had to be completed correctly to earn a food reinforcer. We studied the effects of the signaled reinforcer magnitude, the ordinal position of the fixed-ratio schedule, and several retention intervals ranging from 0 to 16 s. We will describe the effects of such variables on delayed matching-to-sample performance.
 
100. Do Visual Cues Help Cows to Solve Mazes?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER M. KINLOCH (University of Waikato), Tania Louise Blackmore (University of Waikato), William Temple (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato), Jenny Jago (Dexcel New Zealand)
Abstract: Previous research had shown that cows could learn to approach a yellow stimulus when used as a cue in a two- choice discrimination task. These experiments investigated the use of such a cue further. The first experiment studied the behaviour of four Friesian cows in a single T-maze under a reversal-learning task with a yellow stimulus signaling the correct choice. Cows learnt to reverse choices to criterion (three consecutive sessions above 88% correct). In the next experiment the same cows were presented with a double T-maze with the same yellow cue and learnt to make one of four choices accurately (three consecutive sessions above 90 % correct). For the final experiment six novel mazes with multiple turns and open pathways were constructed. Yellow cues were placed to indicate the correct pathway at each choice point. With the yellow cues present, cows solved the mazes faster and with fewer errors than when the yellow cue was removed. Without the yellow cue cows were not able to solve some mazes, and although some of these mazes were solved after multiple attempts, this is suggested to be a result of learning. These results have implications for use with automatic milking systems in New Zealand.
 
101. A Video-game Procedure for the Analysis of Behavioral Choice in Humans.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JASON VAN DER HORST (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: We report an initial study using a new procedure that embeds concurrent schedules of reinforcement and punishment in a video-game task and provides for the direct gain or loss of coins. Subjects use a computer mouse to pop toy-filled bubbles in side-by-side streaming arrays. Coin delivery occurs when a mouse click bursts a bubble (reinforcement). Occasionally a toy may reenter a bubble, in which case coin deposit is required (punishment). Earnings in each session are retained by the subject. The procedure can be used to analyze the behavioral effects of reinforcer and punisher rate, magnitude, and delay independently or jointly. Results from an initial study of reinforcer magnitude and delay are reported.
 
102. Avoidance of Audio/Video Signal Disruption: The Influence of Alternative Situations.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEREK WILKINSON (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
Abstract: The present study attempts to demonstrate that avoidance responding is strongly influenced by contingencies in the current situation, contingencies in alternative situations, and the contingencies producing a change of situations. College undergraduates were exposed to a recycling sequence whereby an absence of responding would result in the onset of a warning stimulus followed by a brief disruption of an entertaining television show. A response in the absence of the warning stimulus would reset the timer controlling the warning stimulus, thus delaying its appearance. A response in the presence of the warning stimulus would reset the timer controlling the disruption, thus delaying its appearance. The durations of the timer controlling the onset of the warning stimulus and the timer controlling the disruption were parametrically manipulated across sessions.
 
103. Studying Behavioral Fluency Under Conditions of Equated Practice and Reinforcement Variables.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ADAM H. DOUGHTY (College of Charleston), Michelle B. Hudson (College of Charleston), Ruth R. Nunn (College of Charleston)
Abstract: One goal of teaching is to generate behavioral fluency in students. Various studies have shown the efficacy of fluency-building procedures in producing valuable learning outcomes such as enhanced retention, endurance, and stability. However, questions remain regarding the operant mechanisms responsible for these learning outcomes because few studies have isolated the potential controlling variables. Here, we report data from a study designed to assess performance under different fluency tests following training in two contexts in which practice and reinforcement variables were comparable. The results suggest that a contingency involving both accuracy and increasing-speed requirements may promote better learning outcomes than a contingency involving only an accuracy requirement, even when practice and reinforcement variables are equated.
 
104. Effects of Group Size in Social Dilemmas.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUIS FERNANDO GONZÁLEZ-BELTRÁN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Carlos Santoyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: The aim of this research was to explore contradictory results reported in Public Goods Dilemmas research. As individuals we are each better off when we make use of a public resource without making any contribution, but if everyone acted on this way, such public resources would not be provided and all would be in a worse situation than before. Numerous studies have found that cooperation declines as group size increases, and other works have actually shown an increase in cooperation with larger groups. In a simulated Public Goods Dilemma, 26 undergraduate students were instructed to play a game of investment, but in fact they interacted with a computer. Each subject participated in a series of 45 independent single-trial dilemmas. Subjects received false feedback indicating that their group was a cooperative one (80%) with a step level (provision point) of 24 units. A significant effect of group size was found, with a high frequency of cooperative responses in the small group condition. Findings suggest that the effect depended on the step level. Reasons for the observed differences and the factors that drive the group size are discussed.
 
105. Resurgence of Temporal Patterns of Responding.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARLOS CANCADO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: A history of exposure to contingencies of reinforcement and punishment establishes the controlling functions of the current environment, and consequently, explains responding in a given context. Methods for studying response recovery are useful procedures for experimentally evaluating remote history effects. Resurgence studies analyze the extent to which previously reinforced responding, that has been currently eliminated, is observed when extinction conditions are implemented. Experimental results demonstrated the recurrence of simple and complex operants during extinction, the latter being described as spatial patterns—response sequences in different operanda. This study investigated resurgence of complex operants by establishing temporal patters of responding in a single operandum as the resurgent response. Pigeons were exposed twice to the following sequence of experimental conditions: 1) FI 5s, 2) DRO 5s, 3) EXT. In all phases, a discrete trial procedure was used and a 30s ITI was programmed. In the first two phases, the probability of reinforcement was decreased across sessions to a value of .20. Transient recovery of temporal patterns of responding was observed for all subjects during extinction in the first and second exposure to experimental conditions. Temporal patterns recurred as behavioral units, and this phenomenon was repeatable within and across subjects.
 
106. An Analysis of Effort Discounting in College Students.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRYAN K. SAVILLE (James Madison University)
Abstract: Considerable research has examined the extent to which people discount delayed and probabilistic rewards (Green & Myerson, 2004). The rate at which humans discount these rewards can be described by the following hyperbolic function, V = A/(1 + kX), where V = discounted value of a reward, A = nominal value of a reward, X = delay until the reward is received or the odds against receiving a reward, and k = free parameter reflecting the rate of discounting. Few studies, however, have examined the extent to which humans discount rewards as a function of the amount of effort needed to obtain that reward. Mitchell (1999), for example, found that the preceding hyperbolic function nicely described the relation between the subjective value of a reward (number of cigarettes) and the effort needed to obtain that reward. The purpose of the present study was to extend previous research on effort discounting. College students chose between hypothetical rewards that involved different amounts of effort. The data suggest that an exponential function may do a better job than a hyperbolic function of describing effort discounting.
 
107. Superstitious Behavior in a Gambling Simulation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER L. HITT (Illinois State University), Larry Alferink (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: In 1948, Skinner presented food to hungry pigeons every 15 seconds independent of their behavior. Subjects tended to repeat whatever they did just prior to food delivery, acting as if their behavior caused the food to be presented. Skinner attributed the pigeons’ repeated actions to accidental reinforcement. Surprisingly, in spite of substantial anecdotal evidence, there are relatively few experimental studies of superstitious behavior in humans. Although anecdotal examples suggest that percentage of reinforcement is an important factor in the development of superstitious behavior, there are no experimental studies investigating this variable. Thus, the current experiment examined percentage of reinforcement in a trial procedure. Human subjects engaged in a computerized gambling simulation that delivered reinforcers on a predetermined percentage of trials. Subjects’ responses on 3 sessions of 40 trials each were automatically recorded. Four different reinforcement percentages were used (12.5%, 25%, 50%, and 75%) with 15 subjects in each condition. Most subjects pressed buttons that had no relationship to game outcomes and many subjects did so repeatedly. Superstitious pressing varied with percentage reinforcement with maximum responding in the 25% condition, indicating that the percentage of reinforcers delivered impacts the development and maintenance of superstitious behavior.
 
108. Eye Movements in a Four-Choice Simultaneous Discrimination with Bi- and Three-Dimensional Figures.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CANDIDO PESSOA (Universidade de São Paulo), Peter Endemann (Universidade de São Paulo), William Ferreira Perez (Universidade de São Paulo), Edson Huziwara (Universidade de São Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract: Contingency analysis involving eye movements have given access to relevant variables to investigate stimulus control. The present research tracked the eye movements of four adults exposed to a simultaneous discrimination among four stimuli, two bi-dimensional (square and circle) and two three-dimensional (cube and cylinder) monochromatic figures carrying about the same illuminated area. Each stimulus was displayed in one of the four corners of a video monitor. For two participants, pressing the corresponding key to either cube or square (S+) was followed by the word “correct” and a 3-second inter-trial-interval. Alternatively, choosing either cylinder or circle (S-) was followed by "incorrect" and a 30-second inter-trial-interval. For the other two participants, contingencies were reversed. The position of the stimuli on the screen varied randomly across trials. Procedure ended after eighty trials. Along the trials, discriminated choices were established. Despite the presence of a bi- as well as a three-dimensional S+ in each trial, responses to the three-dimensional stimulus tended to prevail. Accordingly, eye movements also occurred more often to S+ than S-. Although general eye fixations tended to decrease as discrimination established, subjects tended to look S+ for longer than S-. Characteristics of the stimuli may interact with the contingencies of reinforcement and account for the revealed stimulus control.
 
109. Effects of Novel Reinforcer Presentation and Reinforcer Variability on the Within-Session Response Rates of a Developmentally Disabled Child Completing an Academic Task.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALICE A. KEYL (Utah State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Shelley Kay Mullen (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Within the applied literature, decreases in responding during academic or demand sessions have most commonly been attributed to satiation of the reinforcer. However, basic research findings propose that habituation may offer a more conclusive description of the decreases in within-session responding and the loss of reinforcer effectiveness. The present study investigated two characteristics of habituation (dishabituation and variety effect) in an attempt to extend basic research findings on these two phenomena. Results for conditions evaluating dishabituation were not significant. However, variation of food reinforcers resulted in higher levels of responding, longer session lengths, and a larger amount of reinforcers consumed.
 
110. Pretraining Procedures to Avoid Development of Exclusive Preference on Concurrent Schedules in Children with Autism.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (University of Massachusetts Medical School Shriver Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School Shriver Center), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Treatment programs often utilize positive consequences to establish, increase, or maintain behavior. Previous work (Dube & McIlvane, 2002) showed that individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities display sensitivity to programmed reinforcer disparities as described by the generalized matching law (Baum, 1974). Similar methods with individuals at lower functioning levels have resulted in the development of near-exclusive stimulus preferences during pretraining (Lionello-DeNolf, Dube, & McIlvane, 2007). In Study 1, various stimulus manipulations were ineffective, but certain reinforcement schedule manipulations resulted in the reduction of extreme biases for two of three participants. In Study 2, six participants were trained on a series of concurrent variable-interval (VI) schedules in which the stimuli associated with rich and lean components alternated daily. Across sessions, the rich schedule was made leaner and the lean schedule was made richer until both schedules were equal (i.e., conc VI 20s VI 20s). This procedure was effective in reducing and/or preventing an extreme preference in all participants. These data indicate the pretraining methods used to establish concurrent VI schedule performances are important for participants at lower levels of functioning, but there are ways to remediate and/or bypass such problems. Such procedures have clinical implications (e.g., for overcoming similar problems when they are encountered in the core of ABA therapy).
 
111. The Matching Law and Professional Football: Play Calling as a Function of Game Situation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHANIE STILLING (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: The generalized matching law was applied to play calling on National Football League teams using yards gained as a measure of "reinforcement." Data from the 2005-2006 season broadly replicate effects described by Reed et al., (JABA, 2006) for a previous season. Follow-up analyses examine the extent to which the fitted parameters of the matching law vary systematically according to various game situations.
 
112. Resistance of Obese-Prone Rats to Contingencies of Food Deprivation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition), Spencer D. Proctor (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition)
Abstract: Rats exposed to food deprivation and wheel running become anorexic and die. The JCR:LA-cp obese-prone rat is homozygous recessive for the mutant cp gene (cp/cp) and lacks the ObR leptin receptor. One implication is that without leptin regulation cp/cp rats overeat and become morbidly obese. In contrast, JCR:LA-cp lean rats (??/cp) retain the ObR receptor and are sensitive to changes in leptin levels. Young cp/cp rats express the cp mutant gene but are similar in weights to young leans. Eating or physical activity differences are mainly the result of genotype for young rats. Old cp/cp rats overeat and gain excess body weight compared with old lean controls. Food intake and physical activity reflect both genotype and environment for older rats. The present study exposed obese-prone and lean, young and old, rats to the challenge of food deprivation and wheel running. Results showed that obese-prone (cp/cp) were resistant to the contingencies, taking longer to reach starvation. Young obese-prone rats lasted twice as long as young lean controls; old obese-prone (cp/cp) rats survived the longest. Both genes and environment play a role in surviving the challenge of travel under conditions of food restriction or famine.
 
 
 
Poster Session #97
#97 Poster Session (EDC)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
113. Using Functional Behavioral Assessment to Design Function-Based Interventions in Applied Settings.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MORGAN CHITIYO (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Abstract: Researchers seem to be unanimous about the efficacy of function-based interventions for children who exhibit challenging behavior. Function-based interventions derive from functional behavioral assessment (FBA) which is a process used to identify variables that are associated with the occurrence of challenging behavior. The FBA process involves a descriptive analysis (based on direct and indirect measures) and a functional/structural analysis (based on a manipulation of antecedent events and consequences of behavior designed to establish the function of the target behavior). However, since functional/structural analysis involves experimental manipulation of variables, often takes long to conduct and usually requires expertise in applied behavior analysis. Descriptive analysis tends to be better suited for applied settings such as classroom situations because it can be easily conducted by the classroom teacher. This presentation is designed to demonstrate how teachers can utilize the use of a descriptive analysis to design effective function-based interventions in classroom settings.
 
114. A Functional Analysis and Treatment Analysis of a Child’s Aggressive Behavior in a Preschool Classroom.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA ELIZABETH PIERCE (University of Kentucky), Donald M. Stenhoff (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: Aggression in early childhood can have implications for an individual’s aggressive and disruptive behaviors in later years. A wide body of research suggests prevention programs as early as preschool may be the most effective means of addressing such undesirable behaviors. Furthermore, preschool-aged children who demonstrate aggressive and disruptive behaviors are less effective when interacting with peers. This study investigated a child aged 2.5 years who was demonstrating aggressive and disruptive behaviors towards his peers in a preschool classroom. A functional analysis was conducted to identify the consequences maintaining his aggressive and disruptive behavior. Additionally, a treatment analysis was conducted to assess the efficacy of the intervention.
 
115. An Evaluation of Escape-to-Attention as a Potential Variable For Maintaining Disruptive Behavior in the School Setting.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JANA M. SARNO (The University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Sterling-Turner (The University of Southern Mississippi), Daniel H. Tingstrom (The University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (The University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: Mueller, Sterling-Turner, and Moore (2005) introduced a novel classroom-based functional analysis condition, escape-to-attention (ETA) as an alternative for assessing for problem behavior in the classroom. Although children are provided with escape from academic demands contingent on problem behavior, teachers also often deliver attention concurrently during the escape period. The purpose of the study was to evaluate whether the ETA, in which attention is provided during the escape interval, would yield different levels of problem behavior than the standard escape condition presented in isolation. Three elementary school-age boys referred for disruptive behavior participated. Results from the initial functional analysis verified that the participants’ disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from academic demands. The modified functional analysis to address the additive effects of teacher attention produced differential responding for 2 of the 3 participants. Disruptive behavior nearly doubled when teacher attention was included during the escape interval. Preliminary treatment analysis data, as well as limitations and future directions for research, will also be presented.
 
116. Teaching to the Function of Escape-Motivated Behavior.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE M. KREIMER (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Stephanie Watson (Missouri State University), Jennifer Alicandri (Missouri State Unversity), Robert Carignan (Missouri State University), Paris A. DePaepe (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Descriptive and functional behavioral assessments were conducted on two elementary-age students who exhibited attentional difficulties in their public school classrooms. Direct observations and indirect assessments suggested that both students exhibited off-task behaviors to escape high demand activities. A self-monitoring program with break cards was introduced to both students with a fixed schedule of reinforcement based upon each student's inter response time. A single-subject reversal design was employed with Participant 1 demonstrating an increase of on-task behaviors of (A) 53.85% (B) 92.25% introduction of self-monitoring program (A2) 59% withdrawal of intervention; (B2) 95.67% return to self-monitoring program. Similar effect was demonstrated with Participant 2, employing a multiple baseline across academic settings. Off-task behaviors were decreased by 50% across the three academic settings. Both studies showed decreases in off-task behaviors and increases of on-task behaviors for both participants thereby confirming the hypothesis of escape behavior and the effectiveness of the self-monitoring programs.
 
117. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible (DRI) Behaviors and Opportunities to Engage with Conditioned Reinforcers on the Emission of Stereotypy.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
OSWALDO OCHOA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We compared the effects of differential reinforcement of incompatible (DRI) behaviors and opportunities to engage with conditioned reinforcers on the emission of stereotypy. The study was conducted with a 9-year-old male with autism within a pre-listener classroom and two 10-year-old males in a public school self-contained classroom. An ABAC counterbalanced design was implemented to compare the effects of the two conditions (i.e. DRI and conditioned reinforcers) on the occurrences of stereotypy in a five minute, free-operant observation. The free operant setting was used to record the frequency of stereotypic behaviors (e.g. rocking, hand flapping, finger flicks, and non-contextual vocalizations). The DRI condition had a mean of 20.5 instances of stereotypy and the conditioned reinforcer condition had a mean of 13.83 instances compared to both baseline means (25.7 & 27.67). Further research should be examined to determine the effectiveness, efficiency, and outcomes of developing interventions to decrease stereotypic behaviors with conditioning of reinforcers.
 
118. Quantity Versus Quality: The Opportunity to Choose Back-Up Reinforcers in a Token Economy.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SANDEEP K. SRAN (University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Kenneth Beauchamp (University of the Pacific), Floyd J. O'Brien (University of the Pacific), David Wells (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Preference for single versus varied reinforcers was assessed in the context of a token system. This study also assessed the preferences of four participants for one stimulus versus a number of qualitatively different stimuli, presented contingent on academic task completion. The opportunity to choose single versus varied token reinforcer conditions was presented in a concurrent-chains arrangement. The dependent variables were the number of letters traced per min and the number of tokens earned per min during 3-min sessions, and the percentage of selections for single versus varied conditions. Results showed no preference for 2 of 4 participants when the opportunity to choose from the same or qualitatively different reinforcers was presented. The other 2 participants showed a preference for selecting the varied-choice condition (i.e., qualitatively different back-up reinforcers).
 
119. Functional Communication Training Using Concurrent Schedules of Differing Magnitudes of Reinforcement in Lieu of Extinction.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DAWN H. DAVIS (Georgia State University), Robert Gama (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Jasiri Miller (Fitzhugh Lee Learning Center, Cobb County Public Schools), Cole Sproat (Fitzhugh Lee Learning Center, Cobb County Public Schools)
Abstract: For children with extremely aggressive behaviors, extinction is a potentially dangerous side effect of functional communication training (FCT). This study investigates the effects of FCT that includes concurrent schedules of differing magnitudes of reinforcement in lieu of extinction on reducing problem escape behaviors and increasing alternative mands. Participants were four adolescent students diagnosed with severe emotional and behavior disorder (SEBD), and moderate intellectually disabilities (MOID). FCT was conducted in classroom settings beginning with a functional analysis for each student to identify escaped-maintained problem behaviors. During FCT, reinforcement for inappropriate behaviors was escape from task for 60 seconds (SR-). The reinforcement for alternative mands was a 60-second escape from task along with access to a preferred activity (SR-/PA). For the first participant a significant inverse relationship between the number of inappropriate escape maintained behaviors, and the number of appropriate escape requests was evident within a few FCT sessions. Results for the second participant were variable, but revealed important implications for further research in FCT without extinction. Additional data are being collected for Participants 3 and 4 and their results will be reported at the conference.
 
120. Decreasing Disruptive Behaviors in the Classroom Through Response Marking and Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues)
Abstract: Baseline data was recorded in classes that numerous high school students engaged in high rates of disruptive behaviors. Following baseline, a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedure was implemented in which the class was rewarded on a bi-weekly basis for averaging at or below a preset goal. A tally counter worn around the teacher's neck was used as a visual stimulus that the teacher clicked, tallied, and made a verbal statement (response marking) each time a student engaged in a disruptive behavior. At the end of the period a student was selected to graph the number of tallies for that period. The DRL criteria were lowered based on success. Class and individual disruptive behaviors decreased.
 
121. Automatic Delivery of a Reinforcer and the Effect on Academic Progress.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: At the Judge Rotenberg Center, many students use a reward dispenser that automatically delivers a reinforcer for correct answers while working on computerized academics. Various schedules of reinforcement can be used, and the software can be programmed to deliver reinforcers on a fixed or variable schedule. In this study, we will examine how an automatic reward affects answering rates and progression through a pre-set curriculum. Time spent on task will also be looked at and data will be plotted on the standard celeration chart.
 
123. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement and Criterion-Referenced Timings on the Fluency of Acquired Skills.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LORI ANN AGUIRRE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of differential reinforcement and criterion-referenced timings on the fluency of acquired skills (i.e., skills that have demonstrated accuracy). An 8-year-old male student with autism from the Jigsaw CABAS® School participated in this study. A delayed multiple baseline across behaviors design was implemented. Total duration was collected for the completion of Morningside math problems and independent worksheets (e.g., categories, measuring lines, dictionary skills, ruler skills, and punctuation). The number of math problems and exemplars for each worksheet were held constant, but the content varied throughout the study. Criterion-referenced timings and differential reinforcement were employed as the independent variables. Completion of Morningside math problems and independent worksheets were reinforced with points (i.e., generalized conditioned reinforcement) allocated on the student’s timetable. If the student completed the worksheets and math problems in the allotted time, the student was allowed to roll a die to earn additional points. The results showed that criterion-referenced timings and differential reinforcement increased fluency for both behaviors. Future research should carry out the study by conducting post probes in order to assess the maintenance and generalization of skills taught to fluency.
 
124. The Effects of a Differential Attention Intervention to Decrease Student Disruptive Behavior.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN PARKER (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee), Richard A. Saudargas (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: Differential attention interventions can decrease disruptive behaviors in students. In this study, the intervention was implemented to target and reduce the disruptive classroom behaviors of a first grade student. The student’s teacher used a “worms” chart as a behavior management system. Each time a student exhibited inappropriate behavior, the teacher asked the student to remove a worm from his or her apple. Each student had his or her own apple with three worms for each day. The experimenter used daily worm data as a dependent variable measure of the student’s classroom behavior. During the intervention procedure, the teacher made a tally mark on a sticky note affixed to her identification badge each time she praised the target student for appropriate behavior. At the end of the day, the teacher recorded the number of tally marks that she accumulated in addition to noting the number of worms the student lost that day. The disruptive behaviors decreased. To determine if the additional praise was still needed, the teacher stopped tracking her praise statements, and inappropriate behaviors increased. Thus, she again began tracking her praise, and the behavior decreased. Discussion focuses on efficient use of differential attention interventions and altering interventions based on responsiveness.
 
125. The Effects of Feedback and Reinforcement on the Academic Productivity of Second Graders.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JU HEE PARK (The Ohio State University), Lynn D. Heward (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of individualized reinforcement contingencies on the academic performance of second graders attending an inclusive classroom in a direct instruction charter school. While the classroom teacher provided DI reading instruction to the different reading groups, the rest of the students were expected to complete daily independent academic assignments. Various reinforcement contingencies were implemented to increase academic completion and accuracy. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be presented.
 
126. Reduction of Aggression and Self-Injury Using Noncontingent Reinforcement and a Behavior Contract.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
VICKI L. ISLER (Children's Care Hospital and School), Erin F. Stabnow (Children's Care Hospital and School), Andrea R. Hewitt (Children's Care Hospital and School)
Abstract: Prader-Willi Syndrome is frequently associated with only one of its characteristics, the inability to achieve satiation. In reality, that attribute is one in a long list of behaviorally-controllable issues. The individual presented with uncontrolled aggressive and self-injurious episodes averaging 2 to 4 per week over an 8-week period and lasting an average of 44 minutes per episode. The current study examined the use of an enriched environment through noncontingent reinforcement and a behavior contract. The individual actively took part in the development of the contract. The subject was a 17-year-old male diagnosed with Prader-Willi Syndrome, Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder, and Stereotypic Movement Disorder with Self-Injury, attending a special-needs school and residential program. The study was conducted in both settings. The results indicated that the treatment was successful in significantly decreasing the target behaviors.
 
127. Use of a Concurrent Arrangement to Evaluate Academic Choice Making.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TODD G. KOPELMAN (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), LaKaren Rickman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Abstract: A subgroup of young children display challenging behaviors when required to complete academic tasks. This poster will describe a concurrent operant evaluation designed to identify the environmental arrangements under which children will choose to complete low preferred academic tasks. Two cases will be presented. In both cases, a concurrent operant evaluation was conducted in which specific dimensions of reinforcement (quality of reinforcement, effort to obtain reinforcement, and amount of reinforcement) were systematically manipulated within a choice format. The potential use of this assessment within a classroom setting for increasing work completion will be discussed.
 
128. The Effect of Specialized Reading Interventions on Oral Reading Fluency.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN M. HOLTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Dana Wagner (University of Minnesota), Jessica L. Cherne (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Reading is a fundamental skill that children must acquire to have a successful school experience; therefore, a child not meeting yearly benchmarks require and quick and efficient intervention. Brief experimental analyses (BEA) have been demonstrated to provide a direct link between assessment and intervention for reading fluency. This study sought to identify a specific reading intervention composed of an incentive and modeling component for a first grade boy who was reading below grade level during a summer school program. A BEA assessed the influence of different motivational and modeling strategies and identified that tracking and listen sentence preview would be the most promising intervention for improving reading fluency. Twelve days of reading intervention were implemented and general outcome measures increased from 24 to 50 words read correct per minute. Reliability for the BEA ranged from 95 to 100% with a mean of 97% and the procedural integrity was 100%.
 
129. Testing the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Reading Responses on Inducing Reader-Listener Comprehension.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GEMMA RHODESIDE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Tracy Reilly-Lawson (Columbia University Teachers College), Erica Wyner (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) across reading responses on inducing reader-listener comprehension in 2 students with developmental delays. Two participants, ages 9 and 10, were chosen for the study because they did not have comprehension for auditory components or textual responses in their repertoires following a probe for reading comprehension. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used. The dependent variables were responses to three conditions in pre-instructional probes, post-MEI probes, and during MEI. The three conditions were: phrases presented as text only, pre-recording of phrases in the student’s voice, and pre-recording of phrases in the teacher’s voice. The participants were required to arrange 3 picture cards according to the written or auditory antecedent. Different phrases were used in the MEI sessions than in the probe sessions and responses were rotated across the three conditions during the MEI sessions. After the participants met criterion on the MEI, they were given a post-probe using the original set of phrases. Follow-up probes with a novel set of phrases were conducted after participants met criterion on the post-probe. The results showed that MEI was effective for inducing reader-listener comprehension in both participants.
 
130. Applying BEA to Increase Math Fluency with a Visually Impaired Student.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
MEAGAN BOYD MEDLEY (Mississippi State University), Rachelle Schuck (Mississippi State University), Kristin N. Johnson-Gros (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: In a suburban public high school, one Braille-reading visually impaired student participated in brief experimental analysis to determine which of four experimental conditions demonstrated the most effective and appropriate. Problem previewing, repeated practice, immediate corrective feedback, and conditional reinforcement were all conditions offered in brief experimental analysis. Following this analysis, the student participated in the appropriate intervention until a mastery level was reached and maintained. Poster presentation participants will learn how to use brief experimental design with a student with severe visual impairments reading Braille Nemeth code. A brief description of technologies used to aid in transcription of print materials to Braille Nemeth code will also be provided. In addition, this presentation will discuss how to take brief experimental analysis and apply it to low-incidence populations in order to determine the most effective intervention for the subject matter and student.
 
131. Teaching b d Letter Discrimination with Delayed Prompting.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARA JEAN DOTY (Central Michigan University), Jennifer L. Wilson (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Traditionally, errors were thought to be essential for discrimination training; however errors often cause frustration and deterioration of performance. Errorless discrimination procedures, including delayed prompting, incorporate procedures to keep error rates below 10%. Errorless discrimination procedures use prompts to make the initial discrimination easy and gradually progress toward the final discrimination. Delayed prompting typically involves presenting two or more stimuli and allowing an individual a predetermined amount of time to respond before providing a prompt indicating the correct stimulus. In this study, a progressive time delay prompting procedure was used to teach an 8-year-old girl to discriminate the sound for the letters b and d. The initial stage required production of the correct letter when given the sound, while the second stage required the correct sound when given the letter. The percentage of correct unprompted responses quickly increased in the initial stage. When asked to provide the sound, percentage of correct unprompted responses began high. Overall, delayed prompting was successful in teaching the discrimination.
 
132. Matching Learner Needs to Social Skill Instruction.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER E. COPELAND (Melmark), Lindsay Stangeland (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Brigid Carbo (Melmark), Brenda J. Engebretson (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Research is needed to identify effective and efficient programs for teaching social skills to children and adolescents with disabilities. In a previous study, we conducted classroom-based analyses to define the functional contingencies that maintained speech with same-age peers. Four students from special education classrooms participated in a series of test conditions where same-age peers were trained to deliver programmed consequences. A shaping program was designed for each student by matching learner needs with individualized instruction. To extend our previous research, we implemented the same analysis among older, non-verbal students. We compared characteristics of peer interactions that promoted appropriate communication. Treatment results varied, depending on the strengths of the matched peers.
 
133. Acquisition of Social Tasks via Video Modeling and a Yoked Contingency.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Hawthorne Country Day School), Virginia S. Wong (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to test the relationship between video modeling and yoked contingency. A multiple baseline design across participants and within participants across social tasks was used. Each participant was presented social tasks from his or her curriculum; one task was used for the video condition, while the other was used for the generalization condition and paired with the yoked contingency. The primary dependent variable in this experiment was the number of correct imitations that the observer emitted in the initial probe for learning via video modeling and post-yoked contingency probe. This dependent variable was used to determine existence of an imitative repertoire via video modeling. The independent variable was the presentation and use of the yoked contingency and video modeling. Results are presented in terms of acquisition of social tasks and their efficiency in promoting generalization. Additional results are discussed in terms of video modeling and the yoked contingency’s motivating and attention maintaining qualities.
 
 
 
Poster Session #98
#98 Poster Session (TBA)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
134. Effects of Positive Behavior Support Training on Pre-Service Teachers.
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
RUTH G. AULD (Mercyhurst College), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College)
Abstract: Current research in the field of positive behavior support (PBS) is demonstrating significant progress in cultivating essential skills for students while providing teachers with a research-based approach to improve educational outcomes for all students. While numerous research studies have been conducted in both system-wide PBS and individualized PBS planning, this study addresses the need to provide setting specific (class-wide level) strategies. Specifically, this study assessed the effect of providing direct training to pre-service teachers for developing specific strategies to address problem behaviors. The study was conducted with seven pre-service teachers during their student teaching internship; all assigned to general inclusive classrooms ranging from elementary to high school in both urban and suburban settings. None of the participants had any previous training in special education. The results showed (a) an increase in pre-service teacher use of positive behavior supports (implementing a Differential Reinforcement to Other behaviors, DRO, procedure), and (b) a decrease in students’ problem behaviors (talking out) and an increase in students’ appropriate behaviors (hand raising) within the classroom setting. Implications of the study include potential improvements in pre-service teacher training programs by integrating applied behavior analysis/positive behavioral support training during student teaching.
 
135. A Picture is Worth More than a Thousand Words? Visual Inspection of Single-Case Graphs.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
GUNN LOKKE (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a data-driven activity and inspection and interpretation of single-case graphs are paramount. Visual analysis can detect variability, trend and direction, mean levels, shifts, embedded cycles and important changes when intervention is introduced (Parker, Cryer, & Byrns, 2006). Still, low agreement is seen in some studies investigating visual inspection of graphed data. In the current study, 12 students at the Master program in Behavior Analysis at Akershus University College were shown ten graphs photocopied from textbooks. The participants were instructed to interpret behavior function using the functions mentioned in Hagopian et al. (1997). Results showed that the mean accuracy in interpreting the graphs was 80%, with a modus and median of 83%. The results are better than the results mentioned in Franklin et al. (1996). Therefore, before implementing training in visual analysis and/or using statistics, baseline of visual analysis skills should be undertaken. Simple visual analysis has advantages, and given reasonable good agreement; don’t make it more complicated than necessary in applied settings.
 
136. Preparatory Efficacy of the Behavior Analysis Training System.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
TARA ELIZABETH ADAMS (Western Michigan University), Krista Gabriau (Western Michigan University), Alaina Nichole Clark (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Caitlin Elizabeth O'Boyle (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) created ABAI START as an on-line resource where members may search for job opportunities in their particular areas of interest. Employment opportunities for individuals with a master’s degree in the autism or developmental disabilities field were tracked for one year by the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS). BATS is Dr. Richard Malott’s graduate program at Western Michigan University. Information obtained includes the most frequently posted job titles, states and countries of job postings, qualifications, and most sought after experience. After being obtained, this information was compared and contrasted with the training provided by the BATS graduate program. Results will be used to modify the BATS program to ensure the best possible training for its students. This could aid students in obtaining quality employment in the field of behavior analysis. Additionally, it serves as a limited source of knowledge pertaining to the direction of the field of autism and developmental disabilities, specifically in relation to employment for people possessing master’s degrees.
 
137. Learning Efficiency of Two Strategies for Completing Fluency-Based Modules.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions)
Abstract: Over 1000 behavior analysts each year use the Conceptual Instruction Model fluency-based program to prepare for the BACB exam and to acquire CEUs. This Model requires learners to answer multiple-choice questions to a criterion of 100% within a brief time. They practice the modules repeatedly until this criterion is achieved. Users tend to adopt one of two strategies: (1) answer questions until they miss one, then start over or (2) use all of the time allotted to answer questions, regardless of score. Data will be analyzed to determine which of the two strategies results in the least instructional time to criterion. Implications of these data will be discussed.
 
138. “Let us out!” College Students’ Preference for Escape-Related Consequences.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE KOEHLER VAN NORMAN (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Deborah Russell Carter (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Lena Sankovich (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), John P. Carter (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Lauren Totaro (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Juan M. Simon (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: Developing effective courses for teaching behavior analysis within special education teacher preparation programs can be difficult. To be effective, instruction must include the identification and use of a variety of motivators and reinforcing consequences to build students’ skills in the application and practice of behaviorally-based teaching methods. For most students, the distant consequence of a passing grade leading to the successful completion of undergraduate or graduate coursework has led to the acquisition and maintenance of a variety of professional behaviors including attending class, participating in course activities, and completing coursework. However, for some students, more immediate and tangible consequences might be necessary to build and support professional behaviors within college classrooms. One method to demonstrate best practices and identify students’ preferred outcomes is to conduct an assessment of student preference as part of course activities. This poster will present data from the completion of written forced choice preference assessments in graduate courses in special education. Results suggest a strong preference for activities related to escape (e.g., leave class early) and a weak preference for items freely available within the college environment (e.g., snacks and teaching supplies). Implications for practice and future investigations are considered.
 
139. Teaching Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis through Self-Directed Projects.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN RICE (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Sheila Allameh (Alliant International University), Gal Soffer (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Previous literature indicates that using self-modification plans in instructional settings allows students to master self-modification principles, change their behaviors, and learn to use self-change strategies in the future. In addition to these benefits, this poster discusses the use of self-modification projects to enhance graduate students’ behavioral modification skills and mastery of basic principles of applied behavior analysis. In a 15-week graduate course on Behavior Modification, twelve Clinical Psychology students conducted self-modification plans by discussing each step of the project in class, soliciting feedback from classmates, self-monitoring, and implementing the self-directed behavioral plan. Through the use of this project, students learned to apply concepts taught in the classroom such as: choosing a socially significant behavior for change, defining, measuring, and recording the target behavior, conducting a functional assessment to determine the behavior’s function, choosing appropriate behavior change procedures and design, visually presenting and analyzing the data, and writing the results of a behavioral plan. Three exemplar student projects focusing on nail biting, sleep disturbance, and road rage are discussed in detail to illustrate the utilization and mastery of behavior analytic concepts. Lastly, the need for hands-on projects as instructional tools with frequent monitoring and feedback from the instructor are discussed.
 
140. Some Effects of Online Practice Games on Computer-Based Quiz Performance of Graduate Students.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY L. KETTERING (The Ohio State University), Traci M. Cihon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kristall J. Graham (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Recent studies have examined optional games presented during study sessions (Neef et al., 2006) or online (Neef et al., 2007) as a way for college students to review course material. In the current study, we extended this research by using the same question format (multiple selection) on quizzes as was used during games. In addition, we added an interactive scoring component to the games to increase their entertainment and competitive value. Games were constructed in Abode Flash Professional® and were placed on course websites that had the capability of tracking each student’s use of the games. The effect of game use on quiz performance was evaluated in a multielement design, in which the availability of games was alternated across course units and counterbalanced across two sections of a graduate behavioral research course at two universities.
 
141. Staff-Training Program in Home-Based Early Intervention of Children with Autism: The Method for Modifying Student-Teachers to ABA Therapists.
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KOJI TAKEUCHI (Meisei University), Hitomi Kuma (Keio University), Yuno Takeuchi (Keio University), Yoshiko Hara (Keio University), Hideyuki Haraguchi (Educational Center in Tokorozawa), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: The effects of the early intervention for children with developmental disorders have been demonstrated in many studies, and they suggested demands for 10-20 hours of intervention a week for improving children’s ability. Therefore, more human and financial resources are absolutely imperative for practice. Only a few authoritie have specialized knowledge and skills of ABA in Japan, and there is little human resource to carry out the program at home. The purpose of this study is to develop the program to give undergraduate students the knowledge and skills of ABA, and to declare its effects. This program is consisted of (1) a lecture of basic knowledge about autism and ABA, (2) training for analyzing behaviors by using video and (3) role-playing of discrete trial. As measurement of effect of whole program package, we used paper test for assessment of basic knowledge about ABA, self-efficacy assessment, ABA skill check sheet by others, and social validity assessment at pre- and post-training program. In result, each measurement score of training (1)-(3) were improved significantl We demonstrated that this program was very effective for the graduate students to get basic knowledge and skills of ABA.
 
 
 
Poster Session #99
#99 Poster Session (TPC)
Saturday, May 24, 2008
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
South Exhibit Hall
143. A Comparison of Preference Assessments and Reinforcer Effectiveness.
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE BARON (The May Institute), Jennifer Dawn Magnuson (The May Institute), Stefanie Fillers (The May Institute), Shawn F. Vieira (The May Institute), Hanna C. Rue (The May Institute)
Abstract: This study compared four preference assessments. The preference assessments compared in this study were multiple stimulus without replacement, competing stimulus, paired stimulus and response restriction. After the preference assessments were conducted, a reinforcer quality test was implemented to see if high and low-ranked items functioned as reinforcers. Results indicated that high-ranked items during the preference assessment did not necessarily function as reinforcers. In addition, several low-ranked items identified in the preference assessment functioned as reinforcers during the reinforcer quality test.
 
144. Notation of Behavioral Operations in Behavior Analysis: Status in Modern Textbooks.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
JON A. LOKKE (University College of Ostfold), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract: One of the major objectives in natural science is to describe aspects of the natural world quantitatively. Furthermore, effective means of communicating significant patterns of the same world to students are necessary. Among necessary means are syntax for describing variables, operations, processes, causal relations, and functions. Syntax is central for precision, and theories involving mathematical equations or logical notations are generally more precise and exhausting than traditional verbal statements. We have reviewed a sample of well-known textbooks for document inconsistency (e.g., negative punishment, negative reinforcement, and motivational operations). Inconsistency and partial lack of notation foster problems communicating behavior analysis to a broader audience—especially teaching behavior analysis in colleges and universities. We also present a tentative notation proposal based on earlier work by the Lokke, Arntzen, and Lokke (2005).
 
145. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: Where It Has Been and Where It Should Go.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CHRISTOPHER L. BARNES (Illinois School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: This poster aims to address the history of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) in terms of research and clinical applications. A comprehensive literature review will discuss significant contributions to the investigation of FAP as well address further areas of research which may provide a comprehensive understanding of its current limitations. Additionally, this poster will present basic clinical findings which may be utilized to generate further research questions in order to build generalizations of FAP, especially as it relates to settings that serve individuals with chronic mental illness.
 
146. Aversive Shock Therapy: An Argument For and Against Its Use.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CHRISTOPHER L. BARNES (Illinois School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Punishment is generally defined as an environmental change contingent on behavior that produces a decrease in responding over time (Michael, 1993). Numerous procedural variations of punishment have been developed for clinical use. Results of research conducted over the past four decades have shown that punishment is effective in reducing problem behavior in clinical populations, and in some cases, may be an essential component to treatment (Kazdin, 2001; O’Brien, 1989). However, the introduction of aversive shock therapy to treat problem behavior in clinical populations has remained controversial for many years (Begelman, 1971; Iwata, 1988; Kitchener, 1991; Johnston, 1991). Because of this controversy, the issue of aversive shock therapy will be addressed through the works of Richard Kitchener, Leonard Krasner and D. A. Begelman. This poster will present arguments for and against the use of aversive shock therapy and allow attendees to determine their professional position based on these existing arguments.
 
147. Efficiency in Making Accurate Data Based Decisions: A Comparison of Visual Displays.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ELIZABETH LEFEBRE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This poster examines three data display methods that are currently used within the field. Equal interval graphs, data tables and Standard Celeration Charts have been compared and accuracy and efficiency in making data-based decisions on each has been assessed.
 
148. A Preliminary Analysis of the Stimulus Value of Functional versus Nonfunctional Reinforcers.
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
TAMARA L. PAWICH (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Current empirical guidelines emphasize the necessity of conducting functional analyses to identify the idiosyncratic function of operant responses. This information is then typically incorporated into effective behavior reductio contingencies. Yet the literature demonstrates that incorporating nonfunctional, preferred stimuli are also effective in reducing problem behaviors within various behavior reduction techniques. These findings are not predicted by theories related to functionality, but have not been thoroughly examined. Currently, preference assessment methods are utilized when selecting a nonfunctional reinforcer to use within these schedules. However, when functional reinforcers are utilized, they are typically not assessed for preference value. In a preliminary analysis of the relative stimulus value of functional reinforcers, the present study will compare tangible stimuli, including the functional reinforcer, in a paired choice preference methodology. Results will be discussed in terms of theoretical considerations, including whether function and preference both contribute to reinforcement value or whether they are simply part of the same construct. Although not evaluated during this presentation, future research will examine the relative contributions of functionality and preference within noncontingent reinforcement schedules in order to determine the predictive response suppression value of stimuli of various preference levels compared to functional tangible reinforcers.
 
149. A Visual Comparison of Information.
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
KERIN ANN WEINGARTEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Analyzing visual displays of information can be quite the subjective phenomenon. (Our data speaks for our experimental integrity, yet we do not have any gold-standards for displaying the information.) Are we making data-based decisions as a function of the same stimuli? What behavior is the graph controlling in the viewer? Our response to the data is being controlled by more than just the data itself including not only our history of reinforcement but also our emotion, the color, axes, data density, grids, vibrations, aesthetics, etc. A comparison of various graphs depicting the same data sets taken from popular publications are displayed and evaluated.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #100
Behavior Analysis in Practice.
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
PDR 4
Chair: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Presenting Authors:
First annual meeting of Behavior Analysis in Practice, a new practitioner-oriented journal published by ABA-I. Board members will discuss the progress of the new journal and plans for upcoming issues.
 
 
Business Meeting #101
Behavioral Medicine SIG
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
PDR 3
Chair: Craig Alenn Thomas (Mississippi Behavior Clinic)
Presenting Authors:
Our group is dedicated to continuing the legacacy of behavior analysis within behavioral medicine. Many problems of health and illness have a behavioral component. We hope that the SIG will begin to foster a greater understanding of the impact of behavior analysis on behavioral medicine. The SIG continues to collect pamphlets for its pamphlet series on behavioral medicine. It is hoped that this series will be picked up by ABA:I and offered to its members. In addition, the SIG is working hard in conjunction with the Health Sports and Fitness Special Interested Groups and the Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group, we plan the release of a new journal early next year (2008). It is the journal of Behavior Analysis in Sports, Health Fitness, and Behavioral Medicine. We currently have an open call for papers to this journal. If you are interested in submitting, please send your article to jcautilli2003@yahoo.com If you are interested in advertising your practice or advertising a position, contact Halina Dziewolska at halinadz@hotmail.com In addition to become an active member of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group, please join our listserve "759-behaviormed " located at http://www.baocommunity.org/mailman/listinfo This list is sponsored by the BAO and the ABA Behavioral Medicine SIG. At this meeting we plan to discuss progress on these issues and to scout out new projects.
 
 
Business Meeting #102
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
4D
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Presenting Authors:
Behaviorists interested in social issues will gather to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should further contribute to social justice, human rights, and other important social goals. Those gathered will develop a task plan for expanding this work among behavior and cultural analysts.
 
 
Business Meeting #103
DEV SIG: Human Development Business Meeting
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
4A
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of the DEV SIG meeting is to review our accomplishments of the year 2007 and to set up new goals and objectives for 2008. This year special attention will be placed to the Behavioral Development Bulleting, Martha Pelaez, Editor, who has taken the journal to new heights with the publication of the first online version as a joint venture with ABAI and the Behavior Analysis Online (BAO). BDB is the official journal of the DEV SIG of ABA.
 
 
Business Meeting #104
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Joliet
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale)
Presenting Authors:
The EAHB-SIG will meet to honor our student paper winners, discuss membership, dues, and our online journal, the EAHB Bulletin, and nominate our 2009 Career award winner.
 
 
Business Meeting #105
SIG Español
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
PDR 1
Chair: Mapy Chavez-Brown (Wagner College)
Presenting Authors:
Annual meeting of the SIG Español. The SIG Español seeks to bring together applied behavior analysts from various Spanish speaking countries, with the intent of promoting the exchange of behavior analytic information among all Spanish speaking ABA members, advocating for and promoting high standards in the applied behavior analytic field, and promoting the dissemination of behavior analytic research across Spanish speaking countries.
 
 
Business Meeting #106
Standard Celeration Society Business Meeting
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
PDR 2
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Presenting Authors:
The Standard Celeration Society invites all of its members to join us for our regular business meeting where we will vote on various matters related to the regular operation of the SCS including election of new officers.
 
 
Business Meeting #107
Autism SIG
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Marquette
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University)
Presenting Authors:
The Autism SIG meets annually for a business meeting and to review issues impacting behavior analysts serving people with autism spectrum disorders. A panel on issues relevant to practitioners will also take place at the meeting.
 
 
Panel #108
Professional Development Series: How to Give Effective Oral Presentations
Saturday, May 24, 2008
7:30 PM–8:50 PM
Astoria
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristen Rost (Queens College)
ERIC J. FOX (Western Michigan University)
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Presenters will give advice on giving effective oral presentations—what to avoid, personal tips. The audience will be invited to ask questions and hold discussions with the panel members.
 
 
Reunion #109
Columbia University and CABAS
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Boulevard C
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
A reunion for all of the former and current Columbia University Students and our CABAS® professionals arond the world.
 
 
Reunion #110
Florida Tech Friends and Alumni Reunion
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Boulevard A
Chair: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Alumni and Friends of the Florida Tech ABA Program are cordially invited to attend an evening of reuniting with old friends and making new friends. We look forward to seeing all of our alumni there and hearing about what you are doing these days. This is also a great opportunity to get to know the newest students and share your tips for success in the program. Please come and enjoy an evening with your Fl Tech family!
 
 
Reunion #111
Simmons College
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Continental C
Chair: Shari Daisy (Simmons College)
Social gathering for current and former students of the Behavioral Education program at Simmons College.
 
 
Reunion #112
SKED Users Group and Friends of SKED Users
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Inspiration Studio
Chair: Margaret E. Vaughan (Salem State University)
To celebrate the life of Dr. Arthur Snapper, teacher, researcher, and developer of the SKED language, which was first used on a PDP-8 running at .92 mhz with only 4K words of memory. This language allowed behavioral researchers to transition from relay racks to computer-controlled experiments. Art was a pioneer with a vision, and the knowledge and determination to make it a reality. Most definitely something to celebrate.... so come and join us! Hosted by Dr. Kenneth Stephens, Dr. Frans Van Haaren and Dr. Margaret Vaughan.
 
 
Reunion #113
St. Cloud State Friends
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Continental B
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University)
Fun Time for Friends of St. Cloud State University.
 
 
Reunion #114
The Ohio State University Reunion
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Continental A
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
The Ohio State University special education program will be hosting its annual reunion. All faculty, students, alumni, and friends are invited!
 
 
Reunion #115
University of Florida Reunion
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Stevens 1
Chair: David R. Maguire (University of Florida)
The purpose of this annual reunion is to provide a time and place for past, present, and future University of Florida alumni, faculty, students, and friends to gather during this year's convention.
 
 
Reunion #116
University of Kansas
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Stevens 3
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
To create an opportunity for the faculty and graduates of the departments of Human Development and Family Life and of Applied Behavioral Science to meet and greet.
 
 
Reunion #117
University of Nevada, Reno
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Stevens 4
Chair: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
.
 
 
Reunion #118
University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Stevens 2
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Current students, alumni, and faculty will gather together and reminisce about their past and make new contacts for their future.
 
 
Reunion #119
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Boulevard B
Chair: Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
The University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire invites all alumni, current students, former faculty, and friends.
 
 
Reunion #120
Western Michigan University: Reunion for Alumni, Students, Faculty and Friends
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Stevens 5
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
This is a social event, a gathering of WMU alumni, current students, faculty and friends.
 
 
Reunion #121
Welcome to Chicago Reception
Saturday, May 24, 2008
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
International South
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
The Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis along with the Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Applied Behavior Analysis Program, welcome all convention attendees to the 2008 Annual Convention. Join us for refreshments and conversation.
 
 
Special Event #122
Behavioral Bash
Saturday, May 24, 2008
10:30 PM–12:30 AM
Grand Ballroom
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University)
ABA welcomes all of its members to Chicago. Join us for a night of fun and entertainment, which will include videos submitted by student members, a skit competition, the Student-Committee mentor awards, and entertainment from local talent. We hope to see you all there!
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}